JP6049983B2 - LCD panel assembly - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a pixel electrode display panel, a liquid crystal display panel assembly, and a manufacturing method thereof.

  In general, a liquid crystal display device is one of flat display devices that are widely used at present, and includes two transparent substrates each having a pixel electrode and a common electrode, and a transparent electrode between the two transparent substrates. And a liquid crystal layer inserted in the liquid crystal layer. When voltage is supplied to the electric field generating electrode, an electric field is formed in the liquid crystal layer. The formed electric field changes the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer, and incident light that has passed through liquid crystal layers having different arrangements of liquid crystal molecules has a different phase difference. Light having different phase differences passes through the polarizer with different transmission amounts. Therefore, when the electric field size of the liquid crystal layer is adjusted, an image is displayed because the amount of light transmitted through the polarizer changes.

  A liquid crystal display device in a vertical alignment (VA) mode in which the major axis of liquid crystal molecules is arranged perpendicular to the upper and lower display plates in a state where no electric field is supplied to the liquid crystal layer has a contrast ratio. Display quality is good because of In order to realize a wide viewing angle in the vertical alignment mode, a PVA (patterned vertically aligned) mode liquid crystal display device in which an incision is formed in the electric field generating electrode has been developed.

  Electrode slits inevitably reduce the aperture ratio. In order to reduce the number of slits, a micro-slit mode or a super vertical alignment (SVA) mode has been developed. In the SVA mode, the alignment and directionality of liquid crystal molecules are adjusted by fine slits formed in only one of the opposing electric field generating electrodes.

  However, vertical alignment modes such as the SVA mode and the PVA mode have a markedly reduced contrast ratio according to the side viewing angle, and brightness of basic colors such as blue, red, and green at a certain range of gradation levels. As a result of crossing, the visibility of the liquid crystal display device is not good. Therefore, it is required that the image quality of the liquid crystal display device visually recognized on the side face is maximally the same as the image quality visually recognized on the front surface.

  On the other hand, when the fluorescent lamp light enters the liquid crystal display device, the liquid crystal display device has rainbow unevenness. Therefore, it is required to reduce rainbow unevenness in order to improve the image quality of the liquid crystal display device.

U.S. Patent No. 6,825,892 U.S. Patent No. 7,130,012 U.S. Patent No. 7,508,468

  Accordingly, the present invention has been proposed in order to solve the above-described problems of the prior art, and an object thereof is to provide a pixel electrode display panel that improves front and side visibility.

  Another object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display panel assembly having a pixel electrode display panel that improves front and side visibility and a method of manufacturing the same.

  Still another object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display panel assembly having a pixel electrode display panel that can suppress the occurrence of rainbow unevenness when external light is incident on the pixel electrode display panel, and a method of manufacturing the same. There is.

  In order to achieve the above object, according to a first aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes an upper display panel including a common electrode formed on the upper substrate, a lower substrate facing the upper substrate, and a matrix arranged on the lower substrate, facing the common electrode. A lower display panel including a plurality of pixels; first and second regions included in each of the pixels and spaced apart from each other; and first and second regions formed in the first and second regions, respectively. Two subpixels and the first subpixel, arranged in a first angular direction with respect to a polarization axis of a polarizer attached to the upper display panel or the lower display panel, and A first subpixel electrode including a plurality of first fine branches spaced substantially perpendicularly to the angular direction; and a second subpixel included in the second subpixel and second with respect to a polarization axis of the polarizer Arranged in an angular direction, and the second angular direction is substantially 20 A second sub-pixel electrode including a plurality of second fine branches spaced apart from the first angular direction in a direction substantially perpendicular to the second angular direction, the upper display panel, and the lower panel And a liquid crystal layer interposed between the display panels.

  According to a second aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes an upper display panel having an upper substrate and a lower substrate facing each other, a liquid crystal layer interposed between the lower display panels, a common electrode formed on the upper substrate, and an upper surface of the lower substrate. Formed in the form of a matrix, facing the common electrode and having a plurality of pixels showing a basic color, and formed in a first region and a second region included in each of the pixels, respectively. A first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel, and a first angular direction formed by a polarization axis of a polarizer included in the first sub-pixel and attached to the upper display panel or the lower display panel A first sub-pixel electrode having a plurality of first fine branches formed in parallel to the plurality of first fine branches, and having a predetermined first width in a direction substantially perpendicular to the plurality of first fine branches. Formed between the first fine branches of The first fine slit and the second sub-pixel are included in the second sub-pixel, and are formed in parallel with a second angular direction formed by a polarization axis of a polarizer attached to the upper display panel or the lower display panel. A second subpixel electrode having a plurality of second micro branches; and a plurality of second micro branches having a predetermined second width substantially perpendicular to the plurality of second micro branches. A plurality of second fine slits formed therebetween, and formed on at least one subpixel selected from the first subpixel and the second subpixel in the basic pixel group. One of the first and second widths is different from any one of the first and second widths formed on the remaining non-selected subpixels. Features.

  According to a third aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes a liquid crystal layer interposed between an upper display panel having an upper substrate and a lower display panel having a lower substrate, a common electrode formed on the upper substrate, and rows and columns on the lower substrate. Each of the plurality of pixels having a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix form and at least a plurality of first and second subpixel electrodes formed on the lower substrate so as to face the common electrode The first sub-pixel electrode including a first sub-domain having a plurality of first fine branches and a second sub-domain having a plurality of second fine branches, and a plurality of third fine branches The second subpixel electrode including a third subdomain having a fourth subdomain having a plurality of fourth fine branches, and the plurality of first, second, third, and fourth subdomain electrodes. Between each fine branch A plurality of first, second, third, and fourth fine slits, and at least one of the first, second, third, and fourth fine slits is from the inside to the outside. These widths are characterized by gradually widening as they extend.

  According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes an upper display panel having an upper substrate and a lower substrate facing each other, a liquid crystal layer interposed between the lower display panels, a common electrode formed on the upper substrate, and an upper surface of the lower substrate. A plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix form of rows and columns and at least a plurality of first and second subpixel electrodes formed on the lower substrate so as to face the common electrode. Each of the first sub-pixel electrodes, a first sub-domain having a plurality of first fine branches, and a second sub-domain having a plurality of second fine branches, and a plurality of second sub-domain electrodes, The second subpixel electrode including a third subdomain having three fine branches and a fourth subdomain having a plurality of fourth fine branches, and the first, second, and third subdomain electrodes. , And the fourth fine thread Although at least one of the bets, characterized in that these width is gradually wider as it extends from the inside to the outside.

  According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes an upper display panel having an upper substrate and a lower substrate facing each other, a liquid crystal layer interposed between the lower display panels, a common electrode formed on the upper substrate, and an upper surface of the lower substrate. A plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix form of rows and columns and at least a plurality of first and second subpixel electrodes formed on the lower substrate so as to face the common electrode. Each of the pixels, the first sub-pixel electrode including a first domain having a plurality of first micro branches and a second domain having a plurality of second micro branches, and a plurality of third The second subpixel electrode including a third domain having a fine branch and a fourth domain having a plurality of fourth fine branches; and the plurality of first, second, third, and fourth Between the micro branches A plurality of first, second, third, and fourth micro slits formed, wherein at least one selected width of the plurality of first and second micro branches has the plurality of The at least one selected width in the plurality of third and fourth micro slits is substantially larger than the selected at least one width in the first and second micro slits, Characterized in that it is substantially larger than the selected width of at least one of the third and fourth micro branches.

  According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes a first substrate including a common electrode, a second substrate facing the first substrate, a plurality of color filters and a light shielding member formed on the second substrate, A pixel electrode formed on the color filter and the light shielding member; a main alignment film formed on the pixel electrode and aligning first liquid crystal molecules in a direction perpendicular to the pixel electrode; and on the main alignment film. A photocured layer formed and oriented so that the second liquid crystal molecules are pretilted with respect to the pixel electrode; the first liquid crystal molecules interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate; And a liquid crystal layer having two liquid crystal molecules.

  According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes a plurality of color filters and a light shielding member formed on a first substrate, a common electrode formed on the plurality of color filters and the light shielding member, and facing the first substrate. A second substrate, a pixel electrode formed on the second substrate, the common electrode and the pixel electrode, and a plurality of first liquid crystal molecules perpendicular to the common electrode and the pixel electrode. A plurality of main alignment films oriented in a direction, and a plurality of photocuring films formed on the plurality of main alignment films and aligning a plurality of second liquid crystal molecules so as to pretilt with respect to the common electrode and the pixel electrode. And a liquid crystal layer having the plurality of first liquid crystal molecules and the plurality of second liquid crystal molecules interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate.

  According to an eighth aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes forming a common electrode on the upper substrate, forming a plurality of color filters and a light shielding member on the lower substrate, and forming a pixel electrode on the plurality of color filters and the light shielding member. Forming a lower surface alignment material constituting the lower surface main alignment material and the lower surface photocuring agent on the pixel electrode; and forming the lower polarization main alignment material in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode. Forming a liquid crystal molecule as a lower main alignment layer, and forming a liquid crystal layer including the first liquid crystal molecule and the second liquid crystal molecule on the upper substrate or the lower substrate; Sealing the substrate; irradiating the liquid crystal layer and the lower surface photocuring agent with light; and exposing the lower surface photocuring agent to the pixel electrode with pretilt. Characterized by a step of forming a photocurable layer to align the second liquid crystal molecules to.

  According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes forming a common electrode on an upper substrate, forming a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, and forming a lower reactant formed as a lower alignment layer including a lower main alignment layer and a lower photocured layer. Forming on the pixel electrode; forming the lower main alignment film that aligns the first liquid crystal molecules in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode; and the first and second liquid crystal molecules. Forming a liquid crystal layer including molecules on the upper substrate or the lower substrate, and sealing the upper substrate and the lower substrate; and gradually in the space between the common electrode and the pixel electrode during a first time. Applying a first voltage that increases to a time, applying a second voltage to a space between the common electrode and the pixel electrode during a second time, and between the common electrode and the pixel electrode space Forming the lower photocuring layer that orients the second liquid crystal molecules so as to pretilt with respect to the pixel electrode while irradiating the liquid crystal layer and the lower reactant with light at a third voltage applied. And a step of performing.

  According to a tenth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes a liquid crystal layer interposed between the upper display panel and the lower display panel, a common electrode formed on the upper substrate included in the upper display panel, and the lower display panel. A lower substrate facing the upper substrate, a plurality of pixels arranged in a row and column matrix form on the lower substrate, and at least a plurality of first electrodes formed on the lower substrate so as to face the common electrode. And a plurality of first micro branches separated by each of the plurality of pixels having a plurality of second sub pixel electrodes and a first micro branch connection portion located at the center of the first sub pixel electrode. A second domain having a plurality of second micro branches, a third domain having a plurality of third micro branches, and a fourth domain having a plurality of fourth micro branches. Domain and above including One subpixel electrode, the first microbranch connecting portion that connects the first, second, third, and fourth microbranches to each other, and the central portion of the second subpixel electrode A fifth domain having a plurality of fifth micro branches separated by the second micro branch connection portion, a sixth domain having a plurality of sixth micro branches, and a plurality of seventh micro branches. The second subpixel electrode including the seventh domain having the eighth domain and the eighth domain having the plurality of eighth micro branches, and the fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth micro branches. Are formed between the second micro branch connection portion connected to the first micro branch and the plurality of first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth micro branches. A plurality of first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth The plurality of first micro branches are symmetrical to the plurality of second micro branches with respect to the first micro branch connection portion, and the plurality of third micro branches are provided. Is symmetrical to the plurality of fourth micro branches, the plurality of first micro branches are asymmetric to the plurality of fourth micro branches, and the plurality of second micro branches are the plurality of the plurality of fourth micro branches. The third fine branch is asymmetric.

  According to an eleventh aspect of the present invention, a lower display panel is proposed. The lower display panel is formed on the lower substrate and transmits a gate voltage, a first data line formed on the lower substrate and transmits a first gray scale voltage, and the lower substrate. A first source electrode connected to the first data line, a first gate electrode connected to the gate line, and a first drain electrode and a second drain electrode. One thin film transistor, a pixel connected to the first thin film transistor, a first region and a second region included in the pixel and spaced apart from each other, and a first region formed in the first region A first sub-pixel and a second sub-pixel formed in the second region; and a first sub-pixel included in the first sub-pixel, the first sub-pixel being attached to the lower substrate or the upper substrate with respect to a polarization axis of the polarizer Arranged in an angular direction and substantially in the first angular direction A first subpixel electrode including a plurality of first fine branches spaced apart in a vertical direction; a first subpixel electrode contact portion electrically connected to the first drain electrode through contact; A first subpixel electrode contact connecting portion that electrically connects the subpixel electrode contact portion and the first subpixel electrode, the first subpixel electrode contact portion, and the first subpixel electrode contact. It has the concave shape formed of a connection part, It is characterized by the above-mentioned.

  According to a twelfth aspect of the present invention, a lower display panel is proposed. The lower display panel is formed on the lower substrate and extends in a first direction, a gate line extending in a first direction, a data line extending in a second direction substantially perpendicular to the first direction, and the first display panel A plurality of pixel electrodes having a long side substantially parallel to the direction and a short side substantially parallel to the second direction; and a first subpixel included in each of the plurality of pixel electrodes An electrode, a second subpixel electrode adjacent to the first subpixel electrode in the first direction, a first domain having a plurality of first micro branches arranged in a first angular direction; The first sub-pixel electrode including a second domain having a plurality of second fine branches arranged in two angular directions, and a plurality of third fine branches arranged in a third angular direction. A third domain having a plurality of fourth fine blanks arranged in a fourth angular direction A plurality of first and second sub-pixel electrodes formed between the second sub-pixel electrode including the fourth domain having the first and second sub-pixel electrodes and the plurality of first, second, third, and fourth fine branches, respectively. , Third and fourth micro slits, the plurality of first, second, third and fourth micro branches and the plurality of first, second, third and fourth At least one selected width in the micro slit is characterized by gradually changing along a direction that is substantially perpendicular to the first, second, third, or fourth angular direction.

  According to a thirteenth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes an upper display panel having an upper substrate and a lower substrate facing each other, a liquid crystal layer interposed between the lower display panels, a common electrode formed on the upper substrate, and an upper surface of the lower substrate. Formed in the form of a matrix, facing the common electrode and having a plurality of pixels showing a basic color, a basic pixel group, a long side substantially parallel to the first direction in which the gate line extends, and a data line A first subpixel formed in the first region and a second side adjacent to the first subpixel in the first direction, the second subside including a short side substantially parallel to the extending second direction. Each of the plurality of pixels including the second sub-pixel formed in the region, and the first sub-pixel included in the first sub-pixel having the plurality of first fine branches arranged in the first angular direction. One subpixel electrode and a plurality of second pixel electrodes arranged in the second angular direction A second subpixel electrode included in the second subpixel having a plurality of minute branches, and a plurality of first and second minute slits formed between the plurality of first and second minute branches, , First widths of the plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of first micro slits formed on at least one selected sub pixel of the first sub pixels of the basic pixel group. Is different from a second width of the plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of first micro slits formed on the remaining first sub-pixels that are not selected, or the first sub-pixels of the basic pixel group The remaining second second in which the third width of the plurality of second micro branches or the plurality of second micro slits formed on at least one selected sub pixel of the two sub pixels is not selected. The plurality of second pixels formed on the sub-pixel Wherein the different from the micro branches or fourth of the width of the plurality of second micro slits.

  According to a fourteenth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes a pixel electrode formed on a lower substrate, a lower main alignment layer formed on the pixel electrode and aligning first liquid crystal molecules in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode, A lower photocured layer formed on the lower main alignment film and orienting the second liquid crystal molecules so as to be substantially tilted toward the pixel electrode, and the lower main alignment film and the lower photocured layer are configured. The lower main alignment layer material and the lower photocuring layer material have different polarities.

  According to a fifteenth aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes forming a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, laminating a lower surface alignment reactant constituting a lower surface main alignment material and a lower surface photocuring agent on the pixel electrode, and the lower surface alignment. Solvent is evaporated by performing primary heating of the reactant, and the lower surface alignment reactant is phase-separated into a lower polarization main alignment material layer and a lower vertical photo alignment material layer, and the phase-separated lower polarization By performing secondary heating of the main alignment material layer and the lower vertical photo alignment material layer, the lower polarized main alignment material layer is changed to a lower main alignment layer, and light is irradiated to the lower vertical photo alignment material layer. The lower vertical photo-alignment material layer is changed to a lower photo-curing layer.

  According to a sixteenth aspect of the present invention, a surface alignment reactant is proposed. The surface alignment reactant is a polyimide compound in which monomers contained in a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded, wherein the diamine monomer is a photoreactive fluorinated diamine monomer. And an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, an aromatic diamine monomer, an aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer, and a mixture of a crosslinking agent and the polyimide compound. .

  According to a seventeenth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal panel assembly includes a pixel electrode formed on a lower substrate, a lower main alignment film formed on the pixel electrode, and having a first liquid crystal molecule aligned in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode. And a lower photo-curing layer that orients the liquid crystal molecules so as to be substantially inclined with respect to the pixel electrode, and the lower alignment film has the surface alignment according to the sixteenth aspect. It contains a reactant.

  According to an eighteenth aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes a step of manufacturing a lower display panel including a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, a step of manufacturing an upper display panel including a common electrode on an upper substrate, and a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer. Applying a surface alignment reactant having a mixture of the polyimide compound and the polyimide compound to which the monomer is chemically bonded to the polyimide compound to the pixel electrode on the lower substrate and the common electrode on the upper substrate; Here, the diamine monomer has a photoreactive fluorinated diamine monomer, an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, an aromatic diamine monomer, and an aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer, Forming a main alignment film on the pixel electrode and the common electrode by heat-treating the applied surface alignment reactant; The step of assembling the lower display panel and the upper display panel on which the main alignment film is formed, and the surface alignment reaction product having the main alignment film is included in the assembled lower display panel and upper display panel. And a step of forming a photo-cured layer on the main alignment film.

  According to a nineteenth aspect of the present invention, a surface alignment reactant is proposed. The surface alignment reactant is a polyimide compound in which monomers contained in a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded, wherein the diamine monomer is a photoreactive diamine monomer, It has an aromatic diamine monomer and an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer having a cyclic ring bonded to benzene, and has a mixture of a crosslinking agent and the polyimide compound.

  According to a twentieth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal panel assembly includes a pixel electrode formed on a lower substrate, a lower main alignment film formed on the pixel electrode, and having a first liquid crystal molecule aligned in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode. A lower alignment film including a lower photocuring layer that aligns the liquid crystal molecules of the liquid crystal molecules so as to substantially tilt with respect to the pixel electrode, and the lower alignment film includes the surface alignment reactant. Features.

  According to a twenty-first aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes a step of manufacturing a lower display panel including a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, a step of manufacturing an upper display panel including a common electrode on an upper substrate, and a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer. Applying a surface alignment reactant having a mixture of the polyimide compound and the polyimide compound to which the monomer is chemically bonded to the polyimide compound to the pixel electrode on the lower substrate and the common electrode on the upper substrate; Here, the diamine-based monomer has a photoreactive diamine-based monomer, an aromatic diamine-based monomer, and an alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer having a cyclic ring bonded to benzene. Forming a main alignment film on the pixel electrode and the common electrode by heat-treating the surface alignment reactant; and Assembling the lower display panel and the upper display panel on which a film is formed, and irradiating the surface alignment reactant having the main alignment film, which is included in the assembled lower display panel and upper display panel, with light And a step of forming a photocured layer on the main alignment film.

  According to a twenty-second aspect of the present invention, a surface alignment reactant is proposed. The surface alignment reactant is a polyimide compound in which monomers included in a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded, and the diamine monomer is an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer. It has an aromatic diamine monomer, and has an aromatic acrylic epoxide compound monomer in which an epoxy molecule and an acrylate molecule are chemically bonded, and a mixture of the polyimide compound and the aromatic acrylic epoxide monomer. It is characterized by.

  According to a twenty-third aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal panel assembly includes a pixel electrode formed on a lower substrate, a lower main alignment film formed on the pixel electrode, and having a first liquid crystal molecule aligned in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode. A lower alignment film including a lower photocuring layer that aligns the liquid crystal molecules of the liquid crystal molecules so as to substantially tilt with respect to the pixel electrode, and the lower alignment film includes the surface alignment reactant. Features.

According to a twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes manufacturing a lower display panel including a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, manufacturing an upper display panel including a common electrode on the upper substrate, and
A polyimide compound in which monomers contained in a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded, an aromatic acrylic epoxide compound monomer in which an epoxy molecule and an acrylate molecule are chemically bonded, and the polyimide system Applying a mixture of the compound and the aromatic acrylic epoxide compound monomer to the pixel electrode on the lower substrate and the common electrode on the upper substrate, wherein the diamine monomer is an alkylated aromatic diamine A step of forming a main alignment film on the pixel electrode and the common electrode by heat-treating the applied surface alignment reaction product, the main alignment film comprising a monomer and an aromatic diamine monomer; Assembling the lower display board and the upper display board to be formed; and Included in the lower and upper panels, the light is irradiated to the surface alignment reactant having the main alignment layer, a photocurable layer and having a step formed on the main alignment layer.

  According to a twenty-fifth aspect of the present invention, a surface alignment reactant is proposed. The surface alignment reactant is contained in orthosilicate monomer and alkoxide monomer, and an alkyl alcohol monomer having vertical alignment properties and a photocuring agent monomer having a photoreactive group cured by light are chemically combined. It is characterized by having a compound.

  According to a twenty-sixth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal panel assembly includes a pixel electrode formed on a lower substrate, a lower main alignment film formed on the pixel electrode, and having a first liquid crystal molecule aligned in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode. A lower alignment film including a lower photocuring layer that aligns the liquid crystal molecules of the liquid crystal molecules so as to substantially tilt with respect to the pixel electrode, and the lower alignment film includes the surface alignment reactant. Features.

  According to a twenty-seventh aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes a step of manufacturing a lower display panel including a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, a step of manufacturing an upper display panel including a common electrode on the upper substrate, an orthosilicate monomer, and an alkoxide monomer. A surface alignment reaction product having a compound in which an alkyl alcohol monomer having vertical alignment property and a photocuring agent monomer having a photoreactive group that is cured by light are chemically bonded is used as a pixel electrode on the lower substrate and the upper portion. A step of applying to the common electrode on the substrate; a step of forming a main alignment film on the pixel electrode and the common electrode by heat-treating the applied surface alignment reactant; and the formation of the main alignment film. A step of assembling the lower display panel and the upper display panel; and the main orientation included in the assembled lower display panel and upper display panel. Light is irradiated to the surface alignment reactant having a photocured layer is characterized by a step of forming on the main alignment layer.

  According to a twenty-eighth aspect of the present invention, reactive mesogens (RM) are proposed. The reactive mesogen has a compound represented by the following chemical formula.

  In the above chemical formula, each of A, B, and C is any one selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexyl ring, and a naphthalene ring, and each of P1 and P2 is an acrylate, methacrylate, epoxy, oxetane, vinyl ether , Styrene, and a thiolene group, each of Z1, Z2, and Z3 is a single bond, a linked group, or a combination of linked groups, and the linked group is -OCO- , -COO-, an alkyl group, and -O-.

  According to a twenty-ninth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes a pixel electrode formed on a lower substrate, a lower main alignment layer formed on the pixel electrode and aligning first liquid crystal molecules in a direction substantially perpendicular to the pixel electrode, A lower photocured layer formed on the lower main alignment film and oriented so that the second liquid crystal molecules are substantially inclined with respect to the pixel electrode, the lower photocured layer being defined above A liquid crystal display panel assembly comprising the compound represented by the chemical formula as described above.

  According to a thirtieth aspect of the present invention, a sealing agent is proposed. The sealing agent includes a resin, a curing agent having a diamine, a coupling agent having a silane, a filler having silica and acrylic particles, and an oxime ester that is substantially cured by light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more. And a photoinitiator.

  According to a thirty-first aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal display panel assembly includes a lower display panel including a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, an upper display panel including a common electrode on the upper substrate, and the lower display panel and the upper display panel are assembled with the sealant. It is characterized by.

  According to a thirty-second aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes a step of manufacturing a lower display panel including a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, a step of manufacturing an upper display panel including a common electrode on the upper substrate, a resin, a curing agent having a diamine, and a cup having a silane. A sealant having a ring agent, a filler having silica and acrylic particles, and a photoinitiator having an oxime ester that is substantially cured by light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more is applied on the lower display plate or the upper display plate. A step of assembling the lower display panel and the upper display panel with the sealing agent, and the sealing by the light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more which is irradiated to the assembled lower display panel and the upper display panel. Curing the agent.

  According to the thirty-third aspect of the present invention, a polarization alignment reactant is proposed. The polarization alignment reactant includes a photo-alignment vertical material having vertical alignment, a polarization main alignment material having horizontal alignment, and a mixed main alignment material including a compound represented by the following chemical formula: .

(Chemical formula 2)
B1-X1-A1-Y1-D
In the above chemical formula, A1 represents cinnamate, coumarin, or chalcone, each of X1 and Y1 represents a single bond or -CnH2n- (where n is an integer of 1 to 6), and X1 or Y1 At least one -CH2- can be replaced by -O- or -Si- and B1 is

Or

D represents —H, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. In the above chemical formula, each of the hydrogen atoms excluding B1 is F or Cl. Can be replaced.

  According to a thirty-fourth aspect of the present invention, a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The liquid crystal panel assembly includes a pixel electrode formed on the lower substrate, a lower main alignment film formed on the pixel electrode, and oriented in the direction perpendicular to the pixel electrode, and a second main alignment film. A lower alignment film including a lower photocuring layer that aligns liquid crystal molecules so as to substantially tilt with respect to the pixel electrode, and the lower alignment film includes the polarization alignment reactant. And

  According to a thirty-fifth aspect of the present invention, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly is proposed. The method includes a step of manufacturing a lower display panel including a pixel electrode on a lower substrate, a step of manufacturing an upper display panel including a common electrode on the upper substrate, a photo-alignment vertical material having vertical alignment, and a horizontal Applying a polarization alignment reactant having a polarization main alignment material having orientation and a mixed main alignment material containing a compound represented by the following chemical formula to the pixel electrode on the lower substrate and the common electrode on the upper substrate And by applying a heat treatment to the polarization alignment reactant, the applied polarization alignment reactant is phase-separated into a polarization main alignment material layer and a vertical photo alignment material layer, thereby forming the polarization main alignment material layer. Forming the polarizing main alignment material as a main alignment film on the pixel electrode and the common electrode, and combining the lower display panel and the upper display panel on which the main alignment film is formed, respectively. A photocurable layer formed by irradiating polarized ultraviolet light to the polarized alignment reaction product included in the assembled lower display panel and upper display panel and having the vertical photo alignment material layer on the main alignment film. Forming on the main alignment film.

(Chemical formula 7)
B1-X1-A1-Y1-D
In the above chemical formula, A1 represents cinnamate, coumarin, or chalcone, each of X1 and Y1 represents a single bond or -CnH2n- (where n is an integer of 1 to 6), and X1 or Y1 At least one -CH2- can be replaced by -O- or -Si- and B1 is

Or

D represents —H, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. In the above chemical formula, each of the hydrogen atoms excluding B1 is F or Cl. Can be replaced.

  According to the present invention, a pixel electrode display panel, a liquid crystal display panel assembly, and a liquid crystal display device including the same ensure excellent display quality of the liquid crystal display device by improving front and side visibility at each gradation level. be able to.

  In addition, the pixel electrode display panel of the present invention has an effect of suppressing the occurrence of rainbow unevenness when external light is incident.

1 is a block diagram of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure which shows schematically the structure of the two subpixels in the liquid crystal display device by one Embodiment of this invention. FIG. 3 is a view illustrating an arrangement of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4a-4a ′ of the liquid crystal panel assembly shown in FIG. 3. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4b-4b 'of the liquid crystal panel assembly shown in FIG. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4c-4c ′ of the liquid crystal panel assembly shown in FIG. 3. FIG. 4 is an enlarged plan view of an example of a central portion A5 of a second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view of another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. 6 is a flowchart illustrating a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display panel assembly based on an SVA mode using a lower display panel and an upper display panel manufactured according to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B. 6 is a flowchart illustrating a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly based on an SC-VA mode using a lower panel and an upper panel manufactured according to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B. 6 is a flowchart illustrating a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display panel assembly based on a polarized UV-VA mode using a lower display panel and an upper display panel manufactured according to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B. It is a figure which shows the waveform for supplying DC voltage to a liquid crystal panel assembly. It is a figure which shows the waveform for supplying a multi-step (Multi-Step) voltage to a liquid crystal panel assembly. It is sectional drawing which shows the sequential process in which the surface photocuring agent layer and main alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly are formed according to SC-VA mode which is one Embodiment of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows the sequential process in which the surface photocuring agent layer and main alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly are formed according to SC-VA mode which is one Embodiment of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows the sequential process in which the surface photocuring agent layer and main alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly are formed according to SC-VA mode which is one Embodiment of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows the sequential process in which the surface photocuring agent layer and main alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly are formed according to SC-VA mode which is one Embodiment of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows the sequential process in which the surface photocuring agent layer and main alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly are formed according to SC-VA mode which is one Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows notionally the step by which a photocuring layer is formed when a surface photocuring agent layer hardens | cures. It is a figure which shows notionally the step by which a photocuring layer is formed when a surface photocuring agent layer hardens | cures. It is a figure which shows the scanning electron microscope (SEM) photograph which image | photographed one pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device which has SC-VA mode characteristic according to time. 1 is an equivalent circuit diagram for one pixel of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is a top view which shows the pixel electrode of the basic pixel group in the liquid crystal display device by other embodiment of this invention. It is a gradation level-luminance ratio graph of the conventional liquid crystal display device. 4 is a gradation level-luminance ratio graph of the liquid crystal display device according to the present invention. It is a top view which shows the pixel electrode of the basic pixel group in the liquid crystal display device by another embodiment of this invention. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating sequential steps of forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly according to a second UV-VA mode of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating sequential steps of forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly according to a second UV-VA mode of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating sequential steps of forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly according to a second UV-VA mode of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating sequential steps of forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly according to a second UV-VA mode of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating sequential steps of forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly according to a second UV-VA mode of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating sequential steps of forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly according to a second UV-VA mode of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating sequential steps of forming an alignment film of a liquid crystal display panel assembly according to a second UV-VA mode of the present invention. It is a figure which shows the basic shape which comprises a micro branch or a micro slit. It is a figure which shows the basic shape which comprises a micro branch or a micro slit. It is a figure which shows the basic shape which comprises a micro branch or a micro slit. It is a figure which shows the basic shape which comprises a micro branch or a micro slit. It is a figure which shows the basic shape which comprises a micro branch or a micro slit. It is a figure which shows the basic shape which comprises a micro branch or a micro slit. It is a figure which shows the basic shape which comprises a micro branch or a micro slit. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 10 is an enlarged plan view showing another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. FIG. 6 is a schematic layout view of one pixel according to another embodiment of the present invention. It is an enlarged view of center part A19 of the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. It is an enlarged view of center part A19 shown in FIG. 18 in each pixel contained in the basic pixel group. It is a figure which shows the pattern with respect to the main layer which comprises the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. 18, and shows the pattern of a gate layer conductor. It is a figure which shows the pattern with respect to the main layer which comprises the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. 18, and shows the pattern of a data layer conductor. It is a figure which shows the pattern with respect to the main layer which comprises the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. 18, and shows the pattern of a pixel electrode layer. It is a top view which shows the other example with respect to the pattern of the pixel electrode layer shown to FIG.18 and FIG.20C. It is a top view which shows the other example with respect to the pattern of the pixel electrode layer shown to FIG.18 and FIG.20C. FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. It is sectional drawing cut | disconnected along the line of 21a-21a 'and 21b-21b' of the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. It is sectional drawing cut | disconnected along the line of 21a-21a 'and 21b-21b' of the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal panel assembly according to another embodiment when cut along a line 21a-21a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 18. FIG. 5 is a plan view of a lower display panel for improving non-restoration and light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a plan view of a lower display panel for improving non-restoration and light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a plan view of a lower display panel for improving non-restoration and light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a plan view of a lower display panel for improving non-restoration and light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a plan view of a lower display panel for improving non-restoration and light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a plan view of a lower display panel for improving non-restoration and light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view showing a part of a pixel electrode layer for improving non-restoration and light leakage failure of a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure which shows schematic arrangement | positioning of one pixel by other embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the pattern with respect to the main layer which comprises the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. 25, and shows the pattern of a gate layer conductor. It is a figure which shows the pattern with respect to the main layer which comprises the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. 25, and shows the pattern of a data layer conductor. It is a figure which shows the pattern with respect to the main layer which comprises the pixel arrangement | positioning shown in FIG. 25, and shows the pattern of a pixel electrode layer. FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 27a-27a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 25. FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 27b-27b ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 25. It is a top view which shows the pixel electrode of the basic pixel group of the liquid crystal display device by other embodiment of this invention. FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating pixel electrodes of a basic pixel group of a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a top view which shows the pixel electrode of the basic pixel group of the liquid crystal display device by further another embodiment of this invention. FIG. 10 is a plan view illustrating pixel electrodes of a basic pixel group of a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 11 is a plan view showing pixel electrodes of a basic pixel group of a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode. It is a figure which shows the shape of the pixel electrode which comprises a liquid crystal display device, and the division | segmentation structure of a pixel electrode.

  The method for making and using the present invention will now be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings and preferred embodiments.

  It should be noted that in the specification of the present invention, the same reference numerals indicate the same parts or components. It should also be noted that while numerical limits are provided herein, such limits are merely exemplary unless they are limited to the claims.

  A liquid crystal display according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. 1 is a block diagram of a liquid crystal display device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 schematically shows a configuration of two subpixels 190h and 190l constituting one pixel PX in the liquid crystal display device according to the embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal panel assembly 300, a gate driver 400, a data driver 500, a signal controller 600, and a gray scale. A voltage generator 800 is included.

  The signal controller 600 receives control signals including video signals R, G, and B, a data enable signal DE, a horizontal synchronization signal Hsync, a vertical synchronization signal Vsync, and a clock signal MCLK from the host. The signal controller 600 outputs the data control signal CONT2 and the video data signal DAT to the data driver 500, and outputs the gate control signal CONT1 for selecting the gate line to the gate driver 400. On the other hand, the signal controller 600 outputs a light source control signal to a light source generator (not shown) in order to adjust the light source.

  The gray voltage generator 800 generates all gray voltages or a limited number of gray voltages (hereinafter referred to as “reference gray voltages”) supplied to the pixels PX, and outputs the generated gray voltages to the data driver 500. To do. The reference gradation voltage has a voltage having a polarity different from that of the common voltage Vcom.

The data driver 500, reference gray voltages received from the gray voltage generator 800, control signal CONT2 and the gradation voltage in response to the video data signals a plurality of data lines D ₁ -D from the signal controller 800 output to _m . When the gray voltage generator 800 provides only a limited number of reference gray voltages, the data driver 500 may generate a larger number of expanded gray voltages by dividing the reference gray voltages. Can be generated. The data driver 500 is a voltage of the same difference with respect to the common voltage Vcom in providing enhanced plurality of gray voltages to data lines D ₁ -D _m, the different polarities of the voltage for each frame Inversion driving is applied to each pixel alternately. In the inversion driving method, the polarity of the data voltage applied to all the pixels in one frame is the same, and the frame inversion that supplies the data voltage so as to invert the data voltage polarity of all the pixels in the next frame ( frame inversion), column inversion for supplying the data voltage so that the polarity of the data voltage applied to the pixels on the adjacent data lines D ₁ -D _m in one frame is inverted, and the voltage polarity of the adjacent pixel PX Are different from each other in supplying a data voltage, and two pixels PX adjacent to the same data line 171 have the same polarity, and one pixel adjacent to the two same polarity pixels PX 2 + 1 inversion to supply the data voltage in a repetitive manner so that the pixels PX have different polarities.

The gate driver 400 sequentially outputs gate signals to the plurality of gate lines G ₁ -G _n in response to the gate control signal CONT ₁ . The gate signal has a gate-on voltage Von that can turn on the thin film transistor connected to the selected gate line and a gate-off voltage Voff that can turn off the thin film transistor connected to the unselected gate.

The liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 includes a lower display panel 100, an upper display panel 200 facing the lower display panel 100, and the liquid crystal layer 3 interposed therebetween. The lower display panel 100 includes a plurality of gate lines G _{1 to} G _n 121 connected to pixels PX arranged in the form of a matrix that constitutes rows and columns, and pixels PX in the same row, and the same column. And the plurality of data lines D _{1 to} D _m 171 to which the pixels PX are respectively connected. FIG. 2 shows a schematic configuration for one pixel PX among the plurality of pixels PX shown in FIG. One pixel PX is divided into a pair of spaced apart first subpixels 190h and second subpixels 190l. The first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are formed in the regions of the first subpixel 190h and the second subpixel 190l, respectively. The sub-pixels 190h and 190l have liquid crystal capacitors Clch and Clcl and holding capacitors Csth and Cstl, respectively. Each of the liquid crystal capacitors Clch and Clcl is formed between one terminal of each of the subpixel electrodes 191 h and 191 l formed on the lower display panel 100 and one terminal of the common electrode 270 formed on the upper display panel 200. The liquid crystal layer 3 is formed. In another embodiment of the present invention, each of the subpixels 190h and 190l may be connected to the thin film transistor connected to different data lines D ₁ -D _m.

  The common electrode 270 is formed on the entire surface of the upper display panel 200 and is supplied with the common voltage Vcom. Meanwhile, the common electrode 270 and the pixel electrode 191 may be formed on the lower display panel 100 and may have a linear shape or a bar shape according to the shape of the pixel electrode 191.

  The liquid crystal layer 3 is filled in a sealing agent (not shown) formed between the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200. The liquid crystal layer 3 functions as a dielectric. The sealant is formed on the lower display panel 100 or the upper display panel 200, and couples the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 together. As shown in FIG. 4A, the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 have a cell gap of about 2.0 μm to 5.0 μm, that is, a cell gap by a spacer 250 or a sealant (not shown). More desirably, a cell gap of about 3.3 μm to 3.7 μm is maintained. In another embodiment of the present invention, since a region where the thin film transistor is formed is wide, a spacer can be formed on the thin film transistor.

  A polarizer (not shown) may be disposed on each of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 such that the polarization axis or transmission axis of the polarizer is substantially orthogonal. In other words, the polarizer may be formed on the upper or lower part of the upper display panel 200 and on the upper or lower part of the lower display panel 100. On the other hand, the polarizer may be formed only above or below any one of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200. In an embodiment of the present invention, the refractive index of the polarizer can be about 1.5 and the Haze value can be about 2% to 5% in order to reduce the diffraction of external light. The refractive index value of the polarizer and the refractive index values of other substances described later are values measured with a light source having a wavelength of about 550 nm to 580 nm.

The driving devices 400, 500, 600, and 800 are connected to the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 to manufacture a liquid crystal display device. The driving devices 400, 500, 600, and 800 may be formed on one integrated circuit chip and then directly mounted on the liquid crystal panel assembly 300, or a flexible printed circuit film ( It is mounted on the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 in the form of a tape carrier package (TCP) by being mounted on a not-shown) or mounted on a separate printed circuit board (not shown). Thus, the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 can be connected. On the other hand, when the signal lines G _{1 to} G _n and D _{1 to} D _m and the thin film transistors Qh, Ql, and Qc (shown in FIG. 3) are formed, each of these driving devices 400, 500, 600, and 800 or their A combination may be formed in the liquid crystal panel assembly 300.

  Hereinafter, the principle of image display of the liquid crystal display device will be briefly described. When the data voltage is supplied to the pixel electrode of each pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device, the voltage charged to each pixel PX generates an electric field in the liquid crystal layer 3 due to the voltage difference between the pixel electrode and the common electrode 270. Due to the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer 3, the liquid crystal molecules 31 of the liquid crystal layer 3 are tilted or moved with a specific direction. Thus, the light passing through the liquid crystal layer 3 based on the tilt or direction of the liquid crystal molecules 31 has a phase retardation. Based on the phase difference due to the phase delay of the light, the light is transmitted through or absorbed by the polarizer. Accordingly, when the data voltage supplied to the pixel electrode 191 is adjusted, a light transmittance difference with respect to a primary color is generated, and as a result, the liquid crystal display device can display an image. The basic colors include colors selected from red, green, cyan, magenta, yellow, and white. In one embodiment of the present invention, the basic colors include red, green, and blue. On the other hand, in order to improve video quality, this basic color may include four or more colors including red, green, blue and yellow.

LCD panel assembly
Embodiment 1
Upper panel Next, the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 will be described in detail according to embodiments of the present invention with reference to FIGS 5A and 5B. FIG. 3 is a plan view illustrating an arrangement of unit pixels constituting the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 4A is taken along line 4a-4a ′ of the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 4B is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4b-4b ′ of the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 3, and FIG. 4C is a liquid crystal display board shown in FIG. FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 4c-4c ′ of the assembly 300. 5A is an enlarged plan view of an example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode shown in FIG. 3, and FIG. 5B is another example of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode shown in FIG. It is an enlarged plan view. Although an enlarged plan view of one pixel is illustrated in FIG. 3, it should be noted that a plurality of rows and columns of pixels are arranged in a matrix.

  The liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 includes a lower display panel 100, an upper display panel 200, a liquid crystal layer 3, and a polarizer. First, the upper display panel 200 will be described in detail. The upper display panel 200 includes a light shielding member 220, a cover film 225, a common electrode 270, and an upper plate alignment film 292 formed on the upper substrate 210.

  The light blocking member 220 is formed on a transparent upper substrate 210 made of glass or plastic. The upper substrate 210 may have a thickness of about 0.2 mm to 0.7 mm, and the upper substrate 210 may have a refractive index of about 1.0 to 2.5, and more preferably about 1.5. The light blocking member 220 is also called a black matrix, and may be made of a metal such as chromium oxide (CrOx) or an opaque organic film material. The thicknesses of the light shielding members of the metal and organic films are about 300 to 2000 mm and about 2 to 5 μm, respectively. The light blocking member 220 has a plurality of openings similar to the shape of the pixel PX so that light passes through the pixel PX, and can be formed between the pixels PX to prevent light leakage between the pixels PX. . In addition, the light blocking member 220 may be formed at portions corresponding to the gate line 121, the data line 171, and the thin film transistors Qh, Ql, and Qc formed on the lower display panel 100. In another embodiment of the present invention, the light blocking member 220 includes a gate line 121, a data line 171 and a thin film transistor in order to simplify the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal panel assembly and improve the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device. The lower substrate 110 may be formed on the inner substrate of the lower substrate 110 or the lower substrate 110 which is not formed. That is, the light shielding member 220 can be formed so as to overlap with a region where a component such as a thin film transistor is formed or in a region outside the pixel region.

  The lid film 225 is formed on the light shielding member 220. The lid film 225 flattens the bent surface of the lower layer such as the light shielding member 220 or prevents impurities from eluting from the lower layer. The thickness of the lid membrane 225 is about 1 μm to 3 μm, more preferably about 1.2 μm to 1.5 μm. The refractive index of the lid membrane 225 can be about 1.5 to 2.5, and more preferably about 1.8. In another embodiment, when the light blocking member 220 is formed on the lower display panel 100, the cover film 225 may be formed on the light blocking member 220 of the lower display panel 100 without being formed on the upper display panel.

  The common electrode 270 that does not have a plurality of slits (incisions) is formed on the lid film 225. The common electrode 270 is formed of a transparent conductor such as indium-tin oxide (ITO) or indium-zinc-oxide (IZO) or the same material as the pixel electrode 191. be able to. The common electrode 270 has a thickness of about 500 mm to 2000 mm, and more preferably about 1200 mm to 1500 mm. The thickness of the common electrode 270 formed of IZO and ITO used to maximize the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device may be about 1200 to 1500 and about 500 to 1500, respectively. In addition, in order to reduce diffraction of external light, the refractive index of the common electrode 270 formed of IZO and ITO may be about 1.5 to 2.5 and about 1.5 to 2.3, respectively. In another embodiment of the present invention, a plurality of slits (incisions) for forming more fringe electric fields may be formed by the common electrode 270.

  The upper plate alignment film 292 is formed on the common electrode 270 in order to hold the liquid crystal molecules 31 in a specific arrangement. The upper plate alignment film 292 is formed by applying a fluid organic material having orientation by inkjet or roll printing or the like and then thermally curing with a light source such as infrared rays and ultraviolet rays (UV). . The upper plate alignment film 292 includes the upper plate main alignment film 34 and may further include the upper plate photo-curing layer 36.

  The upper plate main alignment film 34 may be a vertical alignment material that substantially orients the major axis or main axis of the liquid crystal molecules 31 to the lower substrate 110 or the upper substrate 210 or the upper plate main alignment film 34. The thickness of the main alignment film 34 is about 500 mm to 1500 mm, more preferably about 700 mm to 1000 mm. The refractive index of the main alignment film 34 for improving the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device may be about 1.6. It is common knowledge in the art that the main alignment film 34 can be a film of a material commonly used for a vertical alignment (VA) mode or a twisted nematic (TN) mode. It will be easily understood by those who have.

  In the photocuring layer 36, the major axis or principal axis of the liquid crystal molecules 31 is a pre-tilt angle with respect to the lower substrate 110 or the upper substrate 210 or the main alignment layer 34. It is formed of a material that is cured by light so as to have. The material constituting the photocuring layer 36 may be a light hardener, a reactive mesogen (RM), a photo-reactive polymer, a photopolymerization material, or a photoisomerism. It can be a photo-isomerization material.

  The upper plate alignment film 292 includes a polyimide-based compound, a polyamic acid-based compound, a poly siloxane-based compound, and a polyvinyl cinnamate compound. based compound), polyacrylate-based compound, polymethylmethacrylate-based compound, photo-curing agent, reactive mesogen, photo-reactive polymer, photo-polymerizable material ( It may be a film formed of at least one material selected from photopolymerization material, photo-isomerization material and mixtures thereof.

  The reactive mesogen (RM) can be an acrylate, methacrylate, epoxy, oxetane, vinyl-ether, styrene, or thiolene group. The photoreactive polymer may be an azo-based compound, a cinnamate-based compound, a chalcone-based compound, a coumarin-based compound, or a maleimide compound. (Maleimide-based compound). The photopolymerizable material can be chalcone or coumarlne. The photoisomerized material can be azo or double tolane.

  The upper plate main alignment film 34 and the upper plate photo-curing layer 36 constituting the upper plate alignment film 292 can be formed by a method described later in connection with FIGS. 6A to 6C.

  The upper plate alignment film 292 includes Ciba's Irgacure-651 product, Benzyl dimethyl ketal, Irgacure-907 products, α-aminoacetophenone, and Irgacure-. A film that may additionally contain a photoinitiator formed of at least one material selected from 184 product 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl keton and mixtures thereof. possible.

  The material constituting the upper alignment layer 292 according to an embodiment of the present invention may be a mixture of any one of a photoreactive polymer and a reactive mesogen (RM) and a polyimide polymer. On the other hand, the upper plate alignment film 292 may be composed of the main alignment film 34 excluding the photocured layer 36.

  1 illustrates a reactive mesogen (RM) according to one embodiment of the present invention. The reactive mesogen (RM) according to the present invention forms an alignment film and is cured by light or heat to form photocured layers 35 and 36. In terms of chemical structure, the reactive mesogen according to the present invention may be a photo-reactive dimethaacrylate monomer represented by the following structural formula XVI-R. It may be a monomer molecule represented by the formula XVII-R1, XVII-R2, XVII-R3, XVII-R4, XVII-R5, or XVII-R6.

  Structural formula XVI-R

Here, A, B, and C may be any one selected from a benzene ring, a cyclohexyl ring, and a naphthalene ring, respectively. The outer hydrogen atoms of each ring constituting A, B, and C are not replaced, or at least one of these hydrogen atoms is an alkyl group, fluorine (F), chlorine (C1 ), Or a methoxy group (OCH ₃ ). Each of P1 and P2 can be any one of the acrylate, methacrylate, epoxy, oxetane, vinyl ether, styrene, and thiolene groups.

  Z1, Z2 and Z3 can be a single bond, a linking group or a combination of linking groups. Single bond means that A, B, and C bind directly without any intermediate material between them. The linking group can be -OCO-, -COO-, an alkyl group, -O- or a linking group that can be readily used by those with ordinary knowledge in the art.

  More specifically, the reactive mesogen according to the embodiment of the present invention is a monomer represented by the following structural formula XVII-R1, XVII-R2, XVII-R3, XVII-R4, XVII-R5, or XVII-R6. possible.

  Structural formula XVII-R1

  Structural formula XVII-R2

  Structural formula XVII-R3

  Structural formula XVII-R4

  Structural formula XVII-R5

  Structural formula XVII-R6

In order to evaluate the characteristics of the reactive mesogen (RM) according to the present invention, a liquid crystal display device was manufactured by applying the reactive mesogen represented by the structural formula XVII-R6 among the reactive mesogens described above. . The liquid crystal panel assembly was manufactured according to the SVA mode described with reference to FIG. 6A. The configuration of the pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device is substantially the same as the configuration of FIG. The cell spacing of the liquid crystal layer 3 was about 3.5 μm, and the illuminance of ultraviolet light applied to the fluorescent exposure process was about 0.15 mW / cm ² . Table 1 below shows the width of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191, the exposure voltage, the ultraviolet intensity of the electric field exposure process, and the time of the fluorescence exposure process.

The liquid crystal display device manufactured in this way operates by driving 1 gate line 1 data line (1G1D) based on charge sharing, which will be described later with reference to FIG.

  In all the experimental examples shown in Table 1, the black afterimage of the liquid crystal display device shows a level of about 2, and the response speed between gradations is about 0.007 seconds to about 0.009 seconds. Thus, it can be seen that the reactive mesogen (RM) of structural formula XVII-R6 exhibits good properties when applied to a wide range of process conditions.

  In the afterimage evaluation method, the check pattern screen is displayed on the liquid crystal display device for about one day or longer, the check pattern is observed after changing it to another screen, and the observation result is evaluated as level 1 to level 5. Level 1 is a level at which the check pattern is not observed on the side surface of the liquid crystal display device, Level 2 is a level at which the check pattern is observed on the side surface, and Level 3 is a level at which the check pattern is strongly observed on the side surface. Level 4 is a level at which the check pattern is observed weakly in the front, and level 5 is a level at which the check pattern is strongly observed in the front. This black afterimage can be evaluated by displaying a check pattern screen and observing the check pattern after changing to a black pattern. The surface afterimage can be evaluated by displaying a check pattern screen and observing the check pattern after changing it to a gradation pattern.

The following lower panel, will be described in detail lower panel 100. The lower display panel 100 includes a gate layer conductor, a gate insulating film 140, a linear semiconductor 154, a linear resistive contact member 165, and a data layer conductor that become the gate line 121, the step-down gate line 123, and the storage electrode line 125 thereon. 171, 173, 175, 177 c, first protective film 181, color filter 230, second protective film 182, pixel electrode 191, and lower plate alignment film 291.

  A gate layer conductor composed of a plurality of gate lines 121, a plurality of step-down gate lines 123, and a plurality of storage electrode lines 125 is formed on a lower substrate 110 made of glass or plastic. The thickness of the lower substrate 110 is about 0.2 mm to 0.7 mm. The refractive index of the lower substrate 110 may be about 1.0 to 2.5, and more preferably about 1.5.

  The gate line 121 and the step-down gate line 123 extend mainly in the horizontal direction and transmit gate signals. The gate layer conductor can be formed of a material selected from Cr, Mo, Ti, Al, Cu, Ag, and mixtures thereof. The gate layer conductor according to another embodiment may have a double film or triple film structure. For example, the bilayer structure can be Al / Mo, Al / Ti, Al / Ta, Al / Ni, Al / TiNx, Al / Co, Cu / CuMn, Cu / Ti, Cu / TiN, or Cu / TiOx. . Triple film structure is Mo / Al / Mo, Ti / Al / Ti, Co / Al / Co, Ti / Al / Ti, TiNx / Al / Ti, CuMn / Cu / CuMn, Ti / Cu / Ti, TiNx / Cu / TiNx or TiOx / Cu / TiOx.

  The gate line 121 includes a protruding first gate electrode 124h and a second gate electrode 124l. The step-down gate line 123 includes a protruding third gate electrode 124c. The first gate electrode 124h and the second gate electrode 124l are connected to each other so that one protrusion is formed.

  The storage electrode line 125 extends in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction so as to surround the periphery of the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l, and transmits a predetermined voltage, for example, a common voltage Vcom. . On the other hand, the storage electrode line 125 can transmit a predetermined swing voltage having two or more levels. The storage electrode line 125 includes a plurality of storage electrode line vertical portions 128 extended so as to be substantially perpendicular to the gate line 121, a storage electrode line horizontal portion 127 that interconnects the terminal ends of the storage electrode line vertical portions 128, and a storage And a holding electrode line extending portion 126 in a form protruding from the electrode line lateral portion 127.

A gate insulating layer 140 is formed on the gate layer conductor. The gate insulating film 140 may be a film formed of an inorganic insulator, an organic insulator, or an organic / inorganic insulator. The inorganic insulator can be silicon nitride (SiNx), silicon oxide (SiOx), titanium oxide (TiO ₂ ), alumina (Al ₂ O ₃ ), or zirconia (ZrO ₂ ). Organic insulators can be easily used by polysiloxanes, phenyl siloxanes, polyimides, silsesquioxanes, silanes, or anyone with ordinary knowledge in the art. It can be an organic insulating material that can be used. The organic / inorganic insulator may be a mixture of at least one or more substances selected from each of the above-described inorganic insulator and organic insulator. In particular, a polysiloxane organic insulator and an organic / inorganic insulator composed of polysiloxane have characteristics of high heat resistance, high light transmittance, and good adhesion to other layers at about 350 ° C. or higher.

  The thickness of the gate insulating layer 140 formed of an inorganic insulator may be about 2000 to 4000 mm, and more preferably about 3000 mm. The thickness of the gate insulating layer 140 formed of an organic insulator or an organic / inorganic insulator may be about 3000 to 5000 mm, and more preferably about 4000 mm. The refractive indexes of silicon nitride, silicon oxide, organic insulator, or organic / inorganic insulator constituting the gate insulating film 140 for improving the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device are about 1.6 to 2.1 and about 1 respectively. .35 to 1.65, about 1.4 to 1.7, or about 1.4 to 1.9, and more preferably about 1.85, about 1.5, about 1.55, or about 1.6. As the refractive index of the gate insulating film 140 is closer to the refractive index of the lower substrate 110, the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device is improved.

The linear semiconductor 154 may be made of hydrogenated amorphous silicon, crystalline silica, oxide semiconductor, or the like, and is formed on the gate insulating layer 140. On the linear semiconductor 154, the data line 171, the source electrode 173, and the drain electrode 175 substantially overlap. A first linear semiconductor 154h and a second linear semiconductor 154l formed on the first gate electrode 124h and the second gate electrode 124l, and a third linear semiconductor 154c formed on the third gate electrode 124c; Are formed so as to be separated from each other. The thickness of the linear semiconductor 154 is about 1000-2500 mm, more preferably about 1700 mm. The oxide semiconductor may be a compound having a chemical formula represented by A _X B _X O _X or A _X B _X C _X O _X. A may be Zn or Cd, B may be Ga, Sn or In, and C may be Zn, Cd, Ga, In or Hf. X is not 0, and A, B, and C are different from each other. According to another embodiment, the oxide semiconductor may be a compound selected from the group of InZnO, InGaO, InSnO, ZnSnO, GaSnO, GaZnO, GaZnSnO, GaInZnO, HfInZnO, HfZnSnO, and ZnO. Such an oxide semiconductor has an effective mobility that is approximately 2 to 100 times that of hydrogenated amorphous silicon, thereby improving the charging speed of the pixel electrode 191.

  A linear ohmic contact member 165 is formed on the linear semiconductor 154. The thickness of the linear resistive contact member 165 is about 200 to 500 inches. First, the first linear resistive contact member 165h, the second linear resistive contact member 165l, and the third linear resistive contact member 165c (not shown) are the first linear semiconductor 154h, the second linear They are formed on the semiconductor 154l and the third linear semiconductor 154c, respectively, and are not formed on the channel.

  The data layer conductor includes a data line 171, a first source electrode 173h, a first drain electrode 175h, a second source electrode 173l, a second drain electrode 175l, a third source electrode 173c, and a third drain electrode. 175c, which is formed on the linear resistive contact member 165. The data layer conductor can be formed of the same material as the gate layer conductor material described above. In order to improve the charging rate of the pixel electrode 191 and reduce the propagation delay of the data voltage, the data layer conductor is a low resistance single film metal or 2 or 3 where at least one layer is a metal layer. It can have a multi-layer configuration. If the linear semiconductor 154 is composed of an oxide semiconductor material, the data layer conductor can be formed directly on the linear semiconductor 154 without the formation of the linear resistive contact member 165.

  The data line 171 intersects the gate line 121 or the step-down gate line 123 with the gate insulating film 140 interposed therebetween. The data line 171 is connected to a first source electrode 173h having a cup or U shape and a second source electrode 173l having a cap or bowl shape (inverted U shape in FIG. 3). The terminal portions of the first drain electrode 175h and the second drain electrode 175l are partially surrounded by the first source electrode 173h and the second source electrode 173l, respectively. The other terminal portion of the second drain electrode 175l extends from the terminal portion partially surrounded by the second source electrode 173l and is connected to the U-shaped third source electrode 173c. One end portion of the third drain electrode 175c is partially surrounded by the third source electrode 173c, and the other end portion 177c overlaps on the storage electrode line extension 126, thereby between them. A step-down capacitor Cstd is formed. The capacity of the step-down capacitor Cstd changes according to the size of the area where the other terminal portion 177c of the third drain electrode 175c overlaps the storage electrode line extension 126. The basic color pixels constituting the basic pixel group according to the embodiment of the present invention may have different capacities of the step-down capacitors Cstd.

  FIG. 19B shows the red pixel PX-R, the green pixel PX-G, and the blue pixel PX-B included in the basic pixel group in order to show the difference between the capacities of the step-down capacitors Cstd in each pixel. It is the figure which expanded the A19 part shown. The red pixel PX-R, the green pixel PX-G, and the blue pixel PX-B are similar to each other, but the area of the other terminal portion 177c of the third drain electrode 175c that overlaps the storage electrode line extension in each pixel. The size of AOL-B, AOL-G, or AOL-R is different. Such an overlapping area can be varied to adjust the ratio of the voltage of the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl to the voltage of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch, described below, to about 0.6-0.9: 1. In order to reduce the occurrence of yellowish color, which will be described later, the ratio of the voltage of the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl to the voltage of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch varies according to each pixel constituting the basic pixel group PS. obtain. Therefore, in order to make the pixels constituting the basic pixel group PS have different voltage ratios, the overlapping area between the other terminal portion 177c of the third drain electrode 175c and the storage electrode line extension 126 is adjusted. Can do. For example, in order to prevent the liquid crystal display device from having a yellowish color, in the basic pixel group including red, green, and blue pixels, the voltage ratio of the blue (B) pixel is the voltage of the green (G) pixel. The voltage ratio of the green (G) pixel can be set larger than or the same as the voltage ratio of the red (R) pixel. At this time, the size of the overlapping area can be set as follows in order to adjust the voltage ratio of each pixel.

AOL-B ≦ AOL-G ≦ AOL-R
Here, as shown in FIG. 19B, AOL-B, AOL-G, and AOL-R are blue (B), green (G), and red (R) pixels, and other drains of the third drain electrode 175c. The size of the overlapping area between the terminal portion 177c and the storage electrode line extension 126 is shown.

  The first gate electrode 124h, the second gate electrode 124l, and the third gate electrode 124c, the first source electrode 173h, the second source electrode 173l, the third source electrode 173c, and the first drain The electrode 175h, the second drain electrode 175l, and the third drain electrode 175c are for operating one pixel PX together with the first linear semiconductor 154h, the second linear semiconductor 154l, and the third linear semiconductor 154c. A first thin film transistor (TFT) Qh, a second thin film transistor Ql, and a third thin film transistor Qc are formed. The channel layer in which charge is transferred during the operation of the thin film transistors Qh, Ql, and Qc is a layer of linear semiconductors 154h, 154l, and 154c between the source electrodes 173h, 173l, and 173c and the drain electrodes 175h, 175l, and 175c. Formed inside.

  When the layers and data layer conductors of linear semiconductors 154h, 154l, and 154c are etched using the same mask, the data layer conductors except for the channel region are linear with the linear semiconductor 154 formed thereunder. The resistive contact members 161 and 165h may have substantially the same pattern. However, based on the etching technique, the film of the linear semiconductor 154 is exposed to extend from the side walls of the data layer conductor at a specific distance of about 3 μm or less, and the portion not covered by the data layer conductor. Can have.

  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the line of the first drain electrode 175h or the second drain electrode 175l connected from the channel to the contact holes 185h and 185l is formed in a direction substantially the same as the direction of the fine branch. Can also be done. As a result, the texture in the pixel area is reduced and the brightness of the liquid crystal display device is increased.

  The first protective film 181 is formed on the data layer conductor. The first protective film 181 may be made of the above-described inorganic insulator, organic insulator, or organic / inorganic insulator that may be formed of the gate insulating film 140. The thickness of the first protective film 181 formed of an inorganic insulator may be about 300 to 2000 mm, more preferably about 500 mm. The first protective film 181 formed of an organic insulator or an organic / inorganic insulator may have a thickness of about 25000 to 35000 mm. The refractive index of silicon nitride, silicon oxide (SiOx), organic insulator, or organic / inorganic insulator constituting the first protective film 181 for improving the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device is about 1.6 to 2, respectively. .1, about 1.35 to 1.65, about 1.5 to 1.9, or about 1.5 to 1.9, and more preferably about 1.85, about 1.5, and about 1, respectively. .7 to 1.8 or about 1.6.

  The color filter 230 is formed on the first protective film 181. The color filter is formed in the pixel PX region where light is not blocked. The thickness of the color filter 230 is about 1.5 μm to 3 μm. The refractive index of the color filter 230 may be about 1.3 to 2.2, more preferably about 1.6.

  The color filter 230 formed in each pixel PX is one of basic colors, for example, red, green, blue, cyan, magenta, yellow, and white. You can have one. Three basic colors such as red, green and blue, or blue-green, magenta and yellow can be defined as the colors of the basic pixel group PS for the formation of the pixel PX. Since the white pixel may not have a color filter, and the white external light passes through the white pixel region, the white pixel can indicate white. The basic pixel group PS is a minimum set of pixels PX that can represent a color image.

  In another embodiment, the basic pixel group PS may be composed of pixels PX each having four or more basic colors. As an example for this, four basic colors including three colors of red, green, and blue and any one of blue-green, magenta, yellow, and white are included in the basic pixel group PS. Can be selected as color. In order to improve the image quality of the liquid crystal display device, the basic colors constituting the basic pixel group PS are not limited to this and can be selected in various ways. Is easily understood.

  The color filter 230 may be formed in most of the regions except the color filter holes 233h and 233l formed where the contact holes 185 are located. On the other hand, the color filter 230 may not be formed where the thin film transistors Qh, Ql, and Qc are located in order to easily detect defects in the thin film transistors Qh, Ql, and Qc. A color filter 230 of the same color may be formed to extend in the vertical direction along the adjacent data lines 171. The color filter 230 according to another embodiment of the present invention may be formed between the light blocking member 220 and the cover film 225 formed on the upper display panel 200.

  The second protective film 182 is formed on the color filter 230 or the first protective film 181. The second protective film 182 may be formed of the above-described inorganic insulator, organic insulator, or organic / inorganic insulator that may be formed of the gate insulating film 140. The thickness of the second protective film 182 formed of an inorganic insulator may be about 300 to 1500 mm, more preferably about 400 to 900 mm. The thickness of the second protective film 182 formed of an organic insulator or an organic / inorganic insulator may be about 25000 to 35000 mm. The refractive index of silicon nitride, silicon oxide, organic insulator, or organic / inorganic insulator constituting the second protective film 182 for improving the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device is about 1.6 to 2.1, respectively. It can be about 1.35 to 1.65, about 1.5 to 1.9, or about 1.4 to 1.9.

  As the refractive index of the second protective film 182 is closer to the refractive index of the pixel electrode 191, the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device is improved. The second protective film 182 prevents the color filter 230 from being lifted up and prevents elution of an organic substance such as a solvent from the color filter 230, thereby preventing the liquid crystal layer 3 from being contaminated. Improve persistence of vision (POV) of the device.

  Further, the second protective film 182 directly formed on the first protective film 181 has a function of planarization by being formed relatively thick. Contact holes 185h and 185l exposing the terminal portions of the first drain electrode 175h and the second drain electrode 175l are formed at contact portions of the first protective film 181 and the second protective film 182, respectively. The contact holes 185h and 185l may be narrower than the color filters 233h and 233l.

  As shown in FIGS. 3 and 4A to 4C, the pixel electrode layer is formed on the second protective film 182. The pixel electrode layer is a conductive layer including sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l, pixel electrode contact portions 192h and 192l, cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l, and fine branches 197h and 197l. The fine slits 199h and 199l are This is a portion where the conductive layer is removed from the pixel electrode layer. The pixel electrode 191 may have a thickness of about 300 to 700 mm, and more preferably about 550 mm.

  The pixel electrode 191 includes a first subpixel electrode 191h formed in the region of the first subpixel 190h and a second subpixel electrode 191l formed in the region of the second subpixel 190l. The pixel electrode 191 may be formed of a transparent conductive material such as indium-tin oxide (ITO) or indium-zinc-oxide (IZO). The refractive index of the pixel electrode 191 can be about 1.5 to 2.5, and the refractive indexes of IZO and ITO can be about 1.8 to 2.3 and about 1.7 to 2.0, respectively. In an embodiment of the present invention, a pixel electrode made of an ITO material to reduce external light diffraction may be formed with a thickness of about 400 mm. In addition, a material having a refractive index similar to that of the fine branch electrodes or the main alignment films 33 and 34 may be additionally formed in the space between the fine branches 197 described later, that is, in the region of the fine slit 199.

The material having a refractive index similar to that of the fine branch electrode 197 or the main alignment film 33 may be TiO ₂ , PPV (polyphenylenevinylene), or PI-TiO ₂ (polyfluorinated polyimides TiO ₂ ).

In order to reduce the external light that is diffracted or reflected by the surface of the pixel electrode 191, the plasma of the surface of the pixel electrode 191 in an atmosphere of a gas of Ar, H ₂ , O ₂ , He, or Cl _2. By performing the process, the roughness of the surface of the pixel electrode 191 can be increased. Further, by forming the pixel electrode 191 with a material similar to the refractive index of the material formed above or below the pixel electrode 191, external light that is diffracted or reflected is minimized on the surface of the pixel electrode 191. And transmitted light can be maximized. As described above, the transparent pixel electrode material having a refractive index similar to that of the upper film or the lower film may be nanowire (NW), zinc oxide (ZnO), or a conductive polymer. Such a material can be formed as a pixel electrode having a refractive index of about 1.8 or less. Nanowires (NWs) are acicular conductive particles having a diameter of about 10 ⁻⁹ m to about 10 ⁻⁸ m and a length of about 10 ⁻⁷ m to about 10 ⁻⁶ m, and are mixed with a polymer. Thus, it can be formed as a pixel electrode. The nanowire (NW) may include silver (Ag), and the resistance of the pixel electrode having the nanowire (NW) made of silver (Ag) may be about 50 to 250Ω.

  The first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are respectively a first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and a second pixel electrode contact portion 192l, a cross-shaped branch portion 195h and 195l, and a respective subpixel. It includes vertical connection portions 193h and 193l that surround the outline of the electrodes 191h and 191l, and horizontal connection portions 194h and 194l. Each of the cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l includes a horizontal branch portion extending in the horizontal direction and a vertical branch portion extending in the vertical direction in FIG.

  The first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l are connected to the first thin film transistor Qh and the second thin film transistor through the contact holes 185h and 185l of the first protective film 181 or the second protective film 182, respectively. In contact with the drain electrodes 175h and 175l of the thin film transistor Ql.

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, a high-definition pattern process, that is, a process of forming the width of the micro branch 197 or the micro slit 199 to about 5 μm or less will be briefly described.

  A conductive metal is formed or coated as a pixel electrode layer on the lower layer. A photosensitive photoresist is coated on the conductive metal. The photosensitive photoresist (PR) has a pattern similar to the pattern of the pixel electrode layer by a photo-lithography process. Since the width of the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199 is very narrow, the pattern of the photoresist (PR) formed at this time has a residue of the photoresist (PR) or a partial defective pattern. May have. In order to improve this, an ashing process or a dry etching process may be performed. Thereafter, the conductive metal is etched and the photoresist (PR) is removed, and then the pattern of the pixel electrode layer is formed.

  In order to achieve a high precision pattern by improving adhesion with the lower film according to an embodiment of the present invention, the photosensitive photoresist (PR) is an adhesion promoter, ie, bis (1, 2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl)-[[3,5-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl] methyl] butyl malonate (Bis (1,2,2, 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl)-[[3,5-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl] methyl] butylmalonate)). That is, the photosensitive photoresist has a matrix of about 15 wt% to 25 wt%, more preferably about 20 wt% cresol novolac resin, and about 3 wt% to about 25 wt%. 7% by weight, more preferably about 5% by weight of photo-sensitizer and about 0.1% to 10% by weight of bis (1,2,2,6,6 pentamethyl-) as an adhesion promoter. 4-piperidinyl)-[[3,5-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl] methyl] butyl malonate (Bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl) -[[3,5-bis (1,1-dimethylethyl) -4-hydroxyphenyl] methyl] butylmalonate)), for example, about 65 wt.% To about 74.95 wt. To dissolve in glycidyl methacrylate (poly (2-glycidyl methacrylate: PGMEA)) Ri can be produced.

  The cresol novolac resin can have a weight-average molecular weight of about 7,000 to about 9,000, and the ratio of meta-cresol to para-cresol. Can be prepared by a condensation reaction of a cresol monomer mixed with about 6: 4 and formaldehyde under an oxalic acid catalyst.

  The photo-sensitizers are 2,3,4,4′-tetrahydroxybenzophenone and naphthoquinone 1.2-diazide 5-sulfonyl chloride (Naphthoquinone 1.2-diazide-). 5-Sulfonylchloride) compound produced by a condensation reaction or 4,4 ′, 4 ″ -Ethylidyne trisphenol and naphthoquinone 1,2-diazide It may be a compound produced by a condensation reaction of a -5-sulfonyl chloride (Naphthoquinone 1.2-diazide-5-Sulfonylchloride) compound. Since the photoresist (PR) having such a composition has good adhesion to the lower film, a high-precision pattern can be formed by a photolithography process.

  The pixel electrode 191 according to another embodiment may be formed on the color filter 230 layer or the first protective film 181 layer without forming the second protective film 182, and may have three or more subpixel electrodes. be able to.

  The lower plate alignment film 291 is formed on the pixel electrode 191. Since the lower plate alignment film 291 is substantially the same as the upper plate alignment film 292, the description thereof is omitted for convenience of description.

  A spacer 250 and a liquid crystal layer 3 are formed between the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 to hold the pair of display panels 100 and 200 at a constant interval, that is, a cell interval. The refractive index of the liquid crystal constituting the liquid crystal layer 3 can be about 1.3 to 1.6, and more preferably about 1.48.

  When the color filter 230 is formed on the lower display panel 100 in order to improve the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device, the total thickness of silicon nitride formed in the pixel electrode region of the lower display panel 100 is about 3,500 mm. When the color filter 230 is formed on the upper display panel 200, the total thickness of silicon nitride formed in the pixel electrode region of the lower display panel 100 may be about 4,000 to 5000 mm. . At this time, the total thickness of silicon nitride is the sum of the thicknesses of silicon nitride constituting the gate insulating film and the protective film.

  In an embodiment of the present invention, a lower substrate, a gate insulating film formed of silicon nitride, a first protective film formed of silicon nitride, a second protective film formed of an organic insulator or an organic / inorganic insulator The refractive indexes of the pixel electrodes formed of IZO and ITO are about 1.5, about 1.9, about 1.9, about 1.65 to 1.9, and about 1.9, respectively. The liquid crystal display device having the above can further improve the transmittance of about 2% over the transmittance of the conventional liquid crystal display device. The average refractive index of the liquid crystal molecules may be 1.7 or more.

  In another embodiment of the present invention, a lower substrate, a gate insulating film formed of an organic insulator or an organic / inorganic insulator, a first protective film formed of an organic insulator or an organic / inorganic insulator, and Refractive indexes of pixel electrodes formed of IZO or ITO are about 1.5, about 1.55, about 1.55 to 1.9, and about 1.9, respectively. The transmittance of about 4% can be further improved from the transmittance of the conventional liquid crystal display device.

  Hereinafter, the pixel electrode 191 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 3, 5A, 5B, 16A to 16G, and 17A to 17G. FIG. 5A is an enlarged plan view of the pixel electrode A5 of the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. 3, and FIGS. 5B and 17A to 17G are other views of the plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. It is the top view to which the pixel electrode was expanded as embodiment. 16A to 16G are basic shapes constituting the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199. FIG.

  In order to improve the side visibility and brightness of the liquid crystal display device, the outer shape of the pixel electrode 191 and the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l formed in each pixel PX region, the area ratio of the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l, the pixel electrode Various parameters such as the shape of the 191, the width and distribution of the micro branches 197 or micro slits 199, and the direction of the micro branches 197 must be considered. The numerical values presented below are merely examples, and may vary according to factors such as the cell gap of the liquid crystal layer 3, the liquid crystal type, and the characteristics of the alignment film.

The outer shape pixel electrode 191 of the pixel electrode and the sub-pixel electrode is separated into a first sub-pixel electrode 191h and a second sub-pixel electrode 191l. The separated first subpixel electrode 191h and second subpixel electrode 191l have a first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and a second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl, respectively, and the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and the second liquid crystal capacitor. Clcl has different sizes from each other. The outer shape of the pixel electrode 191 and the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l constituting the pixel electrode 191 is a quadrangular shape. The outer shape of the pixel electrode 191 and the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l constituting the pixel electrode 191 according to another embodiment may be a zigzag shape, a radial shape, or a rhombic shape. The first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are vertically spaced apart from each other in the vertical direction, for example, as shown in FIG. Coupling decreases, and the kickback voltage (Vkb) decreases. In addition, the pixel PX according to another embodiment may include three or more subpixels that are spaced apart from each other. The first subpixel electrode 191h according to another embodiment may be substantially surrounded by the second subpixel electrode 191l.

Sub-pixel electrode area ratio In order to improve the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device and reduce the luminance loss, the area of the second sub-pixel electrode 191l is smaller than the area of the first sub-pixel electrode 191h. About 1 to 3 times, more preferably about 1.5 to 2 times. The area of the second subpixel 190l shown in FIG. 3 is about 1.75 times the area of the first subpixel 190h. Side visibility means the visibility of the liquid crystal display device in relation to the side viewing angle. The side visibility is further improved as the image quality of the video viewed from the side is closer to the image quality of the video viewed from the front.

Referring to the shape diagram 3 of the pixel electrode, the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l has a cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l, respectively, each of the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l are And four domains divided by cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l. Each domain has a plurality of fine branches 197h and 197l extending obliquely outward from the cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l. Referring to FIGS. 5A and 5B, the micro branches 197h and 197l have a linear shape or a zigzag shape.

  Micro slits 199h and 199l between adjacent micro branches 197h and 197l are alternately arranged with micro branches 197h and 197l. Each of the micro branches 197h and 197l may be formed symmetrically with respect to at least one of the horizontal branch part 195a and the vertical branch part 195v of the cross-shaped branch parts 195h and 195l.

  In another embodiment, at a portion where the horizontal branch portion 195a and the vertical branch portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch portion intersect, at least one of the horizontal branch portion 195a and the vertical branch portion 195v intersects with the other branch portion. Each microbranch 197h and 197l can be formed so as to be about 2-5 μm away from each other. Further, a convex or concave bend can be formed on the horizontal branch portion 195a or the vertical branch portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch portion. Thus, each of the fine branches 197h and 197l is separated from the position where the horizontal or vertical branch portion intersects, and a bend is formed on the horizontal or vertical branch portion, so that the liquid crystal formed in each domain is formed. Since the arrangement of the molecules does not interfere with the arrangement of liquid crystal molecules in other domains, the texture in the pixel region is reduced.

  FIG. 5A is an enlarged view of the central portion A5 of the second subpixel electrode shown in FIG. A stripe-shaped micro branch 197 and a micro slit electrode are shown. In the center portion of the second subpixel electrode, the width of the fine branch is S and the width of the fine slit is W as shown in the figure. The fine slits 199 and the fine branches 197 are alternately arranged. That is, the fine slit 199 is located between the fine branch 197. The width (W) of the fine slit changes sequentially, and details thereof will be described below.

  The zigzag fine branch 197 and the fine slit will be described with reference to FIG. 5B. Since the shapes of the fine branches 197h and 197l are substantially similar to the shapes of the fine slits 199h and 199l, the shapes of the fine branches 197h and 197l will be described in detail for convenience of explanation. In order to prevent the occurrence of rainbow unevenness due to reflection of external light incident on the liquid crystal display device on the pixel electrode 191, as shown in FIG. 5B, the pixel electrode having fine branches 197 formed in a zigzag shape. 191 can be formed. The zigzag shape can have valleys and ridges in an iterative and periodic manner.

  Hereinafter, the cause of the occurrence of rainbow unevenness in the liquid crystal display device will be briefly described. Visible light incident on the liquid crystal display device is diffracted in the liquid crystal display device by an element that functions as a diffraction grating, for example, a micro branch, and the liquid crystal display device outputs reflected light by the diffracted light. Since visible light is composed of mutually different wavelengths, the diffracted reflected light has diffraction patterns with different diffraction angles. Therefore, when the light of the fluorescent lamp enters the liquid crystal display device, the diffraction pattern has a rainbow color, and therefore rainbow unevenness is visually recognized in the liquid crystal display device. Visible light diffraction can be mainly generated by a difference in refractive index of a material on which visible light is incident and a structure of a pixel electrode having a diffraction grating function. Therefore, when reducing the difference in the refractive index of the pixel electrode, liquid crystal, alignment film, insulator, etc. constituting the liquid crystal display device, the rainbow unevenness can be reduced by reducing the diffraction of visible light, and the diffraction grating It has been discovered by the present inventor that the rainbow unevenness can be reduced by dispersing the diffraction of visible light when the structure of the pixel electrode functioning as described above is adjusted.

  Therefore, in order to minimize the function of the fine branch electrode as a diffraction grating, the structure of the pixel electrode must be randomly formed to the maximum and appropriate. In order to make the structure of the pixel electrode random, the direction, width, period, shape, interval, and the like of the fine branch electrodes must be randomly formed as appropriate.

  In each domain region, the direction of the fine branch electrode can be set to have two or more directions or different directions in different domains. The width of the fine branch can be determined to change gradually with respect to the width of the adjacent fine branch. One branch is formed in one domain having a period in which the width of a plurality of micro branches has a constant period, and the micro branch electrodes are periodically arranged so that a plurality of groups having periods having different widths are formed. be able to.

  Referring to FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 16A to 16G, the electrodes or micro slits 199 of the micro branches 197 are formed as a straight stripe, bat, zigzag, or multi-broken zigzag. ), Wavy, entases, paired entases, combined entases A or combined entasis B.

  Each of the shapes shown in FIGS. 16A to 16G may be a basic unit of a micro branch 197 or a micro slit 199 having a periodic form, and is a shape of a basic unit pixel electrode. The fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199 can be configured by each or a combination of the shapes of the basic unit pixel electrodes. The basic unit length of the shape of the basic unit pixel electrode may be about 4 μm to about 25 μm, and the width may be about 1.5 μm or more.

  FIG. 16A shows a multi-fold zigzag shape folded at angles θba1 and θba2, respectively. The angle θba1 and the angle θba2 can be different from each other. FIG. 16B shows a wave shape bent so as to be bent at an angle θbb. FIG. 16C shows an entasis shape in which the width of the intermediate portion is narrower than the widths of both end portions. The enteric shape can be applied to the shape of the fine electrode 197 or the fine slit 199. FIG. 16D shows a paired entases shape. This pair entasis shape is constituted by a shape sandwiched between a bent line bent at an angle θbd1 and a straight line, and a pair of symmetrical shapes of this shape. According to other embodiments of the present invention, the angle θbd1 and the angle θbd2 may be different from each other.

  FIG. 16E shows the shape of combined entases A. The basic unit of the shape of the combination entasis A is between a pair entasis shape in which two of the entasis shapes in FIG. 16D are combined, and two bent bend lines in the pair entasis shape. A shape in which diamond shapes are continuously connected to each other. FIG. 16F shows the shape of the combination entasis B. The shape of the combination entasis B includes a pair entasis shape in which two of the entasis shapes in FIG. 16D are combined, and a diamond shape continuously between two straight lines in the pair entasis shape. The connected shape is a combined shape.

  FIG. 16G shows a bat shape joined with stripes having different widths. The rod shape may be a stripe shape in which two or more widths, for example, widths of about 1.8 μm, about 3.2 μm, and about 4.5 μm are repeatedly connected. The shape of the stripe-shaped basic unit pixel electrode is described above with reference to FIG. 5A, and the zigzag shape is described later with reference to FIG. 5B.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the micro branch 197 or the micro slit 199 may be configured by each or a combination of the shapes of the basic unit pixel electrodes. In addition, the micro branches 197 or the micro slits 199 may be configured in which the basic unit lengths are differently combined depending on the shape or the combination of the basic unit pixel electrodes. In the following description, the pixel electrode is formed using the shape of the basic unit pixel electrode.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the fine branch electrodes configured in the shape of the basic unit pixel electrode may be formed at different intervals from the adjacent fine branch electrodes.

  In addition, when the color filter 230 is formed on the lower display panel 100, the color filter 230 may be formed on the upper display panel 200 in order to reduce the incidence of external visible light when a large amount of external visible light is incident. it can.

  Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 5B, the micro branches 197l formed in a zigzag shape in order to reduce rainbow unevenness will be briefly described. The fine branch 197l formed in a zigzag shape is composed of a zigzag length (P5) and a zigzag angle (θ5). For the zigzag unit length (P5), each of the micro branches 197h and 197l has a linear length, which is about 3 μm to 25 μm, more preferably about 4 μm to 10 μm.

  The main direction of the fine branch electrode 197 formed in each domain is a direction in which a line connecting the peak points PK1 and PK2 shown in FIG. 5B extends. The peak points of PK1 and PK2 are adjacent points of one period at the bending point where the one fine branch electrode 197 bends periodically.

  The zigzag angle θ5 is an angle between the main direction line of the fine branch electrode 197 and the line corresponding to the length P5 of the zigzag unit, and the zigzag angle θ5 is about 0 ° to ± 40 °, and more Desirably, it is about ± 12 ° to ± 20 °. Since the diffracted diffracted light is dispersed by the pixel electrode having a large zigzag angle θ5 or various zigzag angles θ5, the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced.

  The fine branch 197l formed in a zigzag shape extends from the vicinity of the horizontal branch portion 195a and the vertical branch portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch to the outline of the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l. As the zigzag shape constituting the fine branch 197 increases, the number of diffraction points of the diffracted light diffracted in the zigzag shape increases, so that the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced. Since the light reflected on the fine branch 197l of the pixel electrode 191 has different interference effects depending on the wavelength, the fine branch 197 formed on the pixel electrode 191 of the basic color filter has a zigzag length P5 and a zigzag angle θ5. And can have different. If the zigzag fine branches 197l different from each other in the basic color pixels are formed on the pixel electrode in this way, the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device is reduced.

  In another embodiment, one fine branch 197 constituting the pixel electrode 191 may have zigzag unit lengths P5 having different sizes. Since the fine branch 197 formed in this way has high irregularity, the diffracted light diffracted by the fine branch 197 is dispersed, and the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced.

  In another embodiment, one fine branch 197h and 197l constituting the pixel electrode 191 may be formed in a mixed shape of a straight line and a zigzag. In another embodiment, a micro branch electrode in which micro branches 197h and 197l formed in a linear shape and micro branches 197h and 197l formed in a zigzag shape are mixed may be formed of one domain.

  Hereinafter, the shapes of micro branches and micro slits 199 according to other embodiments will be described with reference to FIGS. 17A to 17G. Since the shapes of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 are substantially the same, the shape of the fine branch 197 will be described in detail for convenience of explanation. The micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 shown in FIGS. 17A, 17B, 17C, and 17E have a zigzag shape. The respective widths S of the fine branches 197 and the respective widths W of the fine slits 199 have been described above with reference to FIG. 3 or FIG. 5A.

  The plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 17A shows that the width of each of the micro branches 197 or micro slits 199 sequentially changes according to the features of the present invention. FIG. 17A is a plan view of a pixel electrode configured by four domains Dga1, Dga2, Dga3, and Dga4. The four domains have fine branches 197 extending in different directions. The domains are separated by a cross-shaped branch 195 and connected to the cross-shaped branch 195. The structure, for example, shape, length, width and / or direction of the fine branch 197 constituting each domain is symmetric with respect to the horizontal branch portion 195a and the vertical branch portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195. On the other hand, the structure of the fine branch 197 constituting the domain can be designed as an asymmetric structure with respect to different structures according to each domain, for example, the lateral branch part 195a and the vertical branch part 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195.

  Further, as shown in the domain Dga1, the domain Dga1 includes a plurality of subdomains Gga1 to Ggan configured by a plurality of micro branches 197 and a plurality of micro slits 199. A plurality of sub-domains are distinguished from other sub-domains by the width of the fine branch 197, the width of the fine slit 199, the zigzag angle, the main direction θdga1 and θdgan of the domain, or the length ZLa1 and ZLan in zigzag units. Can. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the subdomain is identified by the width of the micro branch 197 and the width of the micro slit 199. That is, the width of the fine branch 197 constituting the first subdomain Gga1 or the width of the fine slit 199 is the same, and is different from the width of the fine branch 197 constituting the nth subdomain Ggan or the width of the fine slit 197. . The micro branches 197 or micro slits 199 in the other domains Dga2, Dga3, and Dga4 may be the same as the structure described above for the domain Dga1.

  According to one embodiment of the present invention, the width S of the micro branches 197 and the width W of the micro slits 199 constituting each domain Dga1, Dga2, Dga3, and Dga4 are about 2.0 μm to about 6 μm, respectively, It can gradually increase along the direction of the dotted arrow. The part where the dotted arrow starts, that is, in the first subdomain Gga1 shown in the domain Dga1, the width Sga1 of the micro branch 197 and the width Wga1 of the micro slit 199 are each about 2.5 μm, and the part where the dotted arrow ends That is, the width Sgan of the fine branch 197 and the width Wgan of the fine slit 199 in the nth subdomain Ggan shown in the domain Dga1 may be about 5 μm, respectively. In the intermediate subdomain through which the dotted arrow passes, the width of the micro branch 197 and the width of the micro slit 199 may each be a value in the range of about 2.5 μm to 5 μm. The size in which the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 increase along the dotted arrow direction may be about 0.25 μm.

  Further, the lengths Pga1 and Pgan of zigzag units constituting the domains Dga1, Dga2, Dga3, and Dga4, respectively, may be about 5 μm to 20 μm. The length of the zigzag unit can be gradually increased in a direction away from the horizontal branch portion 195a or the vertical branch portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195.

  Further, the main direction angle with respect to the main direction θdga of the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199 constituting each domain Dga1, Dga2, Dga3, and Dga4 may be about ± 30 ° to about ± 60 ° with respect to the direction D1, More desirably, it may be about ± 40 ° to ± 50 °. The main direction θdga of the fine branch 197 is a direction of a straight line connecting the peak points Pga1 and Pga2 of the fine branch shown in the domain Dga1. An angle between the main direction of the fine slit 199 or each fine branch 197 and the above-described direction D1, for example, the polarization axis of the polarizer is referred to as “main direction angle” of the fine slit 199 or the fine branch 197 below. .

  The zigzag angles θga1, θgan shown in the domain Dga1 may be about 0 ° to about ± 40 ° with respect to the main direction of the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199, and more preferably about 0 ° to about ± 30 °. . The absolute value of the zigzag angle shown in FIG. 17A can gradually increase by one value in the range of about 2 ° to about 5 ° in the direction of the dotted arrow. That is, the first zigzag angle θga1 formed in the first subdomain Gga1 may be 0 °, and the nth zigzag angle θgan formed in the nth subdomain Ggan is + 30 ° or −30 °. It can be.

  Note that the main direction of the micro branches 197 or micro slits 199 can be determined as described above in connection with FIG. 5B. That is, it can be determined by a linear direction connecting zigzag peak points. Since the pixel electrode structure thus formed has irregularity, the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be remarkably reduced.

  In the following description in connection with FIGS. 17B-17G, the description already made in connection with FIGS. 5A, 5B, and 17A is omitted, and only the possible features of FIGS. 17B-17G are described in detail. Referring to FIG. 17B, each of the four domains Dgb1, Dgb2, Dgb3, and Dgb4 includes a plurality of first to nth subdomains Ggb1 to Ggbn. The micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 in the domains Dgb1, Dgb2, Dgb3, and Dgb4 are formed asymmetrically with respect to the cross-shaped branch portion 195.

  In the plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 17B, the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 are formed in each of the plurality of domains Dgb1, Dgb2, Dgb3, and Dgb4 according to the feature of the present invention. The fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199 forming the four domains Dgb1, Dgb2, Dgb3, and Dgb4 is formed asymmetrically with respect to the cross-shaped branch 195.

  In the domain Dgb2, the main direction angle of the fine slit 199 or fine branch 197 formed by the fine direction 199 or the fine direction 197d of each fine branch 197 is about ± 45 °, and the zigzag angle θgb is about ± 7 ° to about It can be ± 20 °, more desirably about ± 10 ° or ± 15 °. Each of the domains Dgb1, Dgb2, Dgb3, and Dgb4 has a main direction angle and a zigzag angle θgb of the same fine branch 197.

  Each of the subdomains Ggb1 and Ggb2 to Ggbn includes a predetermined number of fine branches and fine slits interposed therebetween. The fine subdomain SWgb2 including each of the adjacent fine branch-fine slit pairs can be formed periodically or repeatedly within each subdomain. The widths Wgb1 and Sgb1 of the fine slit and fine branch constituting the fine branch-fine slit pair may be about 3 μm, respectively. Accordingly, the width of each fine subdomain SWgb2 may be about 6 μm.

  In the embodiment of the present invention, when each of the subdomains has four micro branches 197 and four micro slits 199, the width SWgb1 of each subdomain may be about 26 μm. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 17B, each of domains Dgb1, Dgb2, Dgb3, and Dgb4 has subdomains Ggb1, Ggb2 to Ggbn, and each of the subdomains has the same fine subdomain width. it can. However, each of the fine branch widths Sgb2 between adjacent subdomains in each domain can be different from each of the fine branch widths in each subdomain. For example, each of the fine branch widths in each subdomain may be about 3 μm, and the fine branch Sgb2 may be about 5 μm.

  After all, the width of the fine branch 197 between adjacent subdomains in each domain is different from the width of the fine branch 197 in each subdomain, and the fine branches and fine slits formed in the domains are different from the cross-shaped branch. As a result, the diffraction point of the diffracted light is dispersed by increasing the irregularity of the pixel electrode structure, and thus the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be remarkably reduced. The number of subdomains in each domain can vary according to the size of the pixel electrode.

  In the plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 17C, it is shown that the main directions of the micro branches 197 constituting each domain are different from each other according to the feature of the present invention. The pixel electrode is composed of four domains, that is, Dgc1, Dgc2, Dgc3, and Dgc4. The domains Dgc1, Dgc2, Dgc3, and Dgc4 have main directions θdgc1, θdgc2, θdgc3, and θdgc4 of the micro branches 197 determined by connecting the peak points of the micro branches 197, respectively. The main direction angles of the main directions θdgc1, θdgc2, θdgc3, and θdgc4 of the micro branches or micro slits forming the domain may be different from each other within about 30 ° to about 60 °. For example, the main direction angles of θdgc1, θdgc2, θdgc3, and θdgc4 with respect to the main direction may be about 50 °, about 41.3 °, about 40 °, and about 48.7 °, respectively. Further, in the main direction of the fine branch 197, the zigzag angles θgc1, θgc2, θgc3, and θgc4 of the fine branch 197 can be any value within a range of about ± 5 ° to about ± 30 °, and more preferably, It can be about ± 10 ° or about ± 15 °.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the zigzag angles of the micro branches 197 formed in each domain can be different from each other and gradually increase in a certain direction. The difference in zigzag angle between adjacent micro branches 197 is about 0.5 ° to about 5 °, and more desirably about 2 ° to about 3 °. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the zigzag angle of the fine branch 197 formed in one domain may be the same as that of the fine branch formed in the same subdomain and formed in the other subdomain. It can be different from that of a fine branch. The difference in zigzag angle between the subdomains can be about 0.5 ° to about 5 °, more desirably about 2 ° to about 3 °. On the other hand, the zigzag angle of the fine branch 197 formed in one domain may be symmetrical to that of the fine branch formed in the other subdomain, unlike that of the fine branch formed in the same subdomain.

  Symmetry between domains Dgc1, Dgc2, Dgc3, and Dgc4, symmetry between subdomains Ggc1, Ggc2-Ggbc, subdomains Ggc1, Ggc2-Ggbc in each domain, fine branch 197 and fine slit 199, respectively The widths Sgc1, Sgc2, and Wgc1 and the periodicity and width SWgc1 of the subdomains Ggc1, Ggc2 to Ggbc are substantially the same as those described above with reference to FIG. 17B.

  As described above, the main direction and the zigzag angle of the micro branches 197 in two different domains in the domain are formed differently from each other, so that the irregularity of the pixel electrode structure is increased, thereby being diffracted. The diffraction points of the scattered light are dispersed, and the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be remarkably reduced. Unlike the present embodiment, the main directions θdgc1, θdgc2, θdgc3, and θdgc4 of each domain may be symmetrically paired.

  17D shows a combination of the shapes of the fine branches Sgd1, Sgd2, and Sgd3 constituting the subdomains Ggd1 to Ggdn and the shapes of the fine slits Wgd1, Wgd2, and Wgd3 in the plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 17D. . The pixel electrode is composed of four domains, that is, Dgd1, Dgd2, Dgd3, and Dgd4. Each of domains Dgd1, Dgd2, Dgd3, and Dgd4 is composed of a periodically repeated subdomain Ggd1. Each subdomain Ggd1 to Ggdn is composed of a plurality of micro branches Sgd1, Sgd2, and Sgd3 and micro slits Wgd1, Wgd2, and Wgd3. The micro branches 197 and micro slits 199 include the combination entasis A (FIG. 16E). Or combination entasis B (see FIG. 16F).

  The micro branch 197 can be composed of Sgd1, Sgd2, and Sgd3. The fine branch Sgd1 has a shape formed by a combination of a straight line and a zigzag. The fine branch Sgd2 has a shape that is symmetrical to the fine branch Sgd1. The fine branch Sgd3 has a diamond shape or a diamond connection shape.

  The shape of the fine branch 197 can be applied to the fine slit 199. The fine slit 199 can be composed of Wgd1, Wgd2, and Wgd3. The fine slit Wgd1 has a shape formed by a combination of two zigzags. The fine slit Wgd2 has a shape formed by a zigzag having a straight line and a size smaller than the zigzag of the fine slit Wgd1. The fine slit Wgd3 has a shape that is symmetrical to the fine slit Wgd2. The width SWgd of the subdomain may be about 10 μm to about 40 μm, and the widths of the micro branches Sgd 1, Sgd 2, and Sgd 3 and the micro slits Wgd 1, Wgd 2, and Wgd 3 may be about 2 μm to 10 μm. The shape of the fine slit 199 can be applied to the fine branch 197.

  The main directions of the micro branches 197, the micro slits 199, and the micro branches 197 constituting the four domains Dgd1, Dgd2, Dgd3, and Dgd4 can be formed symmetrically with respect to the cross-shaped branch 195. . The main direction angle of any one of the main directions of the micro branches 197 is about 30 ° to about 60 °, and more preferably about 45 °.

  According to embodiments of the present invention, the micro slits and micro branches in the domain have been described as being symmetric with respect to the cross-shaped branch 195, but the micro slits and micro branches in the domain can be formed asymmetrically, Within each domain, the main direction of the fine branch 197 may also be asymmetric. As described above, since the shape and width of the fine branch 197 constituting the subdomain are various, the irregularity of the pixel electrode structure is increased, so that the diffraction points of the diffracted light are dispersed, and the liquid crystal display device Rainbow unevenness can be significantly reduced.

  In the plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 17E, each of the four domains Dgd1, Dgd2, Dgd3, and Dgd4 includes a fine slit 199 having two directions that are diagonally different from each other in accordance with the feature of the present invention. The pixel electrode is configured by four domains Dge1, Dge2, Dge3, and Dge4. Domain Dge1 includes subdomains Gge1 and Gge2.

  The subdomain Gge1 has a micro branch 197 and a micro slit 199 whose widths are Sge1 and Wge1, respectively. The subdomain Gge2 has a micro branch 197 and a micro slit 199 whose widths are Sge2 and Wge2, respectively.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the fine branch widths Sge1 and Sge2 may be different, and the fine slit widths Wge1 and Wge2 may be different. For example, the value of the fine branch width Sge2 may be larger than the value of the fine branch width Sge1, or the value of the fine slit width Wge2 may be larger than the value of the fine slit width Wge1.

  The sum of the fine branch width Sge1 formed in the subdomain Gge1 and the adjacent fine slit width Wge1 according to the embodiment of the present invention is the sum of the fine branch width Sge2 formed in the subdomain Gge2 and the adjacent fine slit width Wge2. And can be different. For example, the sum of the fine branch width Sge2 formed in the subdomain Gge2 and the adjacent fine slit width Wge2, for example, about 5.5 μm to about 10 μm and adjacent to the fine branch width Sge1 formed in the subdomain Gge1. The sum with the width Wge1 of the fine slit 199 may be larger than, for example, about 4 μm to about 8 μm.

  There may be other subdomains in which the width of the fine branch 197 or the width of the fine slit 199 gradually changes between the subdomain Gge1 and the subdomain Gge2. Each of the subdomains Gge1 and Gge2 has a fine branch 197 having two directions θge1 and θge2 different from the main direction θdge. That is, each subdomain has a region including the fine branch 197 in the direction θge1 and another region including the fine branch 197 in the direction θge2. The angle between the fine branches in directions θge1 and θge2 and direction D1 can be any value in the range of about 40 ° to about 50 °, and any in the range of about 30 ° to about 39 °. And more desirably can be about 42 ° and about 37 °. The main direction angle of the main direction θdge of the fine branch 197 may be any value within the range of about 30 ° to about 60 °, and more preferably about 45 °.

  As shown in the domain Dge2, the line Ie connecting the points where the micro branches 197 are changed from the direction θge1 to the direction θge2 can be an elliptical arc or a straight line. The structure of the fine branch 197 described above can also be applied to the structure of the fine slit 199. The structure formed in the domain Dge1 can be applied to the other domains Dge2, Dge3, and Dge4, and the structure of the pixel electrode formed in each of the domains is the horizontal portion 195a of the cross-shaped branch 195 or the vertical portion. The portion 195v may be symmetric. The pixel electrode thus formed can improve the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device by changing the electric field strength in the liquid crystal layer. In addition, since the irregularity of the pixel electrode structure increases, the diffraction points of the external light are dispersed, and the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be significantly reduced.

  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the micro branch 197 having the direction θge2 is closer to the data wiring than the micro branch 197 having the direction θge1 and the angle between the data line 171 and the direction θge2 is It may be larger than the angle between the direction θge1. Thus, since the fine branch 197 in the direction θge2 adjacent to the data line 171 is further perpendicular to the data line 171 than the fine branch 197 in the direction θge1, the main axis or long axis of the liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the data line 171 is used. Are arranged in the direction perpendicular to the data lines 171 from the liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the cross-shaped branch. Accordingly, the main axis or long axis of the liquid crystal molecules arranged in the direction substantially perpendicular to the data line 171 can improve the side visibility that shows the visibility in the direction perpendicular to the data line 171. Further, the fine branch 197 having the direction θge1 is arranged further in parallel to the data line 171 than the fine branch 197 having the direction θge2, so that the fine branch 197 having the direction θge1 is visually recognized in a direction parallel to the data line 171. It is possible to improve the side visibility showing the property. Thus, the pixel electrode having the micro branches 197 arranged in two or more directions can improve the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device.

  The micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 shown in FIGS. 17F and 17G have a stripe shape. The width S of the micro branch 197 and the width W of the micro slit 199 may be similar to those described above in connection with FIG. 3 or FIG. 5A.

  In the plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 17F, the width of the fine slit 199 varies from the horizontal portion 195a or the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195 to the outside of the pixel electrode, that is, the vertical connection portion 193 or the horizontal connection portion. Gradually increases when stretching to 194. That is, as the fine slits 199 extend outside the pixel electrodes, their widths gradually increase.

  The pixel electrode is composed of four domains Dgf1, Dgf2, Dgf3, and Dgf4. Domain Dgf1 includes subdomains Ggf1 and Ggf2. The subdomain Ggf1 has a micro branch 197 and a micro slit 199 having a micro branch width Sgf1 and a micro slit width Wgf1 that change along the direction in which the width extends.

  The subdomain Ggf1 has a fine slit 199 or a fine branch 197 having main direction angles θdgf1 and θdgf2. Here, the main direction angle of the micro slit or micro branch means the angle between the straight line connecting the central points of the width of the micro slit or micro branch and the polarization axis or D1 of the polarizer. The width Wgf1 of the fine slit 199 constituting the subdomain Ggf1 is extended from the horizontal part 195a or the vertical part 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195 to the outside of the pixel electrode, that is, the vertical connection part 193, the horizontal connection part 194 or the pixel electrode. Gradually grows. The width Sgf1 of the fine branch 197 gradually increases when extending from the horizontal portion 195a or the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195 to the vertical connection portion 193, the horizontal connection portion 194, or the outside of the pixel electrode, or Can be constant.

  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the main directions θdgf1 and θdgf2 of the fine slit 199 shown in the subdomain Ggf1 may be different from each other. In the subdomain Ggf1, the main direction angle with respect to the main direction θdgf1 of the fine slit 199 adjacent to the subdomain Ggf2 may be smaller than the main direction angle with respect to the main direction θdgf2 of the other fine slit 199 in the subdomain Ggf2. The main direction angle of 199 can be gradually increased from the main direction angle θdgf1 to the main direction angle θdgf2. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the main direction angle of the micro slit 199 with respect to the main directions θdgf1 and θdgf2 may be about 30 ° to about 55 °. The main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is substantially the same as the main direction angle of the fine slit 199.

  Any one of the main direction angles with respect to the main directions θdgf1 and θdgf2 of the fine slit 199 shown in the subdomain Ggf1 may be larger than the main direction angle of the fine slit 199 shown in the subdomain Ggf2. The subdomain Ggf2 has a fine branch 197 and a fine slit 199 each having a fine branch width Sgf2 and a fine slit width Wgf2 that are constant in width along the extending direction. The values of the fine branch width Sgf2 and the fine slit width Wgf2 may be substantially the same. On the other hand, in order to adjust the intensity of the electric field applied to the liquid crystal layer, the fine branch width Sgf2 and the fine slit width Wgf2 may be made different. The main direction of the fine slit 199 or the fine branch 197 shown in the subdomain Ggf2 is substantially the same. The structure of the pixel electrode formed in the domain Dgf1 can be applied to the other domains Dgf2, Dgf3, and Dgf4. It can be symmetric with respect to 195a or the longitudinal portion 195v. The pixel electrode including the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 formed in this manner improves the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device in order to adjust the strength of the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer according to the subdomain. Or the rainbow nonuniformity of a liquid crystal display device can be reduced significantly.

  The plan view of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 17G has a plurality of micro branches 197 and a plurality of micro slits 199 having two or more widths discontinuously according to the feature of the present invention. The pixel electrode illustrated in FIG. 17G includes four domains Dgg1, Dgg2, Dgg3, and Dgg4.

  The domain Dgg1 has a fine branch 197 and a fine slit 199 having a stair shape. In other words, the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 are discontinuous and have various widths. As shown in the drawing, each fine branch 197 has a width of Sgg1, Sgg2, and Sgg3, and the width of each fine branch 197 extends from the horizontal portion 195a or the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195 to the outside of the pixel electrode. When stretching, the widths Sgg1, Sgg2 and Sgg3 can increase discontinuously. Each of the fine branch widths Sgg1, Sgg2, and Sgg3 may have any one value in the range of about 2.0 μm to about 6 μm. According to embodiments of the present invention, the fine branch widths Sgg1, Sgg2, and Sgg3 may be about 1.8 μm, about 3.2 μm, and about 4.5 μm, respectively.

  The fine slit widths adjacent to the fine branch widths Sgg1, Sgg2, and Sgg3 may have Wgg1, Wgg2, and Wgg3, respectively. Each of the fine slit widths Wgg1, Wgg2, and Wgg3 may be any one value within a range of about 2.0 μm to about 6 μm. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the fine slit widths Wgg1, Wgg2, and Wgg3 may be about 4.5 μm, about 3.2 μm, and about 1.8 μm, respectively. In each of adjacent micro branch-micro slit pairs, the sum of the micro branch width and the micro slit width can have two or more values.

  In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, for at least one fine branch 197 located diagonally to the domain, the fine branch widths Sgg1, Sgg2, Sgg3, Sgg2, and Sgg1 are the horizontal portion 195a or vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195. Alternatively, when the pixel electrode extends from the center of the pixel electrode to the outside of the pixel electrode, it can increase and decrease discontinuously. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the discontinuous width increases when at least one fine branch 197 extends from the lateral portion 195a or longitudinal portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195 to the central portion of the domain, and the pixel from the central portion of the domain is increased. The discontinuous width can be reduced when extending outside the vertical connection 193, the horizontal connection 194, or the pixel electrode of the electrode.

  Further, when the other fine branch 197 extends outward from the horizontal portion 195a or the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195, the discontinuous fine branch width increases, and the other fine branch becomes the horizontal portion of the cross-shaped branch 195. When extending outward from 195a or vertical portion 195v, the discontinuous fine branch width decreases.

  The fine branches 197 in the subdomain Ggg1 constituting the domain Dgg1 may have the same fine branch width Sgg1. The subdomain Ggg1 can be formed in a vertical connection portion 193, a horizontal connection portion 194, or a portion adjacent to the outside of the pixel electrode. The main direction of each micro branch 197 or micro slit 199 formed in the domain Dgg1 is a direction of a straight line connecting the center points of the width of the micro branch 197 or micro slit 199, and the main direction of the micro branch or micro slit is Are parallel to each other. The pixel electrode structure formed in the domain Dgg1 may be applied to the other domains Dgg2, Dgg3, and Dgg4. The pixel electrode structure formed in each domain may include the horizontal portion 195a or the vertical portion of the cross-shaped branch 195. It can be symmetric with respect to 195v. The pixel electrode including the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed as described above improves the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device or the liquid crystal in order to tilt the liquid crystal molecules of the liquid crystal layer at various angles. The rainbow unevenness of the display device can be remarkably reduced.

  The pixel electrode according to another embodiment may have at least one 'V' shaped notch. In other words, the 'V'-shaped notch may be formed in a concave shape or a convex shape on the electrode of the fine branch 197 or the cross-shaped branch portion 195. When the notch is formed in the pixel electrode, the response speed of the liquid crystal display device is increased and the luminance is increased.

  Referring to FIG. 3, the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l have vertical connection portions 193h and 193l on the left side and the right side, respectively. The vertical connection portions 193h and 193l block parasitic capacitive coupling generated between the data line 171 and the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l. 4B and 4C, in adjacent pixels, the vertical connection portion 193h of the first subpixel electrode 191h overlaps the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 by OLL1 and OLR1, respectively. OLL1 and OLR1 may each be a value selected from about 0.5-3 μm. In adjacent pixels, the vertical connection portion 193l of the second subpixel electrode 191l overlaps the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 by OLL2 and OLR2, respectively. OLL2 and OLR2 can each be a value selected from about 1-3 μm. In order to reduce the variation of the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl formed on the second subpixel electrode 1911, OLL2 and OLR2 may be greater than or equal to OLL1 and OLR1, respectively. The light blocking member 220 formed on the upper display panel 200 overlaps the holding electrode line vertical portion 128 formed in the region of the first subpixel electrode 191h by OBL1 and OBR1. OBL1 and OBR1 can each be about 0.5-3 μm. Further, the light shielding member 220 formed on the upper display panel 200 overlaps the holding electrode line vertical portion 128 formed in the region of the second subpixel electrode 191l by OBL2 and OBR2. OBL2 and OBR2 can each be about 0.5-3 μm. The light leakage of the liquid crystal display device can be improved by matching the values of OBL1, OBR1, OBL2, and OBR2 with the process conditions and the size of the cell gap.

In order to improve the transmittance and side visibility of the liquid crystal display device and reduce the occurrence of rainbow unevenness, the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 3, the type of liquid crystal molecules 31, the maximum data voltage, The width S of the fine branch 197 and the width W of the fine slit 199 (shown in FIG. 5A) vary according to parameters such as the voltage ratio and area ratio between the first subpixel electrode and the second subpixel electrode. Must be determined by form.

  The width S of the micro branch 197 and the width W of the micro slit 199 according to the present invention are each about 2 μm to 6 μm, and more preferably about 2.5 μm to 4 μm. According to another embodiment of the present invention, when the area of the micro branch 197 is larger than the area of the micro slit 199, the electric field between the pixel electrode and the common electrode is increased, thereby increasing the response speed and transmittance of the liquid crystal display device. be able to. Therefore, the fine branch width S may not be limited to this value.

  Referring to FIG. 3, S and W are constant in the first pixel electrode 191h, and each domain of the second pixel electrode 191l has a first area HA, a second area LA, and S and W according to S and W. It has the 3rd field MA.

  In the first region HA, the width S of the fine branch 197 and the width W of the fine slit 199 are defined by S1 and W1, respectively, and S1 and W1 are the same. In the second region LA, the width S of the fine branch 197 and the width W of the fine slit 199 are S2 and W2, respectively, and W2 is larger than S2. In the third region MA, the width S of the fine branch 197 and the width W of the fine slit 199 are S3 and W3, respectively, and S3 is the same, but W3 gradually changes. In the third area MA, the size of W3 increases sequentially from the first area HA to the second area LA.

  S and W of the first pixel electrode 191h according to a preferred embodiment are about 3 μm and about 3 μm, respectively, and S1 and W1, S2 and W2, and S3 and W3 of the second pixel electrode 191l are about 3 μm and about 3 μm, respectively. 3 μm, about 3 μm and about 4 μm, about 3 μm and about 3 to 4 μm. The size in which the width W3 of the fine slit 199l gradually changes is about 0.15 to 0.5 μm, preferably about 0.2 μm. On the other hand, each of S3 and W3 of the third area MA may change gradually, and S2 and W2 of the second area LA may be larger than S1 and W1 of the first area HA, respectively.

  The area of the first region HA formed in each domain of the second subpixel electrode 191l is larger than the area of the second region LA. According to the embodiment of the present invention, for each domain, each sub-pixel, or the area of the entire region in the pixel, that is, the total area of the HA region, the LA region, and the MA region, the area of the first region HA is About 50 to 80%, more preferably about 60 to 70%, and the sum of the areas of the second region LA and the third region MA is about 20 to 50%, more preferably, About 30-40%. The areas of the first region HA, the second region LA, and the third region MA may have different distribution sizes for each domain. The first region HA, the second region LA, and the third region MA are formed symmetrically with respect to at least one of the horizontal branch portions and the vertical branch portions of the cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l. be able to. In other embodiments, the first region HA, the second region LA, and the third region MA may be formed in the first subpixel electrode 191h.

The direction of the fine branch The long axis of the liquid crystal molecules 31 is tilted in the direction parallel to the fine branches 197h and 197l by the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer 3, so that it extends in the direction of about 45 ° with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer. The liquid crystal display device having the fine branches 197h and 197l has the maximum transmittance. Therefore, based on the direction of the micro branches 197h and 197l of the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l, the luminance and side visibility of the liquid crystal display device are changed based on the change in the transmittance of light passing through the regions of the subpixels 190h and 190l. Can change.

  In each domain, the direction of the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 is about 0 ° to 45 ° with respect to at least one of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2, more preferably about 30 °. It can be ˜45 °. The first direction D <b> 1 and the second direction D <b> 2 may be a polarization axis direction of a polarizer attached to the lower display panel 100 or the upper display panel 200.

  Referring to FIG. 3, the micro branch 197 is formed by the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l in the directions of θ1 and θ2, respectively, with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer, and θ1 and θ2 are 20 °. And θ1 and θ2 are substantially angles within a range of 30 ° to 60 °. For example, θ1 and θ2 are about 40 ° and about 45 °, respectively. The direction of the micro branches 197 h and 197 l may be about 30 ° to 45 ° with respect to the direction of the horizontal portion 195 a, the vertical portion 195 v of the cross-shaped branch 195, or the gate line 121. The direction of the gate line 121 may be the direction of a virtual line passing between the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l constituting the pixel electrode. In the zigzag fine branch 197 having the period of the peak points PK1 and PK2 shown in FIG. 5B, the direction in which the line connecting the peak points PK1 and PK2 extends is the main direction of the fine branch 197. The direction of the micro branches 197h and 197l may be determined differently according to the domain, pixel, or sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l.

Embodiment 2
Hereinafter, a liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to another exemplary embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 18 to 21B. The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 has the pixel electrode layer patterns shown in FIGS. 18 to 21B according to the characteristics of the present invention, thereby improving the visibility of the liquid crystal display device and reducing unevenness and defects.

  FIG. 18 is a schematic layout view of unit pixels constituting the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 19A is an enlarged view of the middle portion A19 of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG.

  20A to 20D each show a pattern for a main layer constituting the pixel structure shown in FIG. 18, FIG. 20A shows a pattern of a gate layer conductor, FIG. 20B shows a pattern of a data layer conductor, FIG. 20C shows a pattern of the pixel electrode layer. FIG. 20D shows another embodiment for the pattern of the pixel electrode layer shown in FIG. Accordingly, it should be understood that the patterns of the gate layer conductor, the data layer conductor, and the pixel electrode layer shown in FIGS. 20A to 20D are the same as the corresponding layers as shown in FIG.

  21A to 21B are cross-sectional views taken along lines 21a-21a 'and 21b-21b' of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. The cross-sectional views shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B additionally show patterns of other layers omitted in FIG. 21A and 21B, the cross-sectional views of the direction 21a ′ and the direction 21b ′ are shown when the unit pixels shown in FIG. 18 are repeatedly arranged in a matrix form of rows and columns. FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view formed along the cutting line shown in FIG. 18.

  The structure of the pixel shown in FIGS. 18 to 21B is the same as that described above with reference to FIGS. 3 to 4C, and therefore, detailed description thereof is omitted for convenience of description. Further, the reference numerals of the pixel structure shown in FIG. 18 are distributed and described in FIGS. 18 and 19A to 20D in order to avoid complexity.

  As described above, the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 includes the lower display panel 100, the upper display panel 200, the liquid crystal layer 3 between the display panels, and the polarizer located outside or inside the display panel. Hereinafter, a laminated structure of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 of the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 will be described in detail.

1) Laminated Structure The upper display panel 200 is laminated on the upper substrate 210 in the order of a light shielding member 220, a cover film 225, a common electrode 270, a spacer 250, and an upper plate alignment film 292, as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B. Have a structure. The light shielding member 220, the cover film 225, the common electrode 270, the spacer 250, and the upper plate alignment film 292 can be formed by the manufacturing method and material described in connection with FIGS. 4A to 4C. The light blocking member 220 can overlap the data line 171. The width of the light blocking member 220 may be substantially the same as the width of the data line 171 or may be larger by about 0.5 μm to 2 μm.

  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the light blocking member 220 is not formed on the upper display panel 200, but the color filter 230 layer and the second protective film 182 of the lower display panel 100, as shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B. Between the first layer and the second layer. In order to simplify the manufacturing process of the upper display panel 200 according to another embodiment of the present invention, the upper display panel 200 may not have the cover film 225. In order to reduce the height of the spacer 250 and make the cell gap uniform according to the embodiment of the present invention, the spacer 250 includes a light blocking member 220, a thin film transistor (TFT), a gas outlet color filter hole 235, or a gas outlet hole described below. It may be formed on the upper display panel 200 or the lower display panel 100 so as to overlap the cover 187.

  The lower display panel 100 shown in FIGS. 18 to 21B includes a lower substrate 110, gate layer conductors 121, 123, 124h, 124l, 124c, 125, 126, 127, 128, a gate insulating film 140, linear semiconductors 154h, 154l, 154c, linear resistive contact member 165, data layer conductors 171, 173h, 173l, 173c, 175h, 175l, 175c, 177c, first protective film 181, color filter 230, second protective film 182, pixel electrode layer 187, 189, 191h, 191l, 192h, 192l, 193h, 193l, 194h, 194l, 195h, 195l, 196, 197h, 197l, 198h, 198l, 713h, 713l, 715h, 715l, 717h, 717l and lower plate alignment film Structures laminated in the order of 291 It can have. These can be formed by the manufacturing methods and materials described in connection with FIGS. 4A-4C.

  A gate layer conductor is formed on the lower substrate 110 and patterned. The gate layer conductor includes a plurality of gate lines 121, a plurality of step-down gate lines 123, a plurality of gate electrodes 124, a plurality of storage electrode lines 125, a plurality of storage electrode line extensions 126, a storage electrode line lateral portion 127, and a storage An electrode line vertical portion 128 may be included. The components constituting the gate layer conductor can be formed of the materials described above. The gate insulating film 140 is formed on the gate layer conductor and patterned. The gate insulating layer 140 may be formed using the materials and structures described above.

  The linear semiconductor 154 is formed on the gate insulating film 140 and patterned. The linear semiconductor 154 includes a first linear semiconductor 154h, a second linear semiconductor 154l, and a third linear semiconductor 154c. The linear semiconductors 154 can be separated from each other on the gate electrode 124 as described above. Further, the linear semiconductor 154 can be formed of the above-described material with the above-described structure.

  The linear resistive contact member 165 is formed and patterned on the linear semiconductor 154. The linear resistive contact member 165 includes a first source electrode 173h, a first drain electrode 175h, a second source electrode 173l, a second drain electrode 175l, a third source electrode 173c, and a third drain electrode 175c. Having first, second, and third linear resistive contact members formed respectively. In other embodiments of the present invention, the linear resistive contact member may be formed under the data line 171. Also, the linear resistive contact member 165 may be formed from the materials and structures described above.

  A data layer conductor is formed on the linear resistive contact member 165 and patterned. The data layer conductor includes a data line 171, a first source electrode 173h, a second source electrode 173l, a third source electrode 173c, a first drain electrode 175h, a second drain electrode 175l, and a third drain electrode. 175 c and one terminal portion 177 c of the third drain electrode 175 c overlapping the holding electrode line extension 126. These elements can be formed of the structures and materials described above. The first thin film transistor (TFT) Qh, the second TFT Ql, and the third TFT Qc are formed in the above-described structure for driving the pixel PX, and operate in the above-described manner.

  The first protective film 181 is formed on the data layer conductor and patterned. The first protective film 181 can be formed of the above-described material and structure and has the above-described function.

  The color filter 230 is formed on the first protective film 181 and patterned. The color filter is not formed in the gas outlet color filter hole 235. The gas outlet color filter hole 235 is a hole through which foreign matter or gas generated in the process of forming the color filter can be discharged. The gas outlet color filter hole 235 may be formed on a pattern of a thin film transistor (TFT), a gate layer conductor, or a data layer conductor. After the color filter process is completed, the gas outlet color filter hole 235 is covered with a material for forming a protective film or a pixel electrode layer. The color filter 230 can be formed of the materials and structures described above. The second protective film 182 is formed on the color filter 230 or the first protective film 181 and patterned. The second protective film 182 can be formed using the materials and structures described above.

  The pixel electrode layer is formed on the second protective film 182 and patterned. The pixel electrode layer includes a first subpixel electrode 191h and a second subpixel electrode 191l formed on the first subpixel 190h and the second subpixel 190l, a first pixel electrode contact portion 192h, and a second subpixel electrode 191h. Pixel electrode contact portion 192l, vertical connection portions 193h and 193l, horizontal connection portions 194h and 194l, cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l, fine branches 197h and 197l, zigzag fine branches 198h and 198l, first pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713h and the second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l, the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h and the second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l, the first pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714h and the second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion. 714 l, a first pixel electrode connection node connection point 717 h and a second pixel electrode connection node connection point 717 l, and Gas outlet hole cover (outgasing hole cover) 187, it may have a shield common electrode (shield common electrode) 196 and the shielding common electrode connection portion 189,.

  Referring to FIGS. 18, 21 </ b> A, and 21 </ b> B, the shield common electrode 196 overlaps the data line 171. The shield common electrode 196 can prevent the upper plate common voltage from being distorted by the voltage applied to the data line 171 or parasitic capacitance coupling generated between the data line 171 and the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l. (Parasitic capacitive coupling) can be reduced. The shield common electrodes can be in an equipotential state by being connected to each other by the shield common electrode connection portion 189.

  The width of the shield common electrode 196 may be larger than the width of the data line 171 by the distances OSL3 and OSR3 from both side edges of the data line 171 in the first subpixel region, and both side edges of the data line 171 in the second subpixel region. The distances OSL4 and OSR4 can be larger than the width of the data line 171. The distances of OSL3, OSR3, OSL4, and OSR4 can each be a value in the range of about 0.5 μm to 2 μm. Further, the shield common electrode 196 can be separated from the edge of the holding electrode line vertical portion 128 located on the left and right sides of the data line 171 in the first subpixel region by the distances OCL3 and OCR3, and the second subpixel region. Thus, the edge of the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 positioned on the left and right sides of the data line 171 can be separated from each other by distances OCL4 and OCR4. The distances OCL3 and OCR3 and the distances OCL4 and OCR4 may be distances in the range of about 0.5 μm to 3 μm, respectively. The shield common electrode 196 is not floated by being floated, or can receive a predetermined voltage. This predetermined voltage may be a common voltage, an upper plate common voltage, or a voltage applied to the holding electrode line. The shield common electrode 196 can overlap the light shielding members 220h and 220l.

  A gas outlet hole cover 187 may be formed to completely cover the gas outlet color filter hole 235. The gas outlet hole cover 187 prevents the gas generated in the color filter 230 or the lower film from flowing out through the gas outlet color filter hole 235. Since the other components constituting the pixel electrode layer excluding the pixel electrode structure are substantially the same as described above, detailed description thereof is omitted. The structure of the pixel electrode will be described in detail later. The lower plate alignment film 291 is formed on the pixel electrode layer. The lower plate alignment film 291 can be formed of the material described above or described below by the method described above or described below, and can perform the function described above or described below.

2) Pixel Electrode Structure Hereinafter, the structure of the pixel electrode layer and the cross-sectional view of the periphery of the data line 171 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 18 to 21A and 20B. The first subpixel electrode 191h is formed in the region of the first subpixel 190h, and the second subpixel electrode 191l is formed in the region of the second subpixel 190l. Surrounds the vertical and horizontal outlines of the cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l constituting the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l and the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l. Since the vertical and horizontal connection portions 193h, 194h, 193l, and 194l have been described above, a detailed description thereof will be omitted.

  The vertical connection portions 193h and 193l of the pixel electrode will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 18, 20C, 21A, and 21B. In each of the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l, the vertical connection portion is mutually connected to the terminal portion of the fine branch 197 and isolates the fine slit 199 from which the electrode conductor has been removed. The vertical connection portions 193h and 193l of the pixel electrode formed in this way can reduce parasitic capacitance coupling.

  In the first subpixel electrode 191h, the vertical connection portion 193h is separated from the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 by OLL3 on the left side of the data line 171 without overlapping with the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 as shown in FIG. 21A. On the right side of the data line 171, the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 and the OLR 3 overlap each other. The values of OLL3 and OLR3 can each be a value in the range of about 0.5 μm to 2 μm. Thus, by forming the vertical connection portion 193h asymmetrically with respect to the data line 171, image quality defects caused by mis-alignment with other layers can be reduced. The image quality defect may occur more sensitively than the second subpixel region due to misalignment with other layers in the first subpixel region. Referring to FIG. 21B, in the second subpixel electrode 191l, the vertical connection portion 193l overlaps with the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 on the left side and the right side of the data line 171 by OLL4 and OLR4, respectively. OLL4 and OLR4 can each have any one value in the range of about 0.5 μm to 2 μm.

  18 and 19A, the upper end portion of the first pixel electrode and the lower end portion of the second pixel electrode have lateral connection portions 194h and 194l, respectively. The lateral connection portions 194h and 194l connect the terminal portions of the micro branches 197 constituting the pixel electrode to each other and isolate the micro slit 199 from which the pixel electrode has been removed. The lateral connection portions 194h and 194l overlap with the storage electrode line lateral portion 127. Since the horizontal connection portion 194h is not formed at the lower end portion of the first pixel electrode, the fine branches 197 formed in this portion are not connected to each other, while the fine slit 199 is connected to each other. Yes.

  The fine branch 197 h located at the lower end of the first pixel electrode can overlap with the storage electrode line 125. The micro branches 197 positioned at the upper end portion of the second pixel electrode are connected to each other to have a horizontal connection portion 194l, and the micro slits 199 are not connected to each other. On the other hand, the fine branch 197 l located at the upper end of the second pixel electrode can overlap the step-down gate line 123. The micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed in this way can increase the response speed of the liquid crystal display device and reduce the texture. On the other hand, the micro branches 197 positioned at the lower end of the first pixel electrode may be connected to each other, and the micro slits 199 may not be connected to each other. On the other hand, the fine branch 197 at the upper end of the second pixel electrode may be isolated by the fine slit 199, and the fine slit 199 may be connected to each other.

  As shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 20C, the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l have four domains each composed of zigzag fine branches 198h and 198l. That is, the first subpixel electrode 191h has four domains D21h1, D21h2, D21h3, and D21h4, and the second subpixel electrode 191l has four domains D2111, D2112, D2113, and D2114. .

  Domains D21h1, D21h2, D21h3, D21h4, D21l1, D21l2, D21l3, and D21l4 are main directions (θd21h1, θd21h2, θd21h3, θd21h4) defined by linear directions connecting the respective peak points of the microbranches 197. , Θd2111, θd2112, θd2113, and θd2114 (not shown) The main direction angle of the main direction of the fine branch in the domain is any one in the range of about 30 ° to about 60 ° with respect to the direction D1. It can be one value.

  The main direction of the fine branch in the domain facing the vertical portion 195v of the cruciform branch may be symmetric with respect to the vertical portion 195v of the cruciform branch. The main direction angles of the main directions θd2111, θd2112, θd2113, and θd2114 of the fine branches may be larger than the main direction angles of the main directions θd21h1, θd21h2, θd21h3, and θd21h4 of the fine branches, respectively. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the main direction angles of the main directions θd21h1, θd21h2, θd21h3, θd21h4, θd21l1, θd21l2, θd21l3, and θd21l4 of the fine branches are about 40.8 °, about 40.8 °, and about 39.9, respectively. It can be 2 °, about 39.2 °, about 42 °, about 42 °, about 41.3 °, and about 41.3 °.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed in each domain have a pattern that is symmetrical with respect to the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch.

  In the domains D21h1, D21h2, D21h3, D21h4, D21l1, D21l2, D21l3, and D21l4, the zigzag angles θ21h1, θ21h2, θ21h3, θ21h4, θ21l1, θ21l2, and θ21l3 of the fine branch 197 are not illustrated (approximately ±±). Any one value within the range of 7 ° to about ± 30 °, and more desirably about ± 10 ° or about ± 15 °. The zigzag angle of the fine branch 197 formed in each domain of the second subpixel may be larger than the zigzag angle of the fine branch 197 formed in each domain of the first subpixel. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the values of θ21h1, θ21h2, θ21h3, and θ21h4 can be about 10 °, and the values of θ2111, θ2112, θ21l3, and θ21l4 can be about 15 °. It should be noted that the zigzag angle of the fine branch 197 means the angle between the main direction of the fine branch 197 and the zigzag as described above.

  The fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 of the pixel electrode shown in FIGS. 18 and 20C have a zigzag shape. The length of the zigzag unit formed on the pixel electrode may be any one value within a range of about 5 μm to 20 μm. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the length of the zigzag unit formed on the first and second subpixel electrodes may be about 14 μm and about 10 μm, respectively.

  The widths of the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed in the domain of the pixel electrode may be any one value within a range of about 2 μm to about 5 μm. The widths of the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 included in each domain may be different according to each domain. The width of the micro branches 197h and the width of the micro slits 199h in the domains D21h1, D21h2, D21h3, and D21h4 can be any one value in the range of about 2.8 μm to about 3.7 μm, respectively. In the direction of the arrow, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 can be gradually increased. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 may be about 2.8 μm at the portion where the arrow starts in each domain, and the width and fine portion of the fine branch 197 at the portion where the arrow ends. Each of the widths of the slits 199 may be about 3.3 μm. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 may be about 3.3 μm at the portion where the arrow starts in each domain, and the width of the fine branch 197 at the portion where the arrow ends. The width of the fine slit 199 may be about 3.7 μm.

  The width of the micro branch 197l and the width of the micro slit 199l included in the domains D21l1, D21l2, D21l3, and D21l4 can be any one value within a range of about 2.8 μm to about 3.9 μm, respectively. The width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 in the arrow direction shown in each domain can be gradually increased. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 may be about 2.8 μm at the portion where the arrow starts in each domain, and the width and fine portion of the fine branch 197 at the portion where the arrow ends. Each of the widths of the slits 199 may be about 3.9 μm.

  The width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 in each domain D21h1, D21h2, D21h3, D21h4, D21l1, D21l2, D21l3, and D21l4 are any one value within a range of about 0.2 μm to about 1 μm. It can increase gradually.

  Hereinafter, a pixel electrode structure of a pixel electrode layer according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 20D to 20J. The pixel electrode layer patterns shown in FIGS. 20D to 20J are other embodiments for the pixel electrode layer patterns shown in FIGS. 18 and 20C, respectively. Accordingly, the other layers excluding the pixel electrode layer are substantially the same as those shown in FIGS. 18 to 20C, and therefore, the overlapping description of the other layers is omitted in order to avoid the overlapping description.

  The pixel electrode formed in the first or second subpixel shown in FIG. 20D has a structure in which the terminal portions of the micro branches 197 adjacent to the data line 171 are not connected to each other according to the feature of the present invention. That is, the pixel electrode formed in the first or second subpixel shown in FIG. 20D may not have the vertical connection portions 193h and 193l of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20C. In this manner, since the pixel electrode can be further away from the data line 171 by not having the vertical connection portions 193h and 193l, the texture generated in the pixel electrode adjacent to the data line 171 can be reduced. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the distance from the terminal portion of the micro branch 197 adjacent to the data line 171 to the data line 171 adjacent thereto may be greater than or equal to the width of the micro branch 197 or micro slit 199. 20D, the vertical end of the fine branch 197 in the upper edge region of the second subpixel further protrudes from the vertical end of the fine branch 197 below. Thus, the fine branch 197 protruding from the upper edge region A20d can reduce the texture generated in the pixel region adjacent to the data line 171 by blocking the electric field generated in the peripheral portion. The fine branch 197 protruding from the edge can be formed at the edge of the first or second subpixel.

  The pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20D has electrodes of two subpixels 191h and 191l, and each of the subpixel electrodes has four domains. The electrode of the first subpixel 191h has four domains D20dh1, D20dh2, D20dh3, and D20dh4, and the electrode of the second subpixel 1910l has four domains D20dl1, D20dl2, D20dl3, and D20dl4. . The fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 are symmetrical with respect to the cross-shaped branch 195. The micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 whose widths are gradually different depending on the position are formed in a region MA20d formed in the four domains of the electrode of the second subpixel 1910l. The fine branch 197 constituting the pixel electrode has a stripe shape.

  The widths of the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed in the first sub-pixel 190h and the second sub-pixel 190l may be any one value within a range of about 2 μm to 5 μm, respectively. It can be any one value within the range of about 2.5 μm to 3.5 μm. When the shapes of the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 are straight, the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device is increased because the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer is strong. Further, when the entire region of the fine branch 197 distributed over the pixel electrode is larger than the entire region of the fine slit 199, for example, when the width of the fine branch 197 is larger and the width of the fine slit 199 is smaller, the pixel Since the electric field strength between the electrode and the common electrode is large, the response speed of the liquid crystal display device can be increased, and the transmittance can be improved.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the width of the micro branch 197 and the width of the micro slit 199 formed in the first sub-pixel 190h shown in FIG. 20D may be about 2.6 μm and about 2.4 μm, respectively. The width of the minute branch 197 and the width of the minute slit 199 formed in the sub-pixel 190l are about 2.8 μm and about 3.4 μm in the region LA20d and about 2.6 μm to 2.8 μm in the region MA20d, respectively. The value in the range of about 2.4 μm to 3.4 μm, in the region HA20d, may be about 2.6 μm and 2.4 μm. In the region MA20d, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 can be gradually increased by about 0.25 μm, respectively, and the width in the region MA20d can be a value in the range of about 5 μm to 10 μm, which is more desirable. , Values in the range of about 6.2 μm to 10 μm. The width of the region LA20d and the region MA20d in the region of the second subpixel 190l and the width of the region HA20d may be about 45% and about 55%, respectively.

  The direction of the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed in this way can be about 40 ° with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer in the first sub-pixel region, and in the second sub-pixel region, the polarizer Can be about 45 ° with respect to the polarization axis. The area ratio between the first subpixel region and the second subpixel region may be about 1: 2. The sum of the area of the domain D20dl1 and the area of the domain D20dl2 formed in the region of the second subpixel 190l can be larger than the sum of the area of the domain D20dl3 and the area of the domain D20dl4.

  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the width of the micro branch 197 and the width of the micro slit 199 formed in the first sub-pixel 190h shown in FIG. 20D may be about 2.6 μm and about 3.1 μm, respectively. The width of the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 formed in the second sub-pixel 190l are about 2.8 μm and about 3.4 μm in the LA 20d region, and about 2.6 μm to about 2. in the MA 20d region, respectively. It may be about 2.6 μm and about 2.4 μm in the range of 8 μm, in the range of about 2.4 μm to 3.4 μm, and in the HA20d region. The formation conditions of the other elements can be the same as in the above-described embodiment. When the width of the fine branch 197 is large, the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device is improved and the response speed is also increased. However, when the width of the fine slit 199 is narrow or zero, it is not easy to form the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules. Therefore, it is necessary to appropriately combine the widths of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199.

  FIG. 20E is a plan view of a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. The pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20E is divided into five regions according to the structure of the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 according to the feature of the present invention, and the width of the micro slit 199 in one or more regions is changed from the cross-shaped branch to the pixel. It gradually increases as it stretches to the outer shell of the electrode. Since the pixel electrode formed in this manner reduces the bending of the luminance ratio curve of the liquid crystal display device, the visibility of the liquid crystal display device is improved. The luminance ratio curve indicates that the luminance ratio on the vertical axis changes according to the gradation level on the horizontal axis, as will be described later with reference to FIGS. 13A and 13B.

  Each of the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l is divided into four domains by a cross-shaped branch. The micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed in each of the domains may have a symmetric structure with respect to the cruciform branch. Each subpixel electrode has a stripe-shaped fine branch 197 and a fine slit 199. The first subpixel electrode 191h has two regions PH1-20e and PH2-20e according to the distribution of the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199. The width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 in the region PH1-20e are substantially constant according to the extending direction, and each width is a value in the range of about 1.5 to 4.5 μm. More specifically, it may be about 3 μm. The main direction in which the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 extend is a value within a range of about 30 ° to 45 ° or a range of about 135 ° to 150 ° with respect to the direction D1 or the gate line 121 shown in the drawing. Values, and more specifically about 38 ° or about 142 °. The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PH2-20e is constant according to the extending direction of the fine branch 197, and the width W of the fine slit 199 is when the distance from the cruciform branch is increased according to the extending direction of the fine slit 199 or the subpixel electrode. Gradually increase as you go from the center to the outer shell. The centerline of the subpixel electrode may be a pixel electrode that separates the subpixel electrode into domains, for example, a cross-shaped branch. The width of the fine branch 197 may be a value within a range of about 1.5 to 5 μm, and more specifically, a value within a range of about 2.5 μm to 3.5 μm.

  At the boundary with the region PH2-20e, the extending direction of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 is substantially the same as the extending direction of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 in the region PH1-20e, and the region PH2-20e. The main direction angle of the extension direction of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 gradually increases as the distance from the boundary portion gradually increases. The extension direction of the fine branch or the fine slit means a direction of a straight line connecting the center points of the width of the fine branch or the fine slit, and an angle between the straight line and the direction D1 is an extension direction angle of the fine branch or the fine slit ( Note that the main direction angle.

  The second subpixel electrode 191l has three regions PL1-20e, PL2-20e, and PL3-20e according to the distribution of the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199. The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL1-20e is constant according to the extending direction of the fine branch 197, and when the distance from the cruciform branch is increased according to the width W of the fine slit 199l and the extending direction of the fine slit 199 or the sub-pixel electrode. It gradually increases when going from the center to the outline. The width of the fine branch 197 may be a value in the range of about 1.5 to 5 μm. The main direction angle of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 gradually increases when approaching the boundary portion between the side 195a of the cross-shaped branch 195 and the PL2-20e region. The width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 in the region PL2-20e are substantially constant according to the respective length directions, and each width is a value within a range of about 1.5 to 4.5 μm. Yes, and more specifically, about 3 μm. The main direction angle of the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 is a value within a range of about 30 ° to 45 ° or a value within a range of about 135 ° to 150 ° with respect to the direction D1 or the direction of the gate line 121. And more specifically about 38 ° or about 142 °. Each width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL3-20e is constant according to its extending direction, and the width W of the fine slit 199l gradually increases as the distance from the cross-shaped branch increases according to the extending direction of the fine slit 199. The width of the fine branch 197 may have a value in the range of about 1.5 to 5 μm, and the width of the fine slit 199 may be larger than or equal to the width of the adjacent fine branch 197.

  At the boundary with the region PL2-20e, the main direction angle in the direction in which the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 extend is substantially the same as the main direction angle in the direction of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 in the region PL2-20e. And gradually increases as the distance from the boundary with the region PL2-20e increases. The maximum main direction angle of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 in the region PL1-20e may be smaller than or the same as the main direction angle in the region PL2-20e, and the fine branch 197 and the fine slit in the region PL3-20e The minimum main direction angle of 199 may be larger than or the same as the main direction angle in the region PL2-20e.

  The maximum width S of the fine branch 197 in the regions PL1-20e and PL3-20e may be larger than or the same as the width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL2-20e. The width S of the fine branch 197 in the region PL1-20e, the region PL2-20e, and the region PL3-20e may be substantially the same.

  In the pixel electrode structure formed in this way, the pixel electrodes formed in the regions PH2-20e and PL3-20e reduce the luminance seen from the side surface, and the pixels formed in the regions PH1-20e and PL1-20e. Since the electrode increases the luminance viewed from the side, the bending of the luminance ratio curve decreases. The decrease in the bending of the luminance ratio curve improves the visibility of the liquid crystal display device in order to reduce the change in luminance visually recognized according to each gradation level. The luminance ratio curve indicates that the luminance ratio on the vertical axis changes according to the gradation level on the horizontal axis, as described with reference to FIGS. 13A and 13B (described later).

  FIG. 20F is a plan view of a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. The pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20F has five regions by the structure of the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 according to the feature of the present invention, and the width of the micro branch 197 in one or more regions is far from the cross-shaped branch. It gradually increases when going from the center line of the sub-pixel electrode to the outline. The liquid crystal display device having such a pixel electrode has the effect described in relation to FIG. 20E. Hereinafter, in order to avoid duplication, the two subpixel electrode configurations described above with reference to FIG. 20E, the domain structure, the shape of the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199, the width of the fine branch 197, and the fine slit 199 are described. The width, the direction of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 are omitted or briefly described.

  The first subpixel electrode 191h has two regions PH1-20f and PH2-20f according to the distribution of the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199. In the PH1-20f region, the width of the fine slit 199 is substantially constant according to the extending direction of the fine slit 199, and the width S of the fine branch 197 is far from the cross-shaped branch 195 according to the extending direction of the fine branch 197. Alternatively, it gradually increases when going from the center line of the subpixel electrode to the outline. The main direction angles of the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 in the region PH1-20f gradually increase when approaching the boundary with the region PH2-20f. Each of the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 in the region PH2-20f is substantially constant along the extending direction. In this region, the main direction angle of the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 is a value within a range of about 30 ° to 45 ° and a value within a range of about 135 ° to 150 ° with respect to D1 or the gate line 121, respectively. And more specifically about 38 ° or about 142 °. The maximum width S of the fine branch 197 in the region PH1-20f may be larger than or the same as the width of the fine branch 197 in the region PH2-20f. The width S of the fine slit 199 in the region PH1-20f may be substantially the same as the width of the fine slit 199 in the region PH2-20f.

  The second subpixel electrode 191l has three regions PL1-20f, PL2-20f, and PL3-20f according to the distribution of the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199.

  The width of the fine slit 199 in the region PL1-20f is constant along the extending direction of the fine slit 199, and the width S of the fine branch 197l is far from the cruciform branch along the extending direction of the fine branch 197. Alternatively, it gradually increases when going from the center of the sub-pixel electrode to the outline. The width of the micro branch 197 may be larger than or equal to the width of the adjacent micro slit 199. The main direction angle with respect to the direction of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 gradually increases when close to the boundary portion of the region PL2-20f. The width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 in the region PL2-20f are substantially constant along the extending direction of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199. The main direction angles of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 are values in the range of about 30 ° to 45 ° and values in the range of about 135 ° to 150 ° with respect to the direction D1 or the direction of the gate line 121, respectively. More specifically, it may be about 38 ° or about 142 °. The width of the fine slit 199 in the region PL3-20f is constant along the extending direction of the fine slit 199, and the width S of the fine branch 197 is far from the cross-shaped branch along the extending direction of the fine branch 197. Increase gradually. The width of the micro branch 197 may be larger than or equal to the width of the adjacent micro slit 199. At the boundary with the region PL2-20f, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 is substantially the same as the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 formed in the region PL2-20f, The distance gradually increases as the distance from the boundary with the region PL2-20f increases.

  The maximum main direction angle of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 in the region PL1-20f may be smaller than or the same as the main direction angle in the region PL2-20f, and the fine branch 197 and the fine slit in the region PL3-20f The minimum main direction angle of 199 may be larger than or the same as the main direction angle of the micro branch 197 and the micro slit 199 in the region PL2-20f, respectively. The maximum width S of the fine branch 197 in the regions PL1-20f and PL3-20f may be larger than or the same as the width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL2-20f. The width S of the fine slit 199 in the region PL1-20f, the region PL2-20f, and the region PL3-20f may be substantially the same. The pixel electrode formed in this way improves the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device as described above.

  FIG. 20G is a plan view of a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. The pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20G has four regions according to the structure of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 according to the feature of the present invention, and the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 in each region are bent once. The fine branch 197 formed in this manner generally does not decrease the strength of the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer, and thus does not decrease the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device and improves the visibility of the liquid crystal display device. Hereinafter, the above description will be omitted, and the characteristic features of the present invention will be described in detail.

  Each of the micro branches 197 and the micro slits 199 formed in the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l has a certain width along the extending direction. Each of the fine branches 197 constituting each domain of each subpixel electrode has a stripe-shaped fine branch 197 that is bent once and bifurcated. The striped fine branch 197 branched into two extends in the other direction.

  Each of the fine branches 197 constituting the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l includes a first straight fine branch 197 and a second straight fine branch 197. The first linear micro branch 197 is a micro branch 197 connected to a cross-shaped branch, and the second linear micro branch 197 is a micro branch connected to the first linear micro branch 197. This is branch 197. The first linear fine branch 197 in the first subpixel electrode 191h has any one value within a range of about 30 ° to about 39 ° with respect to the direction D1 or the direction of the gate line 121, more specifically, The second linear micro-branch 197 can be any value within the range of about 40 ° to about 50 ° with the direction D1 or the direction of the gate line 121, more specifically, About 42 ° can be made. The first linear fine branch 197 in the second subpixel electrode 191l is any one value within the range of about 30 ° to about 39 ° with respect to the direction D1 or the direction of the gate line 121, more specifically. The second linear micro-branch 197 can be any value within the range of about 40 ° to about 50 ° with the direction D1 or the direction of the gate line 121, more specifically, Can make about 45 °.

  The first subpixel electrode 191h has two regions PH1-20g and PH2-20g according to the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199. In the regions PH1-20g and PH2-20g, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 are constant. The width of the fine branch 197 in the PH1-20g region may be larger than the width of the fine slit 199. The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PH2-20g is substantially the same as the width of the fine slit 199. The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PH1-20g can be larger than the width of the fine branch 197 in the region PH2-20g. The widths of the fine slits 199 in the region PH1-20g and the region PH2-20g may be substantially the same. The width of the fine branch in the PH1-20g region may be larger than the width of the fine branch in the PH2-20g region. The second subpixel electrode 191l has two regions PL1-20g and PL2-20g according to the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199. The width of the fine slit 199 in the PL1-20g region may be larger than the width of the fine branch 197. The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL2-20g is substantially the same as the width of the fine slit 199. The width of fine slit 199 in region PL1-20g can be larger than the width of fine slit 199 in region PL2-20g. The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL1-20g is substantially the same as the width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL2-20g. The width of fine branch 197 in region PL1-20g can be larger than the width of fine branch 197 in region PL2-20g. As described above, the pixel electrode formed in this way can improve the side visibility without reducing the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device.

  FIG. 20H is a plan view of a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. The pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20H is substantially the same as the structure described in connection with FIG. 20E except for the fine branch 197 having a zigzag shape and the horizontal connection part 193l and the vertical connection part 194l formed in the second subpixel electrode 191l. The same. Therefore, duplicate description is omitted. The micro branches 197 shown in FIG. 20H have a zigzag shape, so that the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced as described above.

  According to the structure of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199, the pixel electrode has five regions PH1-20h, PH2-20h, PL1-20h, PL2-20h, and PL3-20h, and the width of the fine slit 199 is a cross shape. It gradually increases when going from the branch to the outline of the pixel electrode. Each of the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l has four domains by a cross-shaped branch. In each of the regions PH1-20h, PH2-20h, PL1-20h, PL2-20h, and PL3-20h, the width of the fine branch 197, the width of the fine slit 199, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197, and the main direction of the fine slit 199 Direction angles have already been described in connection with FIG. The pixel electrode thus formed can improve the visibility of the liquid crystal display device and reduce rainbow unevenness.

  FIG. 20I is a plan view of a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. The pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20I includes a zigzag fine branch 197, a horizontal connection portion 193l and a vertical connection portion 194l formed in the second subpixel electrode 1911l, a fine branch 197 formed in the region PL1-20i, and Except for the width of the fine slit 199, the structure is substantially the same as that described in connection with FIG. 20G. Therefore, duplicate description is omitted. The fine branch 197 shown in FIG. 20I has a zigzag shape, so that the rainbow unevenness of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced as described above.

  The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL1-20i constituting the second subpixel electrode 191l may be larger than the width of the fine slit 199. The width of the fine branch 197 in the region PL2-20i is substantially the same as the width of the fine slit 199. The width of fine branch 197 in region PL1-20i can be larger than the width of fine branch 197 in region PL2-20i. The width of fine slit 199 in region PL1-20i may be substantially the same as the width of fine slit 199 in region PL2-20i. According to the structure of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199, the pixel electrode has four regions PH1-20i, PH2-20i, PL1-20i, and PL2-20i, and the width of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 is extended. The first subpixel electrode 191 h and the second subpixel electrode 191 l are the same along the direction, and are divided into four domains by a cross-shaped branch. Except for the width of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 formed in the region PL1-20i, the width of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 in each of the regions PH1-20i, PH2-20i, PL1-20i, and PL2-20i. The width, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197, and the main direction angle of the fine slit 199 have been described with reference to FIG. 20G. The pixel electrode thus formed can improve the visibility of the liquid crystal display device and reduce rainbow unevenness.

  FIG. 20J is a plan view of a pixel electrode according to another embodiment of the present invention. The pixel electrode shown in FIG. 20J is substantially the same as the pixel electrode structure described in connection with FIG. 3 except that the vertical connection portion 193 is not provided in the third region, that is, the region MA20j. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, duplicate explanation is omitted. The region MA20j is a region in which the width of the fine branch 197 or the width of the fine slit 199, more preferably the width of the fine slit 199 is gradually changed, like the region MA described with reference to FIG.

  In the MA region, MA-LA boundary region, or MA-HA boundary region of the pixel electrode shown in FIG. 3, the electric field formed by the vertical connection portion 193 of the pixel electrode because the width of the micro branch 197 or the micro slit 199 changes. And the strength of the electric field formed by the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199 may be broken. Thereby, in these regions, liquid crystal molecules can be irregularly arranged, and texture can be generated. In order to improve such a problem, the pixel electrode may not have the vertical connection portion 193 in the region MA20j adjacent to the data line 171 as shown in FIG. 20J. That is, the fine slit 199 is connected in the area MA20j adjacent to the data line 171 and the end of the fine branch 197 can be closed. In the region MA20j where the vertical connection portion 193 formed by the other regions HA20j and LA20j does not exist, the electric field formed by the vertical connection portion 193 does not exist or is very weak. Therefore, in the region MA20j adjacent to the data line 171, since the liquid crystal molecules are greatly affected by the electric field formed by the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199, the liquid crystal molecules can be arranged in the direction of the fine branch 197. The pixel electrode thus formed can reduce the texture in the region MA20j and increase the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device.

  Hereinafter, the structure of a liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 22A to 22H. Each of the liquid crystal panel assemblies 300 shown in FIGS. 22A to 22H has a different laminated structure according to the characteristics of the present invention. Such a laminated structure can form uniform photocured layers 35 and 36 in a liquid crystal panel assembly mode process performed later, or can reduce uncured photocuring agent. Further, since the main alignment films 33 and 34 and the photocuring layers 35 and 36 constituting the alignment film included in the upper display panel 200 or the lower display panel 100 are formed on the flat lower film, the liquid crystal display device The display quality can be improved.

  22A to 22H are cross-sectional views taken along line 21a-21a 'of the pixel arrangement diagram shown in FIG. The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIGS. 22A to 22H is the same as that described with reference to FIGS. 3 to 4C and FIGS. 18 to 21B except for the laminated structure. Omitted. Accordingly, the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 having the structure of FIGS. 22A to 22H may have the pattern of the pixel electrode layer described above or described later.

  A liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 shown in FIGS. 22A to 22D includes a light shielding member 220 formed on the lower display panel 100. First, a method and a structure for manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be briefly described with reference to FIG. 22A. The upper display panel 200 includes an upper substrate 210, a common electrode 270, and an upper plate alignment film. The common electrode 270 is formed on the upper substrate 210 by the above-described method, and the upper plate alignment film 292 is formed on the common electrode 270 by a mode of a liquid crystal panel assembly to be described later. The upper plate alignment film 292 may include a main alignment film 34 and a photocured layer 36.

  The lower display panel 100 is manufactured as described later. A gate layer conductor including the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 is formed on the lower substrate 110. The gate layer conductor may have the patterns 121, 123, 124h, 1241, 124c, 125, 126, and 127 described above. The gate insulating film 140 is formed on the gate layer conductor.

  The linear semiconductor 154 is formed on the gate insulating film 140. The linear semiconductor 154 can have the patterns 154h, 154l, and 154c described above. The linear resistive contact member 165 is formed on the linear semiconductor 154. The linear resistive contact member 165 can have the pattern described above.

  Data layer conductors including data lines 171 are formed on the linear resistive contact member 165. The data layer conductor can have the patterns 173h, 173l, 173c, 175h, 175l, 175c, and 177c described above.

The first protective film 181 is formed on the data layer conductor. Desirably, the first protective film 181 is formed of the above-described inorganic insulator, for example, silicon nitride (SiNx), silicon oxide (SiOx), titanium oxide (TiO ₂ ), alumina (Al ₂ O ₃ ), or zirconia (ZrO). ₂ ).

  The color filter 230 is formed on the first protective film 181. The color filter 230 overlaps the data line 171 and the storage electrode line adjacent to the data line 171 or the light shielding member 220 formed on the color filter 230. As shown in FIG. 22A, at least one side wall of the color filter 230 overlapping the storage electrode line vertical portion 128 located on both sides of the data line 171 interposed between two adjacent unit pixels and data between the side walls. A light shielding member 220 that overlaps the line 171 is formed. The color filter 230 may have red (R), green (G), and blue (B) components, or may have red, green, blue, and yellow components. The light blocking member 220 is formed on the color filter 230. The light blocking member 220 can completely cover the data line 171 or can overlap with the vertical connection portions 193 h located on both sides of the data line 171. The light blocking member 220 may be formed on the TFT channel, and may not be formed under the contact holes 185h and 185l.

The second protective film 182 is formed on the light shielding member 220. Preferably, the second protective film 182 is an inorganic insulator, for example, silicon nitride (SiNx), silicon oxide (SiOx), titanium oxide (TiO ₂ ), alumina (Al ₂ O ₃ ), or zirconia (ZrO ₂ ). It can be.

  The pixel electrode layer is formed on the second protective film 182. The pixel electrode layer includes patterns 187, 189, 191h, 191l, 192h, 192l, 193l, 194h, 194l, 195h, 195l, 196, 197h, 197l, 198h, 198l, 713h, which are described above or later, including the vertical connection portion 193h. , 713l, 715h, 715l, 717h, and 7171 and a pixel electrode structure.

  The vertical connection portions 193 h formed on both sides of the data line 171 can overlap at least a part of the storage electrode line vertical portion 128. The spacer 250 (not shown) is formed on the pixel electrode layer. The spacer 250 may include a pigment that forms a color filter, or may be formed of a colored material. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the color of the spacer 250 may be black. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a spacer 250 may be formed in an inner region of the lower display panel, and a light shielding pattern may be simultaneously formed in the outer region. The spacer 250 and the light shielding pattern may be black, and the light shielding pattern may block light leaking in the outer region.

  The lower plate alignment film 291 is interposed on the spacer 250 according to a mode of a liquid crystal panel assembly described later. The lower plate alignment film 291 can be composed of the main alignment film 33 and the photocured layer 35. The liquid crystal layer 3 is formed between the upper display panel 200 and the lower display panel 100.

  The lower display panel 100 manufactured as described above includes an opaque film or a light shielding member 220. That is, a film that blocks or absorbs light, for example, the protective films 181 and 182, the color filter 230, or the light shielding member 220 is formed on the lower display panel 100. However, the upper display panel 200 generally does not include a material that blocks or absorbs light. In order to perform the mode process of the liquid crystal panel assembly so that the upper panel 200 manufactured in this way blocks the light or reduces the content of the light absorbing material, the light incident on the upper panel 200 is The lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 are preferably incident uniformly on the material. In order to form the uniform lower plate alignment film 291 and upper plate alignment film 292, the light irradiated in the electric field or the fluorescence exposure process must be uniformly irradiated to the material forming the alignment film. Also, there should be no areas that are not exposed to light in order to reduce uncured curing agent. Thus, the lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 are formed uniformly, and the uncured photocuring agent can be greatly reduced. Further, since the upper display panel 200 has a mainly flat layer, liquid crystal molecules can be uniformly aligned. Therefore, the display quality of the liquid crystal display device can be improved.

  Hereinafter, a method and a structure for manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be briefly described with reference to FIG. 22B. The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 22B is manufactured by a process in which a light blocking member 220 and a spacer (not shown) are simultaneously formed on the pixel electrode layer according to the characteristics of the present invention. The upper display panel 200 is manufactured in the same manner as described with reference to FIG. 22A. The lower display panel 100 is manufactured as described later. The gate layer conductor, gate insulating film 140, linear semiconductor 154, linear resistive contact member 165, data layer conductor, first protective film 181 and color filter 230 are the same as described with reference to FIG. 22A. Formed. The second protective film 182 is formed on the color filter 230. For example, the second passivation layer 182 may be an organic insulator to planarize the upper portion of the color filter 230. The pixel electrode layer is formed on the second protective film 182. The pixel electrode layer may be formed in the same manner as described with reference to FIG. 22A. The light shielding member 220 and the spacer 250 are simultaneously formed on the pixel electrode layer. Since the light shielding member 220 and the spacer 250 are formed of the same material at the same time, the process can be simplified. As described above, the spacer 250 can be colored. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the light blocking member 220 and the spacer 250 may be black. The lower plate alignment film 291 is formed on a spacer (not shown) by a method described later. The lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 thus formed may have the same effect as described with reference to FIG. 22A.

  Hereinafter, a method and a structure for manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be briefly described with reference to FIG. 22C. In the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 22C, one lower color filter among the overlapping color filters according to the characteristics of the present invention has a concave cross section. In addition, the overlapping portion of one color filter that overlaps the side surface of another color filter is provided on the data line, and the light shielding member is formed on the overlapping portion. The upper display panel 200 is manufactured in the same manner as described with reference to FIG. 22A. The lower display panel 100 is manufactured as described later. The gate layer conductor, the gate insulating film 140, the linear semiconductor 154, the linear resistive contact member 165, the data layer conductor, and the first protective film 181 are formed in the same manner as described with reference to FIG. 22A. . The color filter 230 is formed on the first protective film 181. Two or more colors among the basic colors constituting the color filter 230 can overlap on the data line 171. In order to prevent the upper part of the color filter 230 from becoming convex due to the overlapping of the basic colors of the color filter 230, one of the overlapping color filters 230 is formed in a concave shape in a photo-lithography process. Can be done. For example, as shown in FIG. 22C, etching is performed so that the corresponding edge portion is cut off on the data line 171 of the left color filter. The edge of the right color filter is formed so as to cover the edge of the left color filter, and the color filter 230 is formed flat as a whole. The flat color filter layer improves the spread of the liquid crystal molecules or the photocuring agent. The second protective film 182 is formed on the color filter 230. Desirably, the second protective film 182 may be the above-described inorganic insulator. After the second protective film 182 is formed, the pixel electrode layer, the light shielding member 220, the spacer 250, and the lower plate alignment film 291 are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 22B. The lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 thus formed may have the same effect as described with reference to FIG. 22A.

  Hereinafter, a method and a structure for manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be briefly described with reference to FIG. 22D. A liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 22D includes a step of surrounding a pixel boundary with a light shielding member 220 and applying a material of a liquid color filter 230 on the inner side surrounded by the light shielding member according to a feature of the present invention. The upper display panel 200 is manufactured in the same manner as described with reference to FIG. 22A. The lower display panel 100 is manufactured as described later. The gate layer conductor, the gate insulating film 140, the linear semiconductor 154, the linear resistive contact member 165, the data layer conductor, and the first protective film 181 are formed in the same manner as described with reference to FIG. 22A. . The light shielding member 220 is formed on the first protective film 181. The light blocking member 220 may be formed so as to completely surround one pixel along the pixel boundary, for example, the data line 171 or the gate line 121. Thus, by forming the light shielding member 220, a material for the liquid color filter 230 to be performed later can be applied to the inside of the light shielding member 220. The liquid color filter 230 material is applied to the inside surrounded by the light shielding member 220. The material of the liquid color filter 230 can be applied and formed by the inkjet method described above. By forming the color filter 230 by the inkjet method, the process for manufacturing the pattern of the color filter 230 can be simplified. The second protective film 182 is formed on the color filter 230. The second protective layer 182 may be an organic insulating material for planarizing the color filter 230. The pixel electrode layer is formed on the second protective film 182, the spacer 250 is formed on the pixel electrode layer, and the lower plate alignment film 291 is formed on the spacer 250. The pixel electrode layer, the spacer 250, and the lower plate alignment film 291 may be formed in the same manner as described with reference to FIG. 22A. The lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 thus formed may have the same effect as described with reference to FIG. 22A.

  22E to 22H includes a light shielding member 220 formed on the upper display panel 200 according to the features of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 22E, a method and structure for manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be briefly described.

  The upper display panel 200 includes an upper substrate 210, a light shielding member 220, a color filter 230, a cover film 225, a common electrode 270, a spacer (not shown), and an upper plate alignment film 292.

  The light shielding member 220 is formed on the upper substrate 210 by the method described above. The light blocking member 220 can completely cover the data line 171 and can overlap at least one of the vertical connection portions 193 h located on both sides of the data line 171. The light blocking member 220 may be formed so as to overlap with the channel of the thin film transistor. The color filter 230 is formed on the light shielding member 220 by the method described above. The color filter 230 may overlap the data line 171, the opaque film adjacent to the data line 171, or the light blocking member 220 formed after the color filter 230 is formed. The color filter 230 may be configured with red (R), green (G), and blue (B), or may be configured with red, green, blue, and yellow. The lid film 225 is formed on the color filter 230 to planarize the lower film. The common electrode 270 is formed on the lid film 225 by the method described above. The spacer 250 may be formed on the common electrode 270. The spacer 250 includes a coloring matter constituting a color filter, and may be made of a colored material. The color of the spacer 250 may be black. Meanwhile, the spacer 250 may be formed under the lower alignment film 291 of the lower display panel 100. The upper plate alignment film 292 is formed on the spacer 250 by a mode of a liquid crystal display panel assembly described later. The upper plate alignment film 292 may be composed of the main alignment film 34 and the photocured layer 36.

  The lower display panel 100 is formed as described later. The gate layer conductor is formed on the lower substrate 110 including the storage electrode line vertical portion 128. The gate layer conductor can have the patterns 121, 123, 124h, 124l, 124c, 125, 126, 127 described above.

  The gate insulating film 140 is formed on the gate layer conductor. The linear semiconductor 154 is formed on the gate insulating film 140. The linear semiconductor 154 may have the patterns 154h, 154l, and 154c described above. The linear resistive contact member 165 is formed on the linear semiconductor 154. The linear resistive contact member 165 can have the pattern described above.

  Data layer conductors including data lines 171 are formed on the linear resistive contact member 165. The data layer conductor may have the patterns 173h, 173l, 173c, 175h, 175l, 175c, 177c described above. The first protective film 181 is formed on the data layer conductor. Desirably, the first protective film 181 is made of the inorganic material described above.

  The pixel electrode layer is formed on the first protective film 181. The pixel electrode layer includes the patterns 187, 189, 191h, 1911, 192h, 192l, 192l, 193l, 194h, 194l, 195h, and 195l, 196, 197h, 197l, 198h, 198l, which are described above or below including the vertical connection portion 193h. 713h, 713l, 715h, 715l, 717h, 717l and a pixel electrode structure can be provided. The vertical connection portions 193 h formed on both sides of the data line 171 overlap with the storage electrode line vertical portion 128.

  The lower plate alignment film 291 is formed on the pixel electrode layer by a method described later. The lower plate alignment film 291 can be composed of the main alignment film 33 and the photocured layer 35. The liquid crystal layer 3 is formed between the upper display panel 200 and the lower display panel 100.

  The upper display panel 200 and the lower display panel 100 manufactured as described above may have the effects described with reference to FIG. 22A. That is, the upper display panel 200 includes films 220, 230, and 225 that block or absorb light, and the lower display panel 100 is substantially free of a light blocking material. The light irradiated in the electric field or the fluorescence exposure process to form the lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 can be incident on the lower display panel 100. Thereby, the lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 are formed uniformly, and the uncured photocuring agent can be significantly reduced. Therefore, the display quality of the liquid crystal display device having this can be improved.

  The liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 22F is substantially the same as the description of FIG. 22E except that the second protective film 182 is formed between the pixel electrode layer and the first protective film 181. The second protective film 182 may be made of an organic material to planarize the lower film.

  The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 22G is substantially the same as the description of FIG. 22F except for the method of forming the color filter 230. The color filter of the upper display panel shown in FIG. 22G can be formed by the inkjet method already described with reference to FIG. 22D.

  The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 22H has a cover film 225 formed on the light blocking member 220 for barrier or flattening as compared with the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 shown in FIG. 22G. After the lid film 225 is formed, the layer of the color filter 230 can be formed in the light shielding member 220 and the side wall of the lid film 225 by an inkjet method. The barrier can be formed in a portion that separates the colors of the color filter formed in one pixel. As described above, the upper display panel 100 and the lower display panel 200 having the structures shown in FIGS. 22A to 22H can improve the display quality of the liquid crystal display device.

3) Enlarged view of region A19 shown in FIG. 18 Hereinafter, the structure of the region A19 shown in FIG. 18 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 18, 19A and 19B. FIG. 19A is an enlarged view of a region A19 shown in FIG. The pattern of each layer formed in the region A19, for example, the pattern of the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l and the first and second pixel electrode connection portions is not restored. Or light leakage can be improved. The patterns shown in FIGS. 23A to 23F and FIGS. 24A to 24T are other embodiments for improving the non-restoration or light leakage of the liquid crystal display device.

  As described below, the present inventor has discovered the non-restoration and light leakage phenomenon of the liquid crystal display device. Unrestored is a phenomenon in which the transition from any one of the array states, for example, a stable array state to another array state is delayed. When the liquid crystal display device is used by a user, the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal layer are rearranged when the display unit of the liquid crystal display device is pressurized or receives an external impact. At this time, the rearranged liquid crystal molecules do not return to the original state and maintain the rearranged state for a certain time. Even when a data voltage is applied to the pixel electrode and an electric field is formed in the liquid crystal layer, the liquid crystal molecules arranged in a stable state do not move according to the electric field formed on the pixel electrode in some regions. , Keep the previous aligned state, for example, the stable state. Such a phenomenon is the unrestoration of liquid crystal molecules. Unrestoration of liquid crystal molecules can cause poor texture.

  In the pixel structure shown in FIGS. 18 and 19A, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the region of the cross-shaped branch portion 195 of the first or second subpixel and the boundary region A19 of the first subpixel and the second subpixel. Due to the characteristic that the liquid crystal molecules tend to be held in a stable state due to the coincidence, the unrestoration phenomenon may occur. In a state where there is no pressurization or external impact, the liquid crystal molecules in the region of the cross-shaped branch portion 195 and the liquid crystal molecules in the boundary region A19 are kept independent from each other. The liquid crystal molecules are rearranged in a stable state in the same direction. In order to improve the unrestoration, that is, so that the liquid crystal molecules are not aligned in a stable state, the electric field strength and direction must be adjusted in the region A19 and the region adjacent to the region A19 shown in FIG.

  Light leakage is a phenomenon in which external light (not shown) passes through the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 due to a liquid crystal layer that is not controlled by a data voltage. For example, when the liquid crystal molecules of the lower display panel and the upper display panel are misaligned due to external impact, the light incident on the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 is not controlled by the liquid crystal display device and passes through the liquid crystal display panel assembly. can do. The light leakage phenomenon may occur even when the liquid crystal display device is not driven. Further, when the lower display panel and the upper display panel are misaligned, the light blocking member may be misaligned from the correct array, or the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer may be distorted, thereby causing light leakage. The liquid crystal display device may have texture, unevenness, reddish or greenish defect due to light leakage. A defect in texture or unevenness due to light leakage occurs in the boundary region of the pixel electrode. The reddish defect due to light leakage occurs when the liquid crystal display device has a reddish color, so that red light leakage is more visible than light leakage of other colors. In addition, in the case of defects in other colors that are greenish or constitute the basic pixel group, one or more color lights are more visually recognized than other colors in the same manner as in the process of generating reddish defects. Occurs when. In addition, light leakage due to tap or pat is a kind of light leakage and occurs when the liquid crystal display device is tapped. When the liquid crystal display device is struck, the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 may deviate from the normal alignment by a value in the range of about 10 μm to 15 μm. At this time, the upper display panel 200 and the lower display panel Strike light leakage can occur due to misalignment of the layers formed in 100.

  The pattern of the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l, the first and second pixel electrode contact connection portions, the pixel electrode, and other layers shown in FIG. It is embodiment for improving. Each of the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l electrically connects the first drain electrode 175h and the second drain electrode 175l and the first and second pixel electrode contact connection portions. Connect to. The first and second pixel electrode contact connection portions electrically connect the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l, and the first pixel electrode 191h and the second pixel electrode 191l, respectively. Connecting. The first pixel electrode 191h and the second pixel electrode 191l are connected to each other by a first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and a second pixel electrode contact portion 192l, and a first and second pixel electrode contact connection portion, respectively. Applied. The first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the first pixel electrode contact connection portion can be formed in a concave shape.

  The first pixel electrode contact connection part may include a first pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713h, a first pixel electrode oblique connection part 714h, and a first pixel electrode vertical connection part 715h. The first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h is substantially vertically connected to the bifurcated branch inclined from the first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h connected to the first pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713h. It can be formed by two branches that extend, and is connected to the fine branch 197 at the center of the first pixel electrode, and more specifically to the right fine branch 197 of the vertical part 195v of the cross-shaped branch.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the wiring of the first pixel electrode connection part connection point may be the first pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714h formed to be inclined as shown in the drawing. In FIG. 19A, the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h extends in the same D2 direction as the extension direction of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. The first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h extends from the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h obliquely in the rightward direction with respect to the vertical direction D2, and the first pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 714h. It can be inclined to any one value within a range of about 30 ° to 60 ° with respect to the wiring of the connecting portion 713h, the polarization axis of the polarizer, or the direction D1 described above. In FIG. 19A, the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h extends in a lateral direction substantially parallel to the step-down gate line 123, and the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the first pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714h are connected. Connect electrically. The first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h and the first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h are connected at an obtuse angle, and the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h and the inclined bifurcated branch are connected at an acute angle. be able to.

  The first pixel electrode contact connecting portion formed in this manner disperses the electric field generated in the region between the first subpixel and the second subpixel by forming a singular point. The electric field generated in this region can reduce the adverse effect on the first subpixel region. Therefore, it is possible to improve non-restoration of liquid crystal molecules and poor light leakage that may occur in the first subpixel region.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the number of micro branches 197 connected to the first pixel electrode vertical connection 715h may be one or more. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the wirings 713h, 714h, and 715h constituting the first pixel electrode contact connection part may be composed of one or more wirings, each of which has a width of about The value may be in the range of 2 μm to 7 μm. The width of the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h may be larger than the width of the first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the first pixel electrode contact connection may be a structure that facilitates repair of the pixel electrode. Accordingly, the line RH1 may be blown by the laser (LASER) in order to repair the manufacturing defect of the first subpixel.

  The second pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l, a second pixel electrode connection portion connection point or second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714l, and a second pixel electrode connection portion 717l. Can be configured. The second pixel electrode connection part connection point 714l is connected to the second pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713l extending in the horizontal direction, and is connected to the second pixel electrode connection part 717l.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the wiring of the second pixel electrode connection portion connection point 714 l may be the second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714 l formed to be inclined as shown in the drawing. The second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713 l overlaps a part of the step-down gate line 123 along the longitudinal direction of the step-down gate line 123. The second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713 l overlapped in this way blocks an electric field existing in the peripheral portion of the step-down gate line 123. Further, the second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l can overlap with a wiring that connects the second drain electrode 175l and the third source electrode 173c. The horizontal length of the second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l is substantially the same as the horizontal length of the second pixel electrode.

  The second pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714l is formed by a wiring inclined with respect to the second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l, and the second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l and the second pixel electrode connection portion 717l are electrically connected. Connect. The second pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714 l is connected to the left fine branch 197 of the vertical portion 195 v of the cross-shaped branch 195. The inclination angle between the second pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714l and the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l may be any one value within a range of about 30 ° to 60 °. The line width of the second pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714 l may be any one value within a range of about 2 μm to 7 μm, and may be larger than the width of the fine branch 197 of the second pixel electrode.

  The second pixel electrode connection portion 717l electrically connects the second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714l and the second pixel electrode. The second pixel electrode connection portion 717 l is a second pixel electrode for electrically connecting the second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714 l to the two fine branches 197 on one end of the vertical portion 195 v of the cross-shaped branch. It is formed at the center of 191l. The second pixel electrode connection portion 717l has a hanger shape. For example, as shown in FIG. 19A, two fine branches 197 are centered on a vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch at a predetermined angle. And has a shape that branches symmetrically to the left and right. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the number of micro branches 197 connected to the second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l may be one or more.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the second pixel electrode lateral connection 194l formed adjacent to the second pixel electrode lateral connection 713l is formed on both sides of the second pixel electrode connection 717l. The horizontal connection portion 194l of the second pixel electrode connects the fine branch 197 of the second pixel electrode. The lateral connection portions 194 l of the second pixel electrode formed on both sides overlap a part of the step-down gate line 123 along the extending direction of the step-down gate line 123. The horizontal connection portion 194 l of the second pixel electrode overlapped in this way cuts off the electric field existing in the peripheral portion of the step-down gate line 123. Accordingly, the second pixel electrode contact connection portion or the second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 194l disperses the electric field generated in the region between the first subpixel and the second subpixel or this region. The adverse effect of the electric field generated in the second subpixel region can be reduced. Accordingly, it is possible to improve non-restoration of liquid crystal molecules and poor light leakage that may occur in the second subpixel region.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the second subpixel may have the structure of the regions A19a and A19b shown in FIG. 19A. In the region A19a, the vertical connection portion 193l of the second pixel electrode overlaps with a part of the holding electrode line vertical portion 128 by extending stepwise. 19A and 21B, the protrusion 193a of the vertical connection portion 193l of the second pixel electrode may be formed at a portion where the line width of the data line 171 or the shield common electrode 196 decreases. Since the structure of the region A19b is substantially the same as the structure of the region A19a, detailed description thereof is omitted. With the structure thus formed, the electric field generated in the regions A19a and A19b is cut off, and light leakage defects can be reduced in this region.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the second pixel electrode connection portion 717l may have a structure that facilitates repair of the pixel electrode. Therefore, in order to repair the manufacturing defect of the second subpixel, the line RL1 can be fused by the laser spot.

  Hereinafter, various embodiments for improving unrestoration of liquid crystal molecules and poor light leakage will be disclosed with reference to FIGS. 23A to 23F and FIGS. 24A to 24T. The fine branches 197 constituting the pixel electrodes shown in FIGS. 23A to 23F and FIGS. 24A to 24T have a zigzag shape. However, according to the embodiment of the present invention, the fine branches 197 may have the stripe shape or basic unit pixel electrode described above. The shape may be 23A to 23F show patterns of some layers, for example, a gate layer conductor, a data layer conductor, and a pixel electrode layer for convenience of explanation.

  Referring to FIG. 23A, the first pixel electrode contact connection part includes a first pixel electrode lateral connection part 713h and a first pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714h. At least one of the connection portions 713h and 714h or the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713, the pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714, and the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 described in connection with FIGS. 23B to 23F and FIGS. 24A to 24T is provided. Each of these widths can be a value in the range of about 2 μm to 7 μm.

  The first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h has two branches at the end of the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h, and each of the two branches has a straight line or a stripe shape. Then, it is connected to the fine branch of the first pixel electrode extending from the center of the lower end of the domain on the left side of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. As a result, the electric field that causes unrestoration of the liquid crystal molecules can be dispersed.

  The acute angle between the pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h and the first pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713h may be any one value within a range of about 30 ° to 60 °. The first pixel electrode lateral connection 713h may have a wedge shape that forms an acute angle with the first pixel electrode oblique connection 714h. The wedge-shaped first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h can disperse the electric field by forming a singular point. The singular point is a region where an electric field collects or does not substantially exist, for example, a region SP shown in the drawing. The wiring of the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h can overlap with the first drain electrode 175h. When the manufacturing of the first pixel is defective, the first subpixel can be repaired by fusing the fine branch connected to the first pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714h along the line RHa. The first pixel electrode contact connecting portion formed in this way facilitates repair of the subpixel electrode, and for the reasons described above, the liquid crystal molecules that have not been restored and light leakage defects that may occur in the first subpixel region are prevented. Can be improved. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the wiring width of the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h may be larger than the wiring width of the first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h.

  The second pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l, a second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l, and a second pixel electrode connection portion 717l. The second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l is connected to the central portion of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch 195, which reduces the distortion of the electric field to one side. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the second subpixel can be repaired by fusing the second subpixel electrode along the line RLa. The second pixel electrode contact connection portion formed in this way facilitates repair of the subpixel electrode, and for the reasons described above, the liquid crystal molecules that have not been restored and the light leakage failure can occur in the second subpixel region. Can be improved. In FIG. 23A, the vertical portion 195v is connected to the second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l via the second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l. In FIG. 19A, the vertical portion 195v is connected via the second pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714l. The vertical portion 195v is connected to the second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l. Other elements and structures have been described above with reference to FIG. Lines RHb, RLb, RHc, RLc1, RLc2, RHd, RLd, RHe, RLe, RHf, RLf, R24a, R24b, R24c, R24d, R24f, R24g, R24h, shown in FIGS. 23B to 23F and 24A to 24T, R24i, R24j, R24k, R241, R24m, R24n, R24o, R24p, R24q, R24r, and R24s are fused by the laser spot described above, whereby the first or second subpixel can be repaired.

  Referring to FIG. 23B, the first pixel electrode contact connection part includes a first pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713h and a first pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714h. Except that the wiring of the pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714h is in a zigzag shape, it is substantially the same as the description described above with reference to FIG. . The second pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l and a second pixel electrode connection portion 717l. The second pixel electrode connection portion 717 l extends so as to overlap the step-down gate line 123 in the vertical direction, and is electrically connected to the second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713 l connected to the second pixel electrode contact portion 192 l. Connect to. The second pixel electrode connection portion 717l extends and is connected to the horizontal pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l, whereby the electric field formed in the pixel electrode contact portion 192l and the pixel electrode region can be dispersed. The pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l is not formed in the right direction, and is configured in the same shape as in FIG. 23A only in the left direction. The shape is slightly different from that in FIG. 23A, but the second pixel electrode Since the other description about the contact connection part was demonstrated in detail in relation to FIG. 23A, the detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.

  Referring to FIG. 23C, the first pixel electrode contact connection part includes a first pixel electrode oblique connection part 714h and a first pixel electrode vertical connection part 715h. The first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h and the fine branch 197 of the first pixel electrode are electrically connected at the lower right end of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. The fine branch 197 connected to the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h may be the fine branch 197 at the lower end of the fine branch 197 connected to the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. The first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h extends so as to incline to electrically connect the upper portion of the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h and the first pixel electrode connection portion 192h. The first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h may be inclined to any one value within a range of about 30 ° to 60 ° with respect to the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h. The first pixel electrode contact connecting portion formed in this way facilitates repair of the subpixel electrode, and for the reasons described above, the liquid crystal molecules that have not been restored and light leakage defects that may occur in the first subpixel region are prevented. Can be improved.

  The second pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l and a second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l. The second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l extending in the horizontal direction is electrically connected to the end portions of the second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l at both ends of the second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l. The other end of the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l is connected to the fine branch 197 of the second pixel electrode extending from the edges of the two domains adjacent to the data line. As described above, the second pixel electrode contact connection portion is formed at both ends of the second subpixel electrode, whereby the electric field formed in the pixel electrode contact portion 192l and the pixel electrode region can be largely dispersed. Therefore, non-restoration of liquid crystal molecules and poor light leakage that can occur in the second subpixel region can be improved.

  Referring to FIG. 23D, the first pixel electrode contact connection part is configured by a first pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714h. The fine branch 197 at the lower left end of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch is electrically connected to the first pixel electrode oblique line connecting part 714h, and the first pixel electrode oblique line connecting part 714h is connected to the pixel electrode contact part 192h. Connected. The first pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714h may be a zigzag-shaped branch extending from the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. The first pixel electrode contact connection portion thus formed has the above-described effects. The second pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l, a second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714l, and a second pixel electrode connection portion 717l. The second pixel electrode connection portion 717l is connected to the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch of the second subpixel, and the right end of the second pixel electrode connection portion 717l is on the right side of the upper end of the second subpixel. The horizontal connection portion 194LUr connected to a certain micro branch is connected to the second subpixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l that extends in the horizontal direction so as to be inclined. Except for this configuration, the description is the same as that described above with reference to FIG. 19A.

  Referring to FIG. 23E, the first pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h, a first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h, and a first pixel electrode contact portion 192h. A portion to which the first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714h and the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h are connected has a wedge shape. For example, as shown in FIG. 23E, the right end portion of the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713h The first pixel electrode contact connection portion shown in FIG. 23E is the same as described above with reference to FIG. The second pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l, a second pixel electrode connection portion 717l, and a second pixel electrode contact portion 192l. The second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l in the horizontal direction electrically connects the pixel electrode contact portion 192l and the second pixel electrode connection portion 717l. The second pixel electrode connection portion 717l is the same as that described in connection with FIG. 23B, except that the fine branch constituting the second subpixel electrode and the second pixel electrode connection portion 717l has a stripe shape. In the area indicated by the area A22e, the fine branch 197 protrudes by extending so as to be adjacent to the data line at the vertical connection portion 193l of the pixel electrode. The protruding micro branches can disperse or block the electric field formed by the step-down gate line 123, the storage electrode line vertical portion 128, and the data line 171. The shape of the fine branch protruding in the region A22e can be formed near the edge of the first pixel electrode 191h or the second pixel electrode 191l adjacent to the data line 171. The structure of the second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713l and the effect of the second pixel electrode contact connection portion are substantially the same as those described above with reference to FIG. 19A.

  Referring to FIG. 23F, the first pixel electrode contact connection part includes a first pixel electrode vertical connection part 715h, a first pixel electrode connection part 717h, and a first pixel electrode contact part 192h. The first pixel electrode connection portion 717h is formed at the lower end of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch, and the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h connected to the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h is connected to the first pixel electrode. Connect electrically. The horizontal connection portion 717hh formed in the first pixel electrode connection portion 717h, which may have a hanger shape, is connected to both sides of the fine branch 197 and the vertical portion 195v at the lower end of the vertical portion 195v. The first pixel electrode connection portion 717h can have the same effect as described above. The second pixel electrode contact connection portion includes a second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l, a second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l, and a second subpixel electrode contact portion 192l. The second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l extending in the horizontal direction electrically connects the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l and the second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l. The second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 l is connected to a plurality of fine branches protruding in the direction of the data line 171. Other arrangements are similar to those described in connection with FIG. 23C. The effect of the second pixel electrode contact connection portion is the same as that described above.

  As described above, FIGS. 23A to 23F are disclosed as combinations of the first pixel electrode connection part connection point and the second pixel electrode connection part connection point. In addition, the first pixel electrode connection part connection point in FIGS. 23A to 23F and the second pixel electrode connection part connection point in FIGS. 23A to 23F can be variously combined. For example, the first pixel electrode connection part connection point in FIG. 23A can be combined with the second pixel electrode connection part connection point in FIG. 23B. In FIG. 23A and the like, the configuration of the first pixel electrode connection portion connection point and the configuration of the second pixel electrode connection portion connection point can be interchanged.

  Hereinafter, various embodiments for improving non-restoration of liquid crystal molecules and poor light leakage will be described with reference to FIGS. 24A to 24T. 24A to 24T show a partial pattern of the pixel electrode layer at a part of the pixel electrode and the boundary portion of the sub-pixel electrode. The structure shown in FIGS. 24A to 24T can be applied to the pixel electrode contact connection portion of the first and second pixel electrodes. Referring to FIG. 24A, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a sub-pixel electrode contact part 192, a pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713, a pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714, and a pixel electrode vertical connection part 715. A plurality of fine branches on the right side of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch are connected to the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715. The pixel electrode vertical connection unit 715 connects two or more fine branches 197 in common and is connected to the pixel electrode diagonal line connection unit 714, and the pixel electrode diagonal line connection unit 714 passes through the pixel electrode horizontal connection unit 713. To the subpixel electrode contact portion 192. The line of the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713 connected to the lower right end portion of the subpixel electrode contact portion 192 forms the shape of the pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714 with any one value within a range of about 120 ° to 150 °. Are connected to two diagonal lines. In the pixel electrode contact connection portion formed in this way, the electric field is dispersed by the outer shape of the pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714, and liquid crystal molecules are not restored and light leakage defects can be improved.

  Referring to FIG. 24B, the pixel electrode contact connection part is composed of a pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714. A plurality of fine branches extending from the lower left end of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch are connected to the pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714, and the pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714 is inclined to the upper right direction of the pixel electrode connecting portion 192. Thus, the inclination angle can be determined by a plurality of extending micro branches. Here, the pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714 separated into two disperses the electric field.

  Referring to FIG. 24C, the pixel electrode contact connection unit includes a pixel electrode horizontal connection unit 713 and a pixel electrode vertical connection unit 715. A plurality of fine branches 197 at the corners of the pixel electrode in the region adjacent to the data line 171 are connected to the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715. The connection portion 715 is separated from the horizontal connection portion 194 and the vertical connection portion 193 of the subpixel electrode. The fine branch connected to the horizontal connection part 194 and the vertical connection part 193, the pixel electrode vertical connection part 715, the pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713, and the pixel electrode contact part 192 are formed of the same material in an integrated layer. It should be noted. Since the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 is formed on the outer periphery of the pixel electrode, the electric field is formed not on the center but on the outer periphery, so that non-restoration of liquid crystal molecules and poor light leakage can be improved.

  Referring to FIG. 24D, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713 and a pixel electrode vertical connection part 715 for connecting the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode and the pixel electrode contact part 192. The other structure except that the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 is connected to part of the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 193 and the horizontal connection portion is the same as that described above with reference to FIG. 24C. The patterns shown in FIGS. 24A to 24T, that is, all of the patterns including the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode, the pixel electrode contact connection part for connecting the fine branch to the pixel electrode contact part 192, and the pixel electrode contact part 192, An integrated layer formed of the same material.

  Referring to FIG. 24E, the pixel electrode contact connection unit includes a pixel electrode horizontal connection unit 713, a pixel electrode vertical connection unit 715, and a pixel electrode connection unit 717. The pixel electrode connection portion 717 includes a vertical connection portion 193 connected to each of the plurality of fine branches 197 on the left side of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch, and a pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713 connected thereto. . The pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713 extends in the horizontal direction from below the horizontal connection part 194 of the pixel electrode, is connected to the extended micro branches 197, and is connected to the upper part of the pixel electrode contact part 192. Connected to the unit 715. The width of the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 may be larger than the wiring width of the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713. A fine branch 197 formed at the lower end of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch to disperse the electric field is extended to be connected to the second horizontal connection portion 194 ′ separated from the horizontal connection portion 194. And has a hanger shape.

  Referring to FIG. 24F, the pixel electrode contact connection unit includes a pixel electrode horizontal connection unit 713, a pixel electrode vertical connection unit 715, and a pixel electrode connection unit 717. The pixel electrode connection portion 717 is the same as the configuration in FIG. 24E except that the pixel electrode connection portion 717 has a branched branch 713 ′ instead of the horizontal connection portion 713 shown in FIG. 24E.

  Referring to FIG. 24G and FIG. 24H, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a pixel electrode vertical connection part 715 and a pixel electrode connection part 717. The pixel electrode connection portion 717 has a hanger shape as described above located at the lower end of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. In order to disperse the electric field, the pixel electrode connection portion 717 is separated from the horizontal connection portions 194 of the pixel electrodes formed on both sides. Further, the pixel electrode connection portion 717 includes a second horizontal connection portion 194 ′ that protrudes under the horizontal connection portions 194 of the pixel electrodes on both sides. One end of the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 formed in FIG. 24G is connected to one end of the second horizontal connection portion 194 ′ of the pixel electrode connection portion 717, and the other end is connected to the pixel electrode contact portion 192. The pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 formed in FIG. 24H is connected to the center portion of the pixel electrode connection portion 717 extended by the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch.

  Referring to FIG. 24I, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714 and a pixel electrode connection part 717. As described above, the pixel electrode connection portion 717 has a hanger shape, and the second horizontal connection portion 194 ′ is in line with the horizontal connection portion 194 of the pixel electrode connected to the vertical connection portion 193. The pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714 extends from the center portion of the second horizontal connection portion 194 ′ so as to be inclined at any one acute angle in a range of about 30 ° to 60 ° in the lower left oblique direction. It is connected to the upper part of the contact part 192.

  Referring to FIGS. 24J, 24K, and 24L, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a pixel electrode vertical connection part 715 and a pixel electrode connection part 717. The pixel electrode connection part 717 is connected to the pixel electrode contact part 192 by the pixel electrode vertical connection part 715. The pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 illustrated in FIGS. 24J and 24K may have a notch shape. The vertical connection portion 715 shown in FIG. 24J has a concave notch 761, and the depth of the notch can be any one value within a range of about 2.0 μm to 5 μm. The wiring of the vertical connection portion 715 shown in FIG. 24K has a convex notch 763, and the height of the convex notch can be any one value within a range of about 2.0 μm to 5 μm. The pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715 shown in FIG. 24L has a groove 765 formed therein, and this groove can act as a singular point.

  Referring to FIGS. 24M to 24Q, in order to disperse the electric field, the pixel electrode contact connection part has a Z-shaped wiring. The Z-shaped wiring includes two first pixel electrode lateral connection portions 713a, a second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713b, and a second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714b. The first pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713a can overlap with the drain electrode of the thin film transistor, and the second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713b can overlap with the drain electrode and the source electrode of the thin film transistor. The Z-shaped lateral connection portion 713 b is connected to the lower end of the pixel electrode contact portion 192. The first pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714a shown in FIGS. 24M to 24O branches into two extending to at least two fine branches of the fine branch 197 in the left lower end domain of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. It has a (bifurcate) shape and is inclined with respect to the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713a. The second pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714b connects the first pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713a and the second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713b extending in the horizontal direction, and is substantially connected to the first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714a. The second pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713b is connected to the lower end of the pixel electrode contact portion 192.

  The first pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714a shown in FIG. 24N has a concave notch 761. The first pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714a shown in FIG. 24O has a convex notch 763. The size of the notch is as described above. The Z-shaped wiring shown in FIG. 24P is the same as described above except that it has the first pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713a connected by extending the vertical connection portion 193 to which the fine branch 197 is connected. Wiring. The Z-shaped wiring shown in FIG. 24Q is except that a plurality of branches of the first pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion extending in the horizontal direction from the left bottom domain are connected to the first pixel electrode horizontal connecting portion 713a. Have the same wiring as described above.

  Referring to FIG. 24R, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713, a first pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714a and a second pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714b, a pixel electrode vertical connection part 715, and a pixel electrode. A connection portion 717 is included. The pixel electrode connection portion 717 has the hanger shape described above. One end portion of the horizontal connection portion 194 ′ of the pixel electrode connection portion 717 is connected to be inclined to one end portion of the pixel electrode contact portion 192 by the first pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714a, and the other end of the horizontal connection portion 194 ′. This portion is connected to the lower right end of the pixel electrode contact portion 192 through the pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715, the second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714 b, and the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713. The acute angle created between the pixel electrode lateral connection portion 713 and the second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714b may be any one value within a range of about 30 ° to 60 °.

  Referring to FIG. 24S, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a first pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714a, a second pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714b, and a pixel electrode connection part 717. The pixel electrode connection portion 717 includes a plurality of fine branches 197 that are symmetrical with respect to the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. The first pixel electrode oblique line connecting part 714a is connected to the plurality of fine branches 197 and is connected to the second pixel electrode oblique line connecting part 714b connected to be inclined to the upper part of the pixel electrode contact part 192. The first pixel electrode oblique line connecting part 714a and the second pixel electrode oblique line connecting part 714b are connected substantially at right angles, and the groove 765 may be included in the first pixel electrode oblique line connecting part 714a. The pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714 is symmetric with respect to the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch portion.

  Referring to FIG. 24T, the pixel electrode contact connection part includes a first pixel electrode contact connection part 771 and a second pixel electrode contact connection part 773. The first pixel electrode contact connection part 771 includes a first pixel electrode horizontal connection part 713a, a first pixel electrode oblique line connection part 714a, and a first pixel electrode vertical connection part 715a. The first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715a connects the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 194 formed in the left bottom domain to the first pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714a. The first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715a may include two branches. The first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714a may be substantially the same as the inclination angle of the fine branch 197 formed on the pixel electrode. The first pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714a may be inclined with respect to the first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715a at any one acute angle within a range of about 30 ° to 60 °. The first pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713 a connects the first pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714 a to the upper portion of the pixel electrode connection portion 192. The second pixel electrode contact connection portion 773 includes a second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713b, a second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714b, and a second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715b. The second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715b connects the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 194 formed in the lower right domain adjacent to the domain to which the first pixel electrode contact connection portion 771 is connected to the second pixel electrode oblique line connection. Connected to the unit 714b. The second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715b can have two branches. The second pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714b may be substantially the same as the inclination angle of the fine branch 197 formed on the pixel electrode. The second pixel electrode oblique connection portion 714b may be inclined with respect to the second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715b at any one acute angle within a range of about 30 ° to 60 °. The second pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713 b connects the second pixel electrode oblique line connection portion 714 b and the upper portion of the pixel electrode contact portion 192. The pixel electrode contact connecting portion formed in this way can improve the non-restoration of liquid crystal molecules and the light leakage failure.

  As another embodiment for improving the non-restoration of liquid crystal molecules, the electric field formed in the domain region and the electric field formed in the non-domain region are substantially about a straight line perpendicular to the upper display panel and the lower display panel. Can be symmetric. The domain region may be a region where the fine branch 197 is formed in the region A19 shown in FIG. 19A, and the non-domain region may be a region where the fine branch 197 is not formed or a region where the light shielding member 220 is formed. In addition, the tilt direction of the alignment film formed between the domain region and the non-domain region may be substantially perpendicular to the direction of the liquid crystal molecules formed in the domain region.

  In the above, various pixel electrode contact connection portions are disclosed in FIGS. 24A to 24T. These configurations can also be applied to the first pixel electrode connection part connection point, and can also be applied to the second pixel electrode connection part connection point. 24A to 24T can be variously combined as combinations of the configuration of the first pixel electrode connection portion connection point and the configuration of the second pixel electrode connection portion connection point.

Embodiment 3
Hereinafter, a liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 25 to 27B. In the liquid crystal panel assembly 300, gate lines are arranged to be parallel to the long side of the unit pixel electrode in order to reduce the number of driving ICs constituting the data driving unit 500 according to the feature of the present invention. Accordingly, the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 has the above-described structure of the liquid crystal display panel assembly and the pattern of the pixel electrode layer, so that the display quality of the liquid crystal display device can be further improved and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

  FIG. 25 is a view showing a schematic arrangement of one pixel constituting the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to the embodiment of the present invention. In order to simply represent the pixel structure, the gate layer conductor, the data layer conductor, the contact hole 185, and the pixel electrode layer pattern are selectively arranged in the pixel arrangement shown in FIG.

  FIG. 26A to FIG. 26C show patterns for main layers constituting the pixel structure shown in FIG. Specifically, FIGS. 26A to 26C respectively show a gate layer conductor pattern, a data layer conductor pattern, and a pixel electrode layer pattern including a pixel electrode in the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 27A is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 27a-27a ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. 25, and FIG. 27B is cut along the line 27b-27b ′ of the pixel arrangement shown in FIG. FIG. The cross-sectional views shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B additionally disclose a plurality of layers omitted in FIG. 27A and 27B, the cross sections along the direction 27a and the direction 27b are cross-sectional views shown in FIG. 25 when the pixel structure of FIG. 25 is arranged in a matrix form of rows and columns. Made along a line. Hereinafter, in the description related to FIGS. 25 to 27B, the order of stacking the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 is the same as that described with reference to FIGS. Description is omitted. Moreover, the description which overlaps with the part demonstrated in relation to FIGS. 3-4C and FIGS. 18-20B is abbreviate | omitted for convenience of explanation. Also, it should be noted that for convenience of explanation, explanation related to unit pixels is made.

  Hereinafter, the layout of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 constituting the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 25 to 27B. The gate layer conductor is formed on the lower substrate 110 and includes a plurality of gate lines 121n and 121n + 1, a step-down gate line 123, and a plurality of gate electrodes 124h, 124l, and 124c. The data layer conductor is formed on the linear resistive contact member 165, and includes the data line 171, the first source electrode 173h, the second source electrode 173l, the third source electrode 173c, the first drain electrode 175h, and the first drain electrode 175h. 2 drain electrodes 175l, a third drain electrode 175c, and a third drain electrode extension 177c. The pixel electrode layer is formed on the second protective film 182, and includes a first subpixel electrode 191 h and a second subpixel electrode 191 l, a first pixel electrode contact portion 192 h and a second pixel electrode contact portion 192 l, Vertical connection portions 193h and 193l, horizontal connection portions 194h and 194l, cross-shaped branch portions 195h and 195l, fine branches 197h and 197l, first pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h and second pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715l, and gas An outgassing hole cover 187 is included.

  The first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l receive the data voltage from the data line 171 through the thin film transistors Qh25 and Ql25 connected to the (n + 1) th gate line 121n + 1. The first subpixel electrode 191h receives a pixel or a gray scale voltage from the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h according to the shape of the pixel electrode contact connection portion 715h shown in FIG. 23B. The second subpixel electrode 191 l is connected to the second pixel electrode contact portion 192 l and receives a pixel or a grayscale voltage through a wiring or a line extending in the direction of the step-down gate line 123. The wiring connecting the second subpixel electrode 191l to the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l can cover the entire step-down gate line 123 and can extend in the direction of the data line 171.

  Upper horizontal connection portions 194h and 194l of the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l overlap with the nth gate line 121n. The lower horizontal connection portion 194 l of the second subpixel electrode 191 l overlaps the step-down gate line 123. The gate electrodes 124h and 124l constituting the first thin film transistor Qh25 and the second thin film transistor Ql25 extend in the direction of the data line 171 to overlap the extended portion 177c of the third drain electrode.

  The first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are adjacent to each other, and the micro branches 197h and 197l and the micro slits 199h and 199l formed on the electrodes have a zigzag shape. The widths of the micro branches 197h and the micro slits 199h formed in the first subpixel electrode 191h may be any one of a range of about 5 μm to 6 μm, and each width may be about 5 μm to about 6 μm. Can change gradually. The unit length of the zigzag micro branch 197 or the micro slit 199 may be about 14 μm. The main direction of the fine branch 197 or the fine slit 199 may be about ± 40 ° with respect to the cross-shaped branch direction, and the zigzag angle may be about ± 7 °. The widths of the micro branches 197 l and the micro slits 199 l formed in the second subpixel electrode 191 l may be any one value within a range of about 5 μm to 7 μm. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the width of the fine slit 199l is constant, and the width of the fine branch 197l can be gradually increased from about 5 μm to about 7 μm in the direction of the arrow shown in the drawing. On the other hand, the width of the fine slit 199l can gradually increase in the direction of the arrow. The unit length of the zigzag micro branch 197 or the micro slit 199 may be about 10 μm. The main direction of the micro branches 197 or micro slits 199 may be about ± 45 ° with respect to the direction of the cruciform branch, and the zigzag angle may be about ± 15 °.

  Referring to FIGS. 27A and 27B, the light blocking member 220 formed on the upper display panel 200 is formed between the pixels so that the step-down gate line 123 and the gate line 121 overlap each other. More preferably, one end of the light shielding member 220 substantially coincides with one end of the step-down gate line 123 adjacent to the pixel electrode, and the other end substantially coincides with one end of the step-down gate line 121 adjacent to the pixel electrode. The pixel structure formed in this manner is formed in a direction in which the long side of the pixel electrode is parallel to the gate line 121, unlike the pixel structure shown in FIGS. That is, the gate line surrounding one pixel electrode is long and the data line 171 is short. Accordingly, the liquid crystal display device having this pixel structure operates with a smaller number of data drive ICs (drive ICs), for example, about 1/3 of the number of data drive ICs constituting a general liquid crystal display device. be able to. Therefore, the manufacturing cost of the liquid crystal display device according to the present invention can be reduced, and the display quality can be improved.

  In another embodiment of the present invention, a basic color filter formed in the basic pixel group may be formed repeatedly and periodically in the direction of the data line 171. That is, one group of color filters composed of basic colors may be continuously arranged repeatedly in the direction of the data line 171. On the other hand, four different colors may be arranged as in the basic pixel group shown in FIG. The structure of the basic pixel group shown in FIG. 32 will be described later.

The following mode of the liquid crystal display panel assembly will be described in detail a liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 manufactured in various ways using the display panel 100 and 200 produced in the manner described above. FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 6C are respectively an SVA mode (Super Vertical Alignment Mode) and an SC-VA mode (using the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 manufactured according to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B). 4 is a schematic flowchart for explaining a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal panel assembly 300 based on a surface-controlled alignment mode and a polarized UV-VA mode. In each mode, the formation process of the lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 is substantially the same. Therefore, in the following, the formation process of the lower plate alignment film 291 will be described in detail in order to avoid duplication of explanation.

SVA mode (Super Vertical Alignment Mode)
First, a method of manufacturing the SVA mode LCD panel assembly 300 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 6A.

  In the first steps S110 and S120, the lower display panel 100 having the pixel electrode 191 and the upper display panel 200 having the common electrode 270 are manufactured by the method described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B, respectively. . A main alignment material (not shown) is applied on the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270 by inkjet or roll printing. The main alignment material is formed on the inner region of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 and may be partially applied to the outer region. The outer region of the lower display panel 100 is a region where pixels are not formed upon application of a data voltage, and the inner region is a region where pixels are formed upon application of a data voltage. Each of the outer region and the inner region of the upper display panel 200 corresponds to the outer region and the inner region of the lower display panel 100 when the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled. According to an embodiment of the present invention, in some regions, the main alignment material may be applied so as to be in direct contact with the spacer, the color filter, or the insulating film.

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the main alignment material may include a light absorber bonded to the side chain, for example, a photo-sensitizer. Referring to step S154, the photosensitive agent included in the main alignment material absorbs ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm in a process described later, so that a lower film of the main alignment material, for example, an organic insulating film is formed. It is not damaged by incident light.

  The photosensitizer may be a 2-hydroxyphenyl 2H-benzotriazole derivative. The nitrogen (N) atom of the benzotriazole group forms a hydrogen bond at the hydroxy group and ortho position of the benzene ring that constitutes the 2-hydroxyphenyl 2H-benzotriazole derivative (2-Hydroxyphenyl 2H-benzotriazole derivative). By doing so, ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 300 to about 400 nm is easily absorbed. 2-Hydroxyphenyl 2H-benzotriazole derivative is (2,4- [di (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)]-1,3-dihydroxybenzene), 2,4- In [di (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)]-1,3,5-trihydroxybenzene) or (2,4- [di (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)]-1,3,5-trihydroxybenzene) possible. The structural formula of 2-hydroxyphenyl 2H-benzotriazole derivative may be any one of the following structural formulas PS-B1 to PS-B7.

  Structural formula PS-B1

  Structural formula PS-B2

  Structural formula PS-B3

  Structural formula PS-B4

  Structural formula PS-B5

  Structural formula PS-B6

  Structural formula PS-B7

  The photosensitizer can also have the following structural formula PS-A1 or PS-A2 having an amino functional group. Since the photosensitizer has an amino group, a side chain capable of undergoing a polyimidation reaction is formed. Therefore, the photosensitizer having an amino group has a low molecular weight photosensitizer. Disadvantages can be improved. The low molecular weight photosensitizer is a component of the main alignment material, can generate gas during the process, and can reduce the coating uniformity of the main alignment material.

  Structural formula PS-A1

  Structural formula PS-A2

Here, X is H, O or n can be a _(CH 2) n having integer from 1 to 10. R1 to R5 may be hydrogen or an alkyl group.

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the main alignment material including the light absorber may have the following structural formula PI-A1 and may be manufactured as follows. First, 20 mol (mol)% TCAAH (2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic dianhydride), 12 mol% p-phenyldiamine, 2 mol% cholesterol diamine (Cholesteric diamine), And 2 mol% of 2-hydroxybenzotriazole diamine (Structure Formula PS-A1) is a mixture of DMAc (N, N-dimethyl acetamide) in a nitrogen atmosphere and a weak room temperature to 100 ° C. for about 48 hours. ) Mixed with solvent. The intermediate product thus mixed is mixed with ethanol having a purity of about 95% or more to obtain a precipitated polyamic acid. This is followed by mixing about 4-10 wt.% Polyamic acid, about 0.1-40 wt.% Thermosetting agent and about 80-95 wt.% Solvent. A main alignment material having the following structural formula PI-A1 can be manufactured. The thermosetting agent may be a small molecule of the Epoxy series, and the solvent may be about 4: butyl lactone (Nutyl pyrrolidone: NMP) and butyl cellulose (Butyl Cellulose) each about 4: It may be a mixture of about 3: 3.

  Structural formula PI-A1

  The main alignment material becomes the main alignment film 33 after being cured by a process described later, for example, light or heat. According to other embodiments of the present invention, it is known in the art that the main alignment material may be a material generally used in a vertical alignment (VA) mode or a twisted nematic (TN) mode. Those with ordinary knowledge in the field should be able to easily understand.

  After the completion of steps S110 and S120, in the next step S140, liquid crystal molecules 31 and a photo-curing agent (not shown) are provided between the alignment film 292 of the upper display panel 200 and the main alignment films 34 and 33 of the lower display panel 100. The lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled by being sealed with a sealant (not shown). An upper plate common voltage application point (not shown) described later can be formed between the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200. The sealant is cured by heat curing, visible light, or ultraviolet light (UV). The photocuring agent is about 1.0% by weight or less with respect to the liquid crystal layer 3, and more preferably about 0.5% by weight or less.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the liquid crystal molecules constituting the liquid crystal layer 3 may be a mixture having three benzene ring monomers according to the characteristics of the present invention. The LC-A monomer making up the mixture can be from about 19% to about 29% by weight, more desirably about 24% by weight, and the LC-B monomer can be from about 2% to about 8% by weight. %, More desirably about 5% by weight, and the LC-C monomer can be about 1% to about 5% by weight, and more desirably about 3% by weight. The D monomer can be about 19% to about 29% by weight, more desirably about 24% by weight, and the LC-E monomer can be about 23% to about 33% by weight, more desirably. Can be about 28 wt%, the LC-F monomer can be about 5 wt% to about 11 wt%, more desirably about 8 wt%, and the LC-G monomer can be about 5 wt% % To about 11% by weight, and more desirably about 8% by weight. The structural formula of the LC-A monomer is

And
The structural formula of the LC-B monomer is

And
The structural formula of the LC-C monomer is

  The structural formula of the LC-D monomer is

And the structural formula of the LC-E monomer is

And
The structural formula of LC-F monomer is

  And the structural formula of the LC-G monomer is

It is. Here, R and R 'may be an alkyl group or an alcohol. The rotational viscosity of this mixture is about 80 to about 110 mPs * s, the refractive index is about 0.088 to about 0.1080, the dielectric constant is about −2.5 to about −3.7 and liquid The phase-isotropic phase transition temperature (Tni) can be from about 70 ° to about 90 °. Since the liquid crystal molecules composed of such a mixture do not contain four benzene rings, the resilience of the liquid crystal molecules is excellent. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce light leakage defects that occur due to the liquid crystal molecules being restored slowly. Liquid crystal molecules composed of this mixture can be applied to an SC-VA mode and a polarized UV-VA mode described later.

  The photocuring agent according to an embodiment of the present invention may be a reactive mesogen (RM). The term 'mesogen' means a photocrosslinkable monomer or polymer copolymer containing a mesogen group of liquid crystalline nature. The reactive mesogen may comprise, for example, one selected from a group composed of acrylate, methacrylate, epoxy, oxetane, vinyl-ether, styrene, or thiolene, as described above for the formation of the top plate alignment film. The material contained in the reactive mesogen. The reactive mesogen may be a rod-type, banana-type, plate-type, or disk-type structure, and is a group having the ability to induce liquid crystal phase behavior. A liquid crystal (LC) compound having a rod-type or plate-type Is also known in the art as “calamitic” liquid crystals. Liquid crystal compounds having a disc-type group are also known in the art as “discotic” liquid crystals. Further, the above-described photoinitiator (not shown) may be further included in the liquid crystal layer 3. The photoinitiator contained in the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 0.01% by weight to 1% by weight with respect to the total weight of the photocuring agent. Since the photoinitiator is decomposed by radicals by absorbing long wavelength ultraviolet rays (UV), it promotes the photopolymerization reaction of the photocuring agent. The photoinitiator can be a material that absorbs wavelengths from about 300 nm to 400 nm.

  Hereinafter, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a novel RM-liquid crystal mixture in which reactive mesogens (RM) and liquid crystal molecules are mixed, that is, a ZSM-7160 mixture is disclosed.

  The host liquid crystal molecules constituting the ZSM-7160 mixture include dicyclohexyl group monomers, cyclohexyl-phenylene terphenyl group monomers, and fluorinated terphenyl groups according to the characteristics of the present invention. Fluorinated terphenyl group) monomer. The ZSM-7160 mixture is a mixture of host liquid crystal molecules and reactive mesogens, and the reactive mesogens are about 0.1% to 1% by weight, more preferably about 0%, based on the total weight of the host liquid crystal molecules. .2 wt% to 0.5 wt% can be mixed. The host liquid crystal molecules comprise about 20% to 30% by weight of a dicyclohexyl group monomer, about 0% to 10% by weight of a cyclohexyl-phenylene group monomer, about 0% to 10% by weight. Dicyclohexyl-phenylene group monomer, about 20-30% by weight of cyclohexyl-defluorinated diphenylene group monomer, about 20-30% by weight of cyclohexylethyl fluorinated Cyclohexyl-phenylene group monomer, about 5 wt% to 10 wt% dicyclohexyl-defluorinated phenylene group monomer, and about 0 wt% to 10 wt% cyclohexyl fluorinated terphenyl group (Cyclohexyl-fluorinated terphenyl group) monomer , Or a fluorinated terphenyl group (fluorinated terphenyl group) can include a monomer. The weight percent of the monomer constituting the host liquid crystal molecule is the weight percent of the host liquid crystal molecule excluding the solvent. The refractive index of the host liquid crystal molecules can be about 0.08 to 0.13.

  The chemical structure of the dicyclohexyl group monomer can be represented by the structural formula LC-A1.

  Structural formula LC-A1

  The chemical structure of a cyclohexyl-phenylene group monomer can be represented by the structural formula LC-A2.

  Structural formula LC-A2

  The chemical structure of a dicyclohexyl-phenylene group monomer can be represented by the structural formula LC-A3.

  Structural formula LC-A3

  The chemical structure of the cyclohexyl defluorinated diphenylene group monomer can be represented by the structural formula LC-A4.

  Structural formula LC-A4

  The chemical structure of the cyclohexyl-ethyl-defluorinated phenylene group monomer can be expressed by the structural formula LC-A5, which adjusts the dielectric anisotropy and rotational viscosity of the host liquid crystal molecules. .

  Structural formula LC-A5

  The chemical structure of the dicyclohexyl-defluorinated phenylene group monomer can be expressed by the structural formula LC-A6, and adjusts the dielectric anisotropy and rotational viscosity of the host liquid crystal molecules.

  Structural formula LC-A6

  The chemical structures of the cyclohexyl-fluorinated terphenyl group monomer and the fluorinated terphenyl group monomer can be represented by structural formulas LC-A7-1 and LC-A7-2, respectively, and the host liquid crystal Adjust the dielectric anisotropy of the molecule.

  Structural formula LC-A7-1

  Structural formula LC-A7-2

  Here, R1, R2, R and R ′ are each an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon (C) atoms, —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, Or it may be -COO-.

  The reactive mesogen (RM) may be a fluorinated biphenyl dimethacrylate monomer represented by the structural formula RM-A1, which is disclosed in Japanese Patent No. 4,175,826. .

  Structural formula RM-A1

  A ZSM-7160 mixture composed of a mixture of host liquid crystal molecules and reactive mesogens (RM) contains about 0 to 1.0 weight (%) of photoinitiator relative to the total weight of reactive mesogens (RM). May be included. Since the ZSM-7160 mixture has the same characteristics as the conventional RM-liquid crystal mixture, the material of the RM-liquid crystal mixture can be diversified, thereby suppressing the cost increase of the RM-liquid crystal mixture by the producer. Can do.

  Hereinafter, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a novel RM-liquid crystal mixture in which reactive mesogens and liquid crystal molecules are mixed, that is, a DS-09-9301 mixture is disclosed. The host liquid crystal molecules constituting the DS-09-9301 mixture include a biphenyl group monomer and a quinone derivative according to the characteristics of the present invention. A liquid crystal display device having a DS-09-9301 mixture can have a fast response speed characteristic. The DS-09-9301 mixture is a mixture of host liquid crystal molecules and reactive mesogens, and the reactive mesogens are more preferably about 0.1 wt% to about 1 wt%, more preferably based on the total weight of the host liquid crystal molecules, The liquid crystal molecules can be mixed in an amount of about 0.2 wt% to about 0.4 wt%, and the host liquid crystal molecules can contain about 10 wt% to 20 wt% biphenyl group monomer, about 0 wt% to about 10 wt% cyclohexylphenylene group ( Cyclohexyl-phenylene group monomer, about 5 wt% to about 10 wt% dicyclohexyl-phenylene group monomer, about 15 wt% to about 30 wt% cyclohexyl defluorinated diphenylene group monomer, about 15 wt% ~ 30% by weight quinone derivative, about 0% to about 5% by weight of dicyclohexyl-defluorinated phenyle ne group) monomers, and from about 0% to about 10% by weight of cyclohexylethyl-defluorinated phenylene group monomers. The weight percent of the monomer constituting the host liquid crystal molecule is the weight percent of the host liquid crystal molecule excluding the solvent. The refractive index of the host liquid crystal molecules can be from about 0.08 to about 0.13.

  The chemical structure of the biphenyl group monomer can be expressed by the structural formula LC-B1-1 or the structural formula LC-B1-2, and has a high refractive index characteristic because it contains a biphenyl group.

  Structural formula LC-B1-1

  Structural formula LC-B1-2

The chemical structure of the quinone derivative can be expressed by the structural formula LC-B7-1 or the structural formula LC-B7-2, and adjusts the dielectric anisotropy and rotational viscosity of the host liquid crystal molecules. In addition, since the polymer of the structural formula LC-B7-1 or the structural formula LC-B7-2 has high polarizability, the response speed of the host liquid crystal molecules is
It can be even larger.

  Structural formula LC-B7-1

  Structural formula LC-B7-2

  Here, R, R ′, and OR ′ are each an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon (C) atoms, —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, or —COO—. It can be.

  The chemical structure of the cyclohexyl phenylene group monomer may be the structural formula LC-A2 described above. The chemical structure of the dicyclohexylphenylene group monomer may be the structural formula LC-A3 described above. The chemical structure of the cyclohexyl defluorinated diphenylene group monomer may be the structural formula LC-A4 described above. The chemical structure of the cyclohexyl defluorinated diphenylene group monomer may be the structural formula LC-A6 described above. The chemical structure of the cyclohexylethyl-defluorinated phenylene group monomer may be respectively the structural formula LC-A5 described above. The reactive mesogen (RM) can be the structural formula RM-A1 described above. A DS-09-9301 mixture composed of a mixture of host liquid crystal molecules and reactive mesogens may contain about 0-1.0% (%) of photoinitiator relative to the total weight of reactive mesogens. A liquid crystal display device having such a DS-09-9301 mixture can have a high response speed characteristic.

  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the host liquid crystal molecules constituting the novel RM-liquid crystal mixture may include an alkenyl group monomer having a carbon double bond and a monomer having the following structural formula LC-C9. Since the alkenyl group monomer having a carbon double bond is a low-viscosity monomer, the RM-liquid crystal mixture including the alkenyl group monomer has a low-viscosity characteristic, and the liquid crystal display including the alkenyl group monomer has a fast response speed characteristic. Can do. The alkenyl group monomer having a carbon double bond may be the following structural formula LC-C8-1 or structural formula LC-C8-2 monomer having a carbon double bond in order to improve the rotational viscosity of the host liquid crystal molecule. The alkenyl group monomer having a carbon double bond may be included in the RM-liquid crystal mixture at about 1 to 60% by weight (%) with respect to all host liquid crystal molecules excluding the solvent.

  Structural formula LC-C8-1

  Structural formula LC-C8-2

  Here, A, B, and C may each be a benzene ring or cyclohexane ring structure. At least one of X and Y is

Or

It has a form of carbon double bond. The outer hydrogen atoms constituting each of A, B, and C can be replaced with polar atoms such as F and Cl.

  The monomer having the structural formula LC-C9 prevents the alkenyl group monomer from binding to the reactive mesogen in the RM-liquid crystal mixture. The reactive mesogen may not be cured by bonding of the double bond π bond constituting the alkenyl group monomer to the methacrylate group of the reactive mesogen. As a result, the liquid crystal display device may have an afterimage defect due to uncured reactive mesogens. The monomer having the structural formula LC-C9 may be included in the RM-liquid crystal mixture in an amount of about 5% by weight or less based on all host liquid crystal molecules excluding the solvent.

  Structural formula LC-C9

  Here, Z1 to Z4 may each be a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring structure, and more preferably Z1 to Z4 may be four benzene rings. R 1 and R 2 are each an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon (C) atoms, —O—, —CH═CH—, —CO—, —OCO—, or —COO—, F, or Cl. obtain. Further, the outer hydrogen atoms of Z1 to Z4 can be replaced with polar atoms such as F and Cl.

  The reactive mesogen is mixed with the host liquid crystal molecules at about 0.05 wt% to 1 wt%, more preferably about 0.2 wt% to 0.4 wt%, based on all host liquid crystal molecules excluding the solvent. Can do. The reactive mesogen can be a substance as described above or below. Such an alkenyl group monomer and an RM-liquid crystal mixture having the following structural formula LC-C9 exhibit a rotational viscosity characteristic of about 90 mPa · s to 108 mPa · s, which is lower than the conventional mixture. In addition, the liquid crystal display device including this mixture has about 25 ppm to 35 ppm of uncured reactive mesogen, which is lower than the conventional mixture, and can have a black afterimage of about 3 or less level.

  Hereinafter, the process performed in step S140 will be described in detail. In step S140, the main alignment material applied in step S110 and step S120 is about 80 ° C. to about 110 ° C. for about 100 seconds to about 140 seconds, and more preferably about 95 ° C. for about 120 seconds. Heat primary. During the primary heating, the solvent of the main alignment material is vaporized, and the imidized vertical alignment monomer is aligned in a direction perpendicular to the lower film to form a main alignment film.

  After the primary heating, the main alignment material is secondarily heated at about 200 ° C. to about 240 ° C. for about 1000 seconds to about 1400 seconds, more desirably at about 220 ° C. for about 1200 seconds. The main alignment layer is formed by curing the main alignment material during the secondary heating.

  After the secondary heating, the main alignment layer can be cleaned with pure water (DeIonized Water: DIW) and additionally cleaned with isopropyl alcohol (IPA). After the cleaning, the main alignment film is dried. After drying, the liquid crystal layer is formed on the lower display panel 100 or the upper display panel 200. The liquid crystal layer may have a mixture of the liquid crystal molecules and the photocuring agent described above, a ZSM-7160 mixture, a DS-09-9301 mixture, or a compound of liquid crystal molecules and the photocuring agent described above. The lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled with a sealant in a state having liquid crystal molecules and a photocuring agent.

  After being assembled, in order to improve the fuzziness and uniformity of the liquid crystal molecules, the lower and upper display panels are placed in a chamber at about 100 ° C. to about 120 ° C. for about 60 minutes to about 80 minutes. Annealing takes place during the minute.

  In the next step S150, the photocuring agent cured by light after the assembly becomes the photocured layer 35. The photocuring layer 35 and the main alignment film 33 constitute a lower plate alignment film 291.

  In step S152 constituting step S150, the electric field and exposure process formed on the liquid crystal layer 3 before the cured lower plate photocured layer 35 is formed will be described in detail. When a voltage is supplied to the pixel electrode 191 of the lower display panel 100 and the common electrode 270 of the upper display panel 200, an electric field is formed in the liquid crystal layer 3.

  Hereinafter, a method for forming an electric field in the liquid crystal layer 3 according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described. The method includes a method of supplying a direct current (DC) voltage and a method of supplying a multi-step voltage. First, a method of supplying a DC voltage to the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 will be described with reference to FIG. 7A. When the predetermined first voltage V1 is supplied to the gate line 121 and the data line 171 of the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 during the 'TA1' period, the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l are supplied with the first voltage V1. Receive. At this time, a ground voltage or a voltage of about zero volts (0 V) is supplied to the common electrode 270. The 'TA1' period is about 1 to 300 seconds, more preferably about 100 seconds. The first voltage V1 is about 5V to 20V, and more specifically about 7V to 15V.

  Hereinafter, the movement of the liquid crystal molecules 31 arranged by the electric field generated in the liquid crystal layer 3 during the “TA1” period will be described in detail. The 'TA1' period is a period in which liquid crystal molecules are arranged in the fringe electric field direction. An electric field is generated in the liquid crystal layer 3 by the difference between the voltage supplied to the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l and the voltage supplied to the common electrode 270, and liquid crystal molecules having refractive index anisotropy are arranged by this electric field. The edge pixel electrode composed of the micro branches 197h and 197l and the micro slits 199h and 199l and the edge pixel electrode composed of the vertical connection portions 193h and 193l and the horizontal connection portions 194h and 194l shown in FIG. The electric field is formed by the liquid crystal layer 3. Due to the fringe electric field, the long axis of the liquid crystal molecules 31 tends to tilt in the direction perpendicular to the edges of the fine branches 197.

  Next, the directions of the horizontal components of the fringe electric field generated by the edges of the adjacent micro branches 197h and 197l are opposite to each other, and the interval W between the micro branches 197h and 197l, that is, the width W of the micro slits 199h and 199l is Since it is narrow, the liquid crystal molecules 31 tend to tilt in the electric field direction due to the horizontal component. However, since the strength of the fringe electric field by the edges of the vertical connection portions 193h and 193l and the horizontal connection portions 194h and 194l of the pixel electrode 191 is larger than the strength of the fringe electric field by the edges of the fine branches 197h and 197l, the liquid crystal molecules 31 are eventually The micro branches 197h and 197l are inclined parallel to the length direction. That is, the liquid crystal molecules 31 are inclined in parallel to the normal direction of the relatively large fringe electric field, that is, the length direction of the fine branches 197h and 197l. The liquid crystal molecules 31 in the region where the parallel micro branches 197 are present form one domain by making the tilt angles in the same direction. Since the fine branch 197 extends in four directions in the first subpixel or the second subpixel shown in FIG. 3, the liquid crystal molecules 31 in the vicinity of the pixel electrode 191 are inclined in four directions, and each subpixel. 191h, 191l have four domains. When one pixel PX has a large number of domains, the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device is improved.

  Thereafter, a predetermined exposure voltage is supplied during a period “TD1” in which the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 is irradiated with light, whereby liquid crystal molecules are arranged in a stable state, and an electric field exposure process is performed during this period. Is done. The exposure voltage may be the same as the first voltage V1 in the “TA1” period. The 'TD1' period is about 50 seconds to 150 seconds, more preferably about 90 seconds.

  In another embodiment, the pixel electrode 191 may be supplied with a ground voltage or a voltage of about 0V, and the common electrode 270 may be supplied with a first voltage V1 or an exposure voltage.

  Referring to FIG. 7B, a method for supplying a multi-step voltage to the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. In the following description, the movement of the liquid crystal molecules 31 due to the electric field generated in the liquid crystal layer 3 has been described in detail in the “TA1” period of FIG.

  When the predetermined second voltage (having a low voltage) V2 is supplied to the gate line 121 and the data line 171 during the 'TA2' period, the second voltage is set to the second subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l. To be supplied. A ground voltage or about zero volts (0V) voltage is supplied to the common electrode 270. The second voltage is a voltage in the ‘TA2’ period, and includes a low voltage and a high voltage (V2). The second voltage is alternately supplied to the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l and has a frequency of about 0.1 to 120 Hz. The low voltage can be ground voltage or 0V. The high voltage (V2) is preferably higher than the maximum driving voltage of the liquid crystal display device, and the high voltage (V2) is about 5V to 60V, more specifically, about 30V to 50V. The 'TA2' period is about 1 to 300 seconds, more preferably about 60 seconds. The time during which the low voltage or the high voltage (V2) is held during the 'TA2' period is about 1 second.

  As described above, an electric field is formed in the liquid crystal layer 3 due to a voltage difference between the voltage supplied to the subpixel electrodes 191 h and 191 l and the voltage supplied to the common electrode 270. When this electric field is formed in the liquid crystal layer 3, the liquid crystal molecules 31 are inclined in a direction parallel to the length direction of the fine branches 197h and 197l, and when no electric field is formed, the liquid crystal molecules 31 are displayed on the upper display. They are arranged in a direction perpendicular to the panel 100 or the lower display panel 200. By alternately supplying a low voltage and a high voltage (V2) to the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l, the electric field applied to the liquid crystal molecules 31 of the liquid crystal layer 3 is switched on (ON) and off (OFF). The liquid crystal molecules 31 that are initially vertically aligned can be uniformly aligned in a desired tilt direction.

  Thereafter, a voltage gradually increasing from a low voltage to a high voltage V2 is supplied during the period of ‘TB2’, whereby liquid crystal molecules are gradually aligned. The 'TB2' period may be about 1 second to about 100 seconds, more preferably about 30 seconds. During the 'TB2' period, the liquid crystal molecules 31 lie in the vertical alignment with time and sequentially lie in a direction parallel to the length direction of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191. This can occur when a rapid electric field is formed in the liquid crystal layer 3.

  In the period ‘TC 2’, the liquid crystal alignment is stabilized after the liquid crystal molecules 31 are tilted in the direction parallel to the length direction of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191. The 'TC2' period is about 1 second to 600 seconds, and more preferably about 40 seconds. The state in which the high voltage (V2) is supplied during the ‘TC2’ period is maintained.

  Thereafter, a predetermined exposure voltage is supplied during a period “TD2” when the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 is irradiated with light, whereby liquid crystal molecules are arranged in a stable state, and an electric field exposure process is performed during this period. Is called. The 'TD2' period is about 80 seconds to 200 seconds, more preferably about 150 seconds. The exposure voltage can be the same as the final voltage of the second voltage (V2). The exposure voltage is about 5V to 60V, and more preferably about 30V to 50V. In one embodiment of the present invention, when the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 3.6 μm, the exposure voltage may be about 20V to 40V, and when the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 3.2 μm, The exposure voltage V3 can be about 10V-30V.

  In another embodiment of the present invention, a ground voltage or a voltage of about 0V may be supplied to the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l, and a predetermined second voltage (0V and V2) may be supplied to the common electrode 270.

  In the next step S154, after the above-described DC or multi-step voltage is supplied to the upper display panel 200 and the lower display panel 100, a predetermined electric field is formed in the liquid crystal layer 3, that is, in a TD1 or TD2 period. In the meantime, light is applied to the liquid crystal layer 3 or the lower and upper display panels having alignment reactants, and as a result, a photocured layer is formed. The light applied to the liquid crystal layer 3 can be applied in one or both of the directions of the lower substrate 110 and the upper substrate 210. More preferably, in order to reduce the uncured photocuring agent and form the photocured layer uniformly, the light absorbs or blocks the light on the substrate 110 or the upper display of the lower display panel 100. The light can enter the direction of the substrate 210 of the plate 200.

  Hereinafter, a process in which light is applied to the liquid crystal layer 3 where an electric field is formed, that is, a method in which the lower plate photocured layer 35 is formed by an electric field exposure process will be described in detail. In a state where an electric field is present in the liquid crystal layer 3, the liquid crystal molecules 31 adjacent to the main alignment film 33 are aligned while being inclined in parallel with the direction of the fine branch 197. The photocuring agent present in the liquid crystal layer 3 is cured while having substantially the same inclination angle as the liquid crystal molecules 31 on the main alignment film 33 by the irradiated light, thereby forming the photocured layer 35. The photocuring layer 35 is formed on the main alignment film 33. Even after the removal of the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer 3, the side chain polymer of the photocured layer 35 maintains the directionality of the adjacent liquid crystal molecules 31. The mesogen according to the embodiment of the present invention maintains the orientation of the liquid crystal molecules 31 as it is by inducing ultraviolet (UV) as a photocuring agent or anisotropy of the mesogen at a constant temperature.

The “TD1” or “TD2” period is as described above. The light applied to the liquid crystal layer 3 may be collimated UV, polarized UV, or non-polarized UV. The ultraviolet wavelength can be about 300 nm to 400 nm. Light energy is about ^{0.5J / cm 2 ~40J / cm 2} , more preferably about 5 J / cm ^2. The light that cures the photocuring agent and the sealant can be at different wavelengths and energies.

  Thus, when the liquid crystal molecules 31 maintain a pretilt angle in the direction parallel to the length direction of the fine branch 197 by the polymer of the photocuring layer 35, an electric field is formed by determining the motion direction of the liquid crystal molecules 31. In this case, since the liquid crystal molecules 31 are tilted rapidly, a high response speed (RT) of the liquid crystal display device is guaranteed. The liquid crystal molecules 31 close to the side chain of the photocuring layer 35 have a slightly constant pretilt angle with respect to the vertical direction of the lower display panel 100. 31 may not have a constant pretilt angle. In order to improve the contrast ratio of the liquid crystal display device and prevent light leakage in a no-electric field state, the liquid crystal molecules at the center of the liquid crystal layer 3 are separated from the liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the light-emitting layer 35. May not have a pretilt angle.

In one embodiment of the present invention, an uncured photocuring agent remaining in the liquid crystal layer 3 induces an afterimage, an uncured photocuring agent present in the liquid crystal layer 3 is removed, or a pretilt angle is set. In order to stabilize the photocured layers 35 and 36, a process of irradiating the liquid crystal layer 3 with light without an electric field formed on the liquid crystal layer 3, that is, a fluorescence exposure process can be performed. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the fluorescence exposure step can be irradiated for about 20 minutes to about 80 minutes, more desirably about 40 minutes. At this time, the wavelength of light to be irradiated is about 300nm~ about 390 nm, at 310nm wavelength, intensity of light may be ultraviolet is about 0.05 mW / cm ² ~ about 0.4 mW / cm ^2.

  In another embodiment of the present invention, the intensity of the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer 3, the level of the pixel voltage, the time of the voltage supplied to the pixel PX, the light energy, the light irradiation amount, the light irradiation time, or a combination thereof Accordingly, the lower plate photo-curing layer 35 or the upper plate photo-curing layer 36 having side chains with various pretilt angles can be formed. In one embodiment, the first sub-pixel 190h and the second sub-pixel 190h having the photocuring layer 35 having different pre-tilt angles by electric field exposure in a state where the exposure voltages are supplied to the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l. A subpixel 190l may be formed. In another embodiment, at least one of the basic color pixels constituting the basic pixel group PS, for example, a blue pixel has a photo-curing layer having a pretilt angle different from the pretilt angle of the other pixels. Different exposure voltages or different electric field exposure steps can be applied according to the pixel.

  A polarizer (not shown) is attached to the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 assembled with a sealant. As described above, the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 manufactured with the photocuring agent included in the liquid crystal layer 3 has SVA mode characteristics.

SC-VA mode (Surface-Controlled Alignment Mode)
Embodiment 1
Hereinafter, a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 based on the SC-VA mode will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 6B, 8A to 8E, and 9A and 9B. A detailed description overlapping with the method of manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 based on the SVA mode will be omitted for convenience of description, and the method of manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 characterized by the SC-VA mode will be described in detail.

  FIG. 6B is a flowchart illustrating a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 based on the SC-VA mode using the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 manufactured in association with FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B. It is. 8A to 8E are cross-sectional views sequentially illustrating a process of forming a lower alignment film 291 of the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 based on the SC-VA mode according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is a figure which shows roughly the step which forms the photocuring layer 35 by hardening | curing a surface photocuring agent.

  In the first steps S210 and S220, the manufacture of the lower display panel 100 having the pixel electrode 191 and the upper display panel 200 having the common electrode 270 has already been described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B.

  In the next steps S231 and S232, the surface photocuring agent layer 35a and the main alignment film 33 are formed on the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270, respectively.

  With reference to FIG. 8A thru | or FIG. 8E, the process of forming the lower board main orientation film 33 and the surface photocuring agent layer 35a is demonstrated in detail. Referring to FIG. 8A, a surface alignment reactant 10 composed of a surface light curing agent (not shown) and a surface main alignment material (not shown) is formed on the pixel electrode 191 by inkjet printing or roll printing. . The surface alignment reactant 10 may be formed in the inner region of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 and may be partially applied to the outer region. The other lower layers of the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270 are the same as those described above, and thus are omitted. That is, the surface alignment reactant 10 is a mixture or compound of a surface photocuring agent and a surface main alignment material. The surface main alignment material is a vertical alignment material that vertically aligns the liquid crystal molecules 31 with respect to the plane of the substrate or the pixel electrode 191. The surface light curing agent is a substance that is cured so as to pretilt the liquid crystal molecules 31 in a specific tilt direction with respect to the plane of the substrate or the pixel electrode 191. The material of the surface main alignment material and the surface light curing agent will be described later.

  Referring to FIG. 8B, the surface alignment reactant 10 formed on the pixel electrode 191 is primarily heated at a low temperature. The primary heating step is performed at about 80 ° C. to about 110 ° C., more preferably about 95 ° C. for about 100 seconds to about 140 seconds, more preferably about 120 seconds. In the primary heating, the solvent of the surface alignment reactant 10 is vaporized. Referring to FIG. 8C, the surface alignment reactant 10 is phase-separated into a surface main alignment material layer 33a having a surface main alignment material and a surface photocuring agent layer 35a having a surface photocuring agent. In the surface alignment reactant 10, a material having a relatively large polarity based on the polarity difference moves to the periphery of the pixel electrode 191 to become a surface main alignment material layer 33 a having the surface main alignment material, The substance having a small polarity moves to the surface main alignment material layer 33a to become a surface photocuring agent layer 35a having a surface photocuring agent. The surface main alignment material has a relatively large polarity and aligns the liquid crystal molecules 31 perpendicular to the plane of the substrate or the pixel electrode 191. The surface light curing agent layer 35a has a relatively small polarity because it includes an alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer having a nonpolar action that weakens the side chain polarity.

  Referring to FIGS. 8D and 8E, when the surface main alignment material layer 33a and the surface photocuring agent layer 35a in which phase separation has occurred are secondarily heated at a high temperature, the liquid crystal molecules 31 have a relatively large polarity at the bottom. Is formed perpendicularly to the plane of the substrate or pixel electrode 191, and a surface light curing agent layer 35a having a relatively small polarity is formed thereon. As a result, the main alignment film 33 and the surface photocuring agent layer 35a have different polar values. The secondary heating step may be performed at about 200 ° C. to about 240 ° C., more preferably about 220 ° C. for about 1000 seconds to about 1400 seconds, more desirably about 1200 seconds.

  In the embodiment of the present invention, the primary heating step may be omitted when the surface main alignment material layer 33a having the surface main alignment material and the surface photocured layer 35a are individually formed in the lower layer and the upper layer.

  Hereinafter, the surface light curing agent and the surface main alignment material will be described in detail. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the surface main alignment material in the surface alignment reactant 10 is about 85 mol% to 95 mol%, the surface photocuring agent is about 5 mol% to 15 mol%, and more. Specifically, the surface main alignment material is about 90 mol%, and the surface photocuring agent is about 10 mol%. The mol% composition ratio of the surface main alignment material and the surface photocuring agent is mol% with respect to the surface alignment reactant 10 excluding the solvent, respectively, or after phase separation into the main alignment film 33 and the photocuring agent layer 35a or the main alignment film. Even after 33 and the photocuring layer 35 are formed, the mole% composition ratio of the surface main alignment material and the surface photocuring agent is substantially the same.

  In one embodiment of the present invention, the surface light curing agent has the reactive mesogen described above. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a solvent is added to the surface alignment reactant 10 in order to improve the printability of the surface alignment reactant 10 being applied in a wide and thin manner to extend well to the lower or upper display panel. Can. In addition, the solvent easily dissolves or mixes the material constituting the surface alignment reactant 10. Solvents are chlorobenzene, dimethyl sulfoxide, dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, ethyl methoxy butanol, Methyl ethoxy butanol, toluene, chloroform, gamma-butyrolactone, methyl cellosolve, butyl cellosolve, butyl carbitol ), Tetrahydrofuran (tetrahydrofuran), and combinations thereof, and other materials can be selected as solvents without departing from the scope and spirit of the present invention. Those who have ordinary knowledge It can will be readily understood. The solvent described above may be applied to the main alignment material, the surface alignment reactant 10 or the polarization alignment reactant described above or described below. This solvent can be vaporized by the primary heating, secondary heating, preheating, or post-heating steps described above or below.

  Surface primary alignment materials include dianhydride-based monomers such as alicyclic dianhydride-based monomers, aromatic diamine monomers, and aliphatic ring substitution. The polymer may include a diamine-based monomer such as an aromatic diamine-based monomer, and a cross-linker such as an aromatic epoxide-based monomer.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer contained in the surface main alignment material may be about 39.5 mol% to 49.5 mol% in the surface alignment reactant 10. The monomer may be about 30.5 mol% to 40.5 mol% in the surface alignment reactant 10, and the aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine-based monomer is about 7.5 in the surface alignment reactant 10. The aromatic epoxide-based monomer may be about 0.5 to 1.5 mol% in the surface alignment reactant 10.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer may be a monomer represented by any one of the following chemical formulas I to V. The alicyclic dianhydride monomer allows the polymer contained in the surface main alignment material to be well dissolved in the solvent and enhances the electro-optical characteristics of the surface main alignment material.

  Formula I

  Formula II

  Formula III

  Formula IV

  Formula V

  The aromatic diamine-based monomer may be a monomer represented by the following chemical formula VI. The aromatic diamine-based monomer in the surface main alignment material allows the polymer contained in the surface main alignment material to be dissolved in the solvent.

  Formula VI

Here, W3 may be any one of the following chemical formulas VII to IX.

  Formula VII

  Formula VIII

  Formula IX

  The aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer may be a monomer represented by the following chemical formula X. The aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer in the surface main alignment material is a vertical alignment component, and improves the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the surface main alignment material.

  Formula X

  Here, W2 may be any one of the following chemical formula XI and chemical formula XII.

  Formula XI

  Formula XII

  The aromatic epoxide monomer may be a monomer represented by the following chemical formula XIII. The aromatic epoxide monomer in the surface main alignment material is bonded to the polymer included in the surface main alignment material and the polymer (reactive mesogen) included in the surface photocuring agent in order to form a crosslinked structure. To be able to. In addition, the aromatic epoxide-based monomer improves film properties, and improves heat resistance and chemical resistance.

  Formula XIII

Here, Z ₃ may be any one of the following chemical formulas XIV and XV.

  Formula XIV

  Formula XV

  The surface main alignment material according to one embodiment may be a polymer series material, such as polysiloxane, polyamic acid, polyimide, nylon, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA). , And at least one of the PVCs.

  Surface photocuring agents include dianhydride monomers such as alicyclic dianhydride monomers, diamine monomers such as photoreactive diamine monomers, alkylated aromatic diamine monomers, And an aromatic diamine monomer.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer contained in the surface photocuring agent may be about 2.5 mol% to 7.5 mol% in the surface alignment reactant 10, and the photoreactive diamine monomer The alignment reactant 10 may be about 0.75 mol% to 2.25 mol%, and the alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer is about 0.75 mol% to 2.25 mol in the surface alignment reactant 10. The aromatic diamine-based monomer may be about 1 mol% to 3 mol% in the surface alignment reactant 10.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer and aromatic diamine monomer contained in the surface photocuring agent are the same as the alicyclic dianhydride monomer and aromatic diamine monomer contained in the surface main alignment material, respectively. obtain.

  The photoreactive diamine-based monomer is a monomer containing a reactive mesogen and functions to determine the direction of the pretilt angle between the photocured layers 35 and 36 and the liquid crystal molecules. In view of the chemical structure, the photoreactive diamine-based monomer may be a monomer represented by the following chemical formula XVI, and more specifically, a monomer represented by the chemical formula XVII.

  Formula XVI

Here, P ₁ is a reactive mesogen, W ₃ is an aromatic ring, and may be any one of Chemical Formula VII to Chemical Formula IX as described above.

  Formula XVII

Here, X is methylene (CH ₂ ), phenylene (C ₆ H ₄ ), biphenylene (C 1 ₂ H ₈ ), cyclohexylene (C ₆ H ₈ ), Bicyclohexylene (C1 ₂ H1 ₆ ) and phenyl-cyclohexylene (C ₆ H ₄ -C ₆ H ₈ ) can be any one, and Y is methylene ( methylene) (CH ₂ ), ether (O), ester (O—C═O or O═C—O), phenylene) (C ₆ H ₄ ), and cyclohexylene (C ₆ H). ₈ ) and Z can be methyl (CH ₃ ) or hydrogen (H). N may be any one integer from 1 to 10.

  The alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer may be a vertical alignment monomer represented by the following chemical formula XVIII. Since the alkylated aromatic diamine monomer of the polymer contained in the surface photocuring agent has a vertical alignment component but contains an alkyl group that does not show polarity in the side chain, the polymer of the surface photocuring agent layer 35a It has a lower polarity than the polymer of the main alignment material layer 33a.

  Formula XVIII

Here, R ′ and R ″ are defined as follows.

W ₅ can be expressed by the following chemical formula XIX.

  Formula XIX

  The aromatic diamine monomer may be a monomer represented by Formula VI to Formula IX. The aromatic diamine monomer allows the polymer constituting the surface light curing agent to be well dissolved in the solvent. The photoinitiator described above can be added to the surface photocuring agent.

  After the secondary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 may be washed with pure water (DeIonized Water: DIW) and additionally washed with isopropyl alcohol (IPA). After the cleaning, the surface alignment reactant 10 is dried.

  In step S240, an upper plate common voltage application point (not shown), a sealing agent, and the liquid crystal layer 3 are formed between the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 on which the surface light curing agent layer 35a and the main alignment film 33 are formed. After being formed, the display panels 100 and 200 are assembled. After drying, the sealant is formed on the lower display panel 100. The sealing agent may be formed in an outer region of the lower display panel 100 where the surface alignment reactant 10 is not formed in order to improve adhesion. On the other hand, the sealing agent may be formed in the outer region of the lower display panel 100 or the upper display panel 200 so as to partially overlap the surface alignment reactant 10. The sealant can include a photoinitiator that is cured by ultraviolet radiation having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm. The photoinitiator that is cured at a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm may be benzyl dimethyl ketal (BDK), Irgacure-651) or the photoinitiator described above.

  After drying, an upper plate common voltage application point (not shown) and a liquid crystal layer are formed on the upper display panel 200. The upper plate common voltage application point receives the common voltage Vcom supplied from the outside, for example, the data driver 500, and supplies the common voltage Vcom to the common electrode 270 formed on the upper display panel 200. The upper plate common voltage application point can directly contact a common voltage application pattern (not shown) formed on the lower display panel 100 and a common electrode 270 formed on the upper display panel 200. The common voltage application pattern may be formed while the pixel electrode layer is formed by receiving the common voltage Vcom by being connected to the data driver 500. The upper plate common voltage application point may be formed in an outer region of the upper display panel where the surface alignment reactant 10 is not formed. The upper plate common voltage application point may have a conductive characteristic and may be formed of a spherical conductor having a diameter of about 4 μm or less. The liquid crystal layer is formed on a region of the upper display panel 200 where the surface alignment reactant 10 is formed, or is formed inside the sealant. The step of forming the upper plate common voltage application point and the liquid crystal layer can be performed simultaneously. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the sealing agent, i.e., the conductive sealing agent, is mixed with the conductor forming the upper plate common voltage application point so that the sealing agent and the upper plate common voltage application point are single. In this process, the same material can be used. At this time, the region of the lower display panel 100 where the conductive sealant is formed may have substantially no data layer conductor pattern in the lower layer of the conductive sealant. Therefore, a short of the pattern of the conductive sealant and the data layer conductor can be prevented.

  After the sealant and the liquid crystal layer are formed, the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled in a vacuum chamber with the sealant.

  In step S250, after an exposure voltage is supplied to the assembled display panels 100 and 200, light is irradiated, that is, the assembled display panels 100 and 200 are subjected to an electric field exposure process. The cured layer 35 is formed on the lower plate main alignment film 33, and the upper plate photocured layer 36 is formed on the upper plate main alignment film 34. The main alignment films 33 and 34 and the photocurable layers 35 and 36 constitute alignment films 291 and 292, respectively.

  After being assembled, about 80% of the sealant is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm or visible light of about 400 nm or more. Ultraviolet rays or visible rays can be applied to the sealant by being incident from the outside of the lower display panel. The shielding mask is located between the sealant and the ultraviolet light source, and blocks the ultraviolet rays so that the ultraviolet rays (UV) are not irradiated to the portion outside the sealant. When the photo-curing agent around the sealing agent is cured by removing the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the sealing agent, the liquid-curing agent around the sealing agent is pre-cured. May have defects. The photocuring agent around the sealant may be a photocuring agent that forms the alignment film or a photocuring agent that exists in the liquid crystal layer. Visible light can be applied to the sealant without a shielding mask.

  After this, the sealant is heat cured at about 100 ° C. for about 70 minutes.

  After being assembled, in order to improve the fuzziness and uniformity of the liquid crystal molecules, the lower and upper display panels are placed in a chamber of about 100 ° C. to about 120 ° C. for about 60 minutes to about 80 minutes. Annealing is performed during this period.

  Since the exposure voltage is supplied to the assembled display panels 100 and 200 after annealing and the electric field is formed by the liquid crystal layer 3 (step S252) is substantially the same as step S152 of the SVA mode manufacturing method. The description is omitted.

  In the next step S254, a process in which the photocured layer 35 is formed by an electric field exposure process in which light is assembled on the assembled liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 while an electric field is being formed will be described. In step S254, the process of irradiating light and the process of aligning the liquid crystal molecules 31 by the photocuring layer 35 are the same as in step S154 in the SVA mode, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted. In order to reduce the uncured photocuring agent and form the photocured layer uniformly, the light irradiated to the photocuring agent layer 35a is a substrate of the lower display panel 100 that absorbs or blocks light. 110 or the substrate 210 of the upper display panel 200.

  Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 9A and FIG. 9B, a process in which the surface photocuring agent layer 35 a formed on the main alignment film 33 becomes the photocuring layer 35 when receiving light will be described in detail.

  When the electric field is formed by the liquid crystal layer 3, the surface photocuring agent 43 of the surface photocuring agent layer 35 a is arranged in substantially the same direction as the peripheral liquid crystal molecules 31. The liquid crystal molecules 31 are cured in substantially the same direction. The surface photocuring agent 43 arranged and cured in this way forms a photocuring layer 35, whereby the liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the photocuring layer 35 have a pretilt angle. The surface light curing agent 43 shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B is a polymer compound in which a monomer including a vertical alignment monomer 41 constituting a surface main alignment material and a reactive mesogen is chemically bonded. When irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the surface photocuring agent 43 having a reactive mesogen has double bonds formed by ultraviolet rays (UV), and the side chain network 40 is additionally formed. By such a reaction, the surface photocuring agent 43 forms the photocured layer 35 by curing with ultraviolet irradiation. As a result, the photocurable layer 35 aligned in a direction slightly inclined with respect to the normal direction of the lower substrate 110 is formed on the main alignment film 33 that vertically aligns the liquid crystal molecules 31. In order to cure the uncured photocuring agent and stabilize the photocured layer, the above-described fluorescence exposure process can be performed.

  As described above in connection with the SVA mode, the photocured layer 35 is cured in a state of being aligned along the tilt direction of the liquid crystal molecules 31, so that the liquid crystal molecules can be obtained even when no electric field is applied to the liquid crystal layer 3. 31 has a pretilt angle in an inclination direction parallel to the length direction of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191.

  The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 manufactured in this way has SC-VA mode characteristics. When the liquid crystal display device is manufactured according to the SC-VA mode, the photocuring agent is not present in the liquid crystal layer 3 but is present around the main alignment film 33, so that the uncured photocuring remaining in the liquid crystal layer 3. The agent is dramatically reduced. Therefore, a liquid crystal display device having SC-VA mode characteristics has excellent quality by improving afterimage defects. In addition, since the step of irradiating light in a non-electric field state can be omitted to cure the uncured photocuring agent, the manufacturing cost of the liquid crystal display device is reduced.

  Hereinafter, the characteristics of the liquid crystal display device manufactured by the SC-VA mode will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 10 and Tables 2 and 3. Table 2 shows the characteristics of the SC-VA mode liquid crystal display device according to the change in the component ratio of the surface main alignment material and the surface photocuring agent contained in the surface alignment reactant 10.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer constituting the surface main alignment material applied in this experiment is tricyclohexyl dianhydride, and the aromatic diamine monomer is terphenyl diamine. The aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine-based monomer is cholesteryl benzenediamine, and the aromatic epoxide-based monomer is a hexaepoxy benzene derivative.

  In addition, the alicyclic dianhydride monomer constituting the surface photo-curing agent applied in this experiment is tricyclo-hexyl dianhydride, and the photoreactive diamine monomer is monomethacrylbenzenediamine. (Mono-methacrylic benzenediamine), the alkylated aromatic diamine monomer is mono-alkylated phenylcyclohexy benzenediamine, and the aromatic diamine monomer is hexaepoxy. It is a benzene derivative (hexaepoxy benzene derivative).

The structure of the pixel (PX) is substantially the same as the structure of FIG. The width of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191 is about 3 μm, and the cell interval of the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 3.6 μm. The exposure voltage is about 7.5 V, and the intensity of ultraviolet rays in the electric field exposure is about 5 J / cm ² . The liquid crystal display device operates by driving one gate line and one data line (1G1D) based on charge sharing described later with reference to FIG. Other conditions are the same as those applied to the liquid crystal display device based on the SC-VA mode described above.

Referring to Table 2, as can be seen from Experimental Example 2, the surface main alignment material in the surface alignment reactant 10 is about 85 mol% to 95 mol%, and the surface photocuring agent is about 5 mol% to 15 mol%. In this case, the response speed of the liquid crystal display device was about 0.0079 seconds, and no afterimage was generated until 168 hours. Therefore, better results were obtained than in other experimental examples.

  Table 3 shows the characteristics of the liquid crystal display device of the SC-VA mode according to the change in the component ratio of the photoreactive diamine-based reactive mesogen and the alkylated aromatic diamine-based vertical alignment monomer contained in the surface photocuring agent. The reactive mesogen applied in this experiment was mono-methacrylic benzenediamine, and the vertical alignment monomer was monoalkylated phenylcyclohexylbenzenediamine. Other conditions are the same as those applied to the liquid crystal display device of Table 2 described above.

Referring to Table 3, as can be seen from Experimental Example 7, in the surface alignment reactant 10, the reactive mesogen (RM) and the vertical alignment monomer are about 0.75 mol% to 2.25 mol% and about 0.02 mol%, respectively. In the case of 75 mol% to 2.25 mol%, the response speed of the liquid crystal display device was about 0.0079 seconds, and no light leakage occurred in the black state. Therefore, it can be seen that Experimental Example 7 has superior characteristics compared to the other experimental examples.

  FIG. 10 is a scanning electron microscope (SEM) photograph obtained by photographing one pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device characterized by the SC-VA mode according to time. The composition of the surface alignment reactant 10 applied to manufacture the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 10 is as follows.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer, ie, tricyclohexyl dianhydride, contained in the surface main alignment material is about 45 mol%, and is an aromatic diamine monomer. That is, terphenyl diamine is about 36 mol%, and an aliphatic ring substituted aromatic diamine monomer, that is, cholesteryl benzenediamine is about 9 mol. The aromatic epoxide monomer, that is, the hexaepoxy benzene derivative is about 1.25 mol%. The surface photocuring agent alicyclic dianhydride monomer, i.e., tricyclohexyl dianhydride, is about 5 mol%, and the photoreactive diamine monomer, i.e., monomethacrylbenzenediamine, is about 1.5 mol%. The alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, i.e., monoalkylated phenylcyclohexylbenzenediamine, is about 1.5 mol%, and the aromatic diamine monomer, i.e., hexaepoxybenzene derivative, is about 2 mol%. It is. Other conditions are the same as those applied to the liquid crystal display device described in connection with Table 2 above. The mol% of each component applied to the liquid crystal display device described in connection with Table 2, Table 3, and FIG. 10 is the mol% with respect to the surface alignment reactant 10, and the solvent is a component of the surface alignment reactant 10. Not included in the ratio.

  As can be seen from FIG. 10, the texture did not occur in the picture of the pixel PX taken from 0 seconds to 0.048 seconds. The response speed between gradations of the liquid crystal display device is about 0.008 seconds. Thus, the liquid crystal display device manufactured in the SC-VA mode described above has a fast response speed and good quality characteristics because no afterimage and light leakage occurred for a long time.

Embodiment 2
The alignment film of the liquid crystal display device according to the embodiment of the present invention has negative electrical characteristics. The photocuring layers 35 and 36 constituting the alignment film have negative electric characteristics, and the photocuring layers 35 and 36 having negative electric characteristics are formed by curing the surface alignment reactant 10. Since a substance such as a fluorine atom (F) is bonded to a part of a molecule constituting the photocuring agent, the surface alignment reactant 10 can have negative electrical characteristics. Since the photocuring layers 35 and 36 have negative electrical characteristics, the polymer having the negative electrical characteristics constituting the photocuring layers 35 and 36 and the liquid crystal molecules on the liquid crystal layer are simultaneously aligned by the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer. Can be. As a result, the photocured layers 35 and 36 can have a more uniform pretilt angle. In addition, when the liquid crystal display device is driven, the liquid crystal molecules on the liquid crystal layer and the photocuring layer having negative electrical characteristics move simultaneously by the electric field, so that a high response speed of the liquid crystal display device can be ensured.

  The present embodiment is substantially different from the above-described manufacturing method based on the SC-VA mode in that the surface alignment reactant 10 forms an alignment film, unlike the material constituting the surface alignment reactant 10 and FIG. 8C. Phase separation may not occur. Other than the characteristic features of the present embodiment are substantially the same as those in the manufacturing method based on the SC-VA mode described above. Omitted. Since the upper plate alignment film 292 and the lower plate alignment film 291 are formed in substantially the same manner, the step of forming the alignment film according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail without distinguishing the alignment films 292 and 291. To do.

  Hereinafter, a process of forming an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics will be described in detail. Each of the lower display panel 100 having the pixel electrode 191 and the upper display panel 200 having the common electrode 270 is manufactured by the method described above or described later.

  A surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics, which will be described later, is applied on the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270 according to the above-described method. The surface alignment reactant 10 may be formed in the inner region of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 and may be partially applied to the outer region.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 is a compound obtained by chemically combining a photocuring agent, which is a bonded substance exhibiting negative electrical characteristics, and a substance that forms the main alignment film. Has electrical properties. The photo-curing agent is a substance that, when cured as described above, causes the liquid crystal molecules 31 to pre-tilt in a certain tilt direction with respect to the planes of the substrates 110 and 210 or the pixel electrode 191. Layers 35 and 36 are formed. The photocuring agent can be bonded to the side chain of the material forming the main alignment film. The photocuring agent may be at least one material selected from the photoreactive polymers, reactive mesogens, photopolymerization materials, photoisomerization materials, and compounds or mixtures thereof described above. The reactive mesogen having negative electrical characteristics according to an embodiment of the present invention is a photoreactive fluorinated diamine monomer described below.

  As described above, the material that forms the main alignment film is a vertical alignment material that aligns the liquid crystal molecules 31 in a direction perpendicular to the planes of the substrates 110 and 210 or the pixel electrode 191. The substance forming the main alignment film may be a compound of an alicyclic dianhydride monomer and an aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer. The material forming the main alignment layer may include an aromatic diamine monomer or a crosslinker, and may be the surface main alignment material 32a described above.

  Hereinafter, the surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. The surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics includes a dianhydride monomer such as an alicyclic dianhydride monomer, a photoreactive fluorinated diamine monomer, an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, and an aromatic diamine. It may be a polymer containing a diamine monomer such as an aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer and a crosslinking agent such as an aromatic epoxide monomer.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics according to an embodiment of the present invention is a mixture in which a polyimide (PI) compound and a crosslinking agent are mixed. The polyimide compound is a compound in which monomers constituting a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded. When a polyimide compound is mixed with a dianhydride monomer and a monomer contained in a diamine monomer in a polar solvent and dissolved, the amino group of the monomer contained in the diamine monomer is an acid anhydride of the dianhydride monomer. It can be produced by an imidization reaction that nucleophilic attacks a substance group. The monomer constituting the diamine monomer, that is, the photoreactive fluorinated diamine monomer, the alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, the aromatic diamine monomer, and the aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer are not subjected to the imidization reaction. To be mixed.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical properties can be from about 44 mole percent to about 54 mole percent, and more desirably about 49 mole percent alicyclic dianhydride-based monomer and about 0.5 mole percent. To about 1.5 mole%, more desirably about 1 mole% of the photoreactive fluorinated diamine-based monomer and about 12 mole% to about 18 mole%, more desirably about 15 moles. % Alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer, and can be from about 25 mol% to about 35 mol%, more desirably from about 30 mol% aromatic diamine-based monomer, from about 2 mol% to about 6 mol%. More desirably, about 4 mole percent aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine-based monomer and about 0.5 mole percent to about 1.5 mole percent, more desirably about 1 mole percent aromatic. Group epoxide monomers. The mol% composition ratio of the surface alignment reactant 10 is mol% excluding the solvent.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer is the same as described above in connection with FIG. 6B. The alicyclic dianhydride monomer allows the polymer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 to be well dissolved in a solvent, and improves the electro-optical characteristics of the alignment film, for example, the voltage holding ratio (VHR). Reduce the DC (Residual Direct Current: RDC) voltage. The voltage holding ratio means the degree to which the liquid crystal layer holds the charged voltage while the data voltage is not applied to the pixel electrode, and is ideal as the voltage holding ratio is closer to 100%. The higher the voltage holding ratio, the better the image quality characteristics of the liquid crystal display device. The residual DC voltage means a voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer even when there is no voltage applied from the outside due to the ionized impurities in the liquid crystal layer adsorbed on the alignment film. The image quality characteristics of the display device are improved.

  The photoreactive fluorinated diamine-based monomer forms the photocured layers 35 and 36 by being cured by ultraviolet rays. Since the fluorine atom (F) is bonded in a specific direction of benzene, the photoreactive fluorinated diamine monomer has negative electrical characteristics. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the chemical structure of the photoreactive fluorinated diamine-based monomer may be a monomer represented by the following structural formula XVI-F, and more specifically represented by the structural formula XVII-F. Monomethacrylic fluorinated benzenediamine monomer.

  Structural formula XVI-F

Here, P2 is a fluorinated aryl acrylate-based reactive mesogen, and the following structural formulas XVI-F-P2-11, XVI-F-P2-21, and XVI-F- It may be selected from P2-22, XVI-F-P2-23, XVI-F-P2-31, XVI-F-P2-32, XVI-F-P2-41 and mixtures thereof. W ₃ is an aromatic ring and may be any one of Structural Formula VII to Structural Formula IX described in connection with FIG. 6B. R ′ has been described in connection with FIG. 6B.

  Structural Formula XVI-F-P2-11

  Structural Formula XVI-F-P2-21

  Structural formula XVI-F-P2-22

  Structural Formula XVI-F-P2-23

  Structural formula XVI-F-P2-31

  Structural Formula XVI-F-P2-32

  Structural formula XVI-F-P2-41

  Here, P2 has negative electrical characteristics due to the bonding of fluorine (F) atoms with benzene.

  Mono-methacrylic fluorinated benzene diamine monomer is represented by the following structural formula XVII-F.

  Structural formula XVII-F

  Here, n may be any one integer from 1 to 6.

  Monomethacryl fluorinated benzene diamine monomer is obtained by mixing the mono-methacrylic hydroxy fluorinated biphenyl intermediate and the bromoalkyl benzenediamine derivative in a polar solvent. It can be produced by allowing the group to nucleophilic attack the bromo group of the diamine derivative, thereby leaving the bromo group. Monomethacrylhydroxyfluorinated biphenyl intermediates can be synthesized by esterification reaction when methacrylic chloride and dihydroxy fluorinated biphenyl molecules are mixed in a polar solvent. .

  The alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer is similar to the material described above in connection with FIG. 6B. The alkylated aromatic diamine monomer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 is a vertical alignment monomer. The alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer can have nonpolar characteristics.

  The aromatic diamine-based monomer is similar to the material described above in connection with FIG. 6B. The aromatic diamine monomer allows the polymer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 to be well dissolved in the solvent.

  The aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine-based monomer is similar to the material described above in connection with FIG. 6B. The aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer is a vertical alignment monomer that vertically aligns liquid crystal molecules with respect to the lower display panel or the upper display panel.

  The aromatic epoxide-based monomer is similar to the material described above in connection with FIG. 6B. Aromatic epoxide monomers allow dianhydride monomers and diamine monomers to be combined to form a crosslinked structure, or dianhydride monomers with diamine monomers bonded And dianhydride monomer can be combined. The aromatic epoxide monomer improves film physical properties and improves heat resistance and chemical resistance.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics can include a photoinitiator. The photoinitiator is the same as described above, or α-hydroxyketone (Irgacure-127, Ciba, Switzerland), methyl benzoyl formate (Irgacure-754, Ciba, Switzerland), acrylic Lophosphine oxide (Irgacure-819, Ciba, Switzerland), titanocene (Titanocene: Irgacure-784, Ciba, Switzerland), α-aminoacetophenone (α-aminoacetophenone: Irgacure-369, Ciba, Switzerland), α- Aminoketone (α-aminoketone: Irgacure-379, Ciba, Switzerland), α-hydroxyketone (α-hydroxyketone: Irgacure-2959, Ciba, Switzerland), oxime ester (Oxime ester: Irgacure-OXE01, Ciba, Switzerland), oxime ester (Oxime ester: Irgacure-OXE02, Ciba, Switzerland), or Acrylophosphine oxide (Irgacure-TPO, Ciba, Switzerland).

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a reactive mesogen having negative electrical characteristics to which chlorine atoms (cl) or chlorine molecules (cl2) are bonded. obtain.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics according to an embodiment of the present invention may be composed of a compound in which a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 may be formed by mixing the cross-linking agent and the surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics according to an embodiment of the present invention.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention may be a mixture of a reactive mesogen having negative electrical characteristics and a material forming a main alignment layer.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention may be applied so as to be in direct contact with a spacer, a color filter, or an insulating film in some regions.

  The applied surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics is heated by the primary heating process described above. During the primary heating, the reactive mesogen component constituting the surface alignment reactant 10 and the monomer of the vertical alignment component forming the main alignment film are aligned in the vertical direction with respect to the lower film. In addition, reactive mesogen molecules linked to the side chains of the substances constituting the surface alignment reactant 10 can be expressed on the surface of the surface alignment reactant 10. The surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics during the primary heating may not have the phase separation phenomenon as described above in connection with FIG. 8C.

  After the primary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics is heated by the secondary heating process described above. During the secondary heating, the solvent of the surface alignment reactant 10 evaporates, and the cross-linking agent forms a cross-linked structure, thereby forming a main alignment film.

  After the secondary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics can be washed with pure water (DIW) and additionally washed with isopropyl alcohol (IPA). After the cleaning, the surface alignment reactant 10 is dried.

  After drying, the sealant is formed on the lower display panel 100. Similar to the above-described method, the sealant is formed in the outer region of the lower display panel 100 or in the outer region of the lower display panel 100 or the upper display panel 200 so as to partially overlap the surface alignment reactant 10. Can be formed. The sealant can be the above-described material, and can be cured by ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm or visible light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more described later.

  After drying, an upper plate common voltage application point (not shown) and a liquid crystal layer are formed on the upper display panel 200 by the method described above.

  After the sealant and the liquid crystal layer are formed, the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled with the sealant in a vacuum chamber.

  After being assembled, about 80% of the sealant is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm or visible light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more.

  After this, the sealant is heat cured at about 100 ° C. for about 70 minutes.

  After being assembled, in order to improve the fuzziness and uniformity of the liquid crystal molecules, the lower and upper display panels are placed in a chamber of about 100 ° C. to about 120 ° C. for about 60 minutes to about 80 minutes. Annealing is performed during

  After the annealing, the voltage is supplied to the pixel electrode and the common electrode of the display panels 100 and 200 by the above-described DC voltage or multi-step voltage supply method in connection with FIGS. 7A and 7B. The process of forming the electric field with the liquid crystal layer is similar to that described above in connection with FIGS. 7A and 7B. Reactive mesogens that do not have negative electrical properties are oriented to tilt in the electric field through interaction with liquid crystal molecules. However, since the reactive mesogen molecules according to the present invention have negative electrical characteristics, they are aligned with the liquid crystal molecules so as to be inclined in the electric field. Accordingly, reactive mesogens having negative electrical properties have the advantage that they can be more easily and uniformly oriented.

  While the liquid crystal molecules and the reactive mesogenic polymer are aligned at a certain tilt angle, an electric field exposure process is performed in which light is applied to the liquid crystal panel assembly. The method of forming the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules 31 by the electric field exposure process and the photocured layers 35 and 36 is substantially the same as step S254 described above, and will be described briefly.

  When ultraviolet rays are incident while the reactive mesogenic polymer and the liquid crystal molecules are aligned so as to be inclined, the reactive mesogens are cured in substantially the same direction as the peripheral liquid crystal molecules 31 by the incident ultraviolet rays. . What forms the photocured layers 35 and 36 when the acrylate reactive group of the reactive mesogen is crosslinked or cured by ultraviolet rays is as described above. The reactive mesogen cured in such an aligned state forms photocured layers 35 and 36 on the main alignment film, and the liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the photocured layers 35 and 36 are cured reactive mesogens. Has a pretilt angle. The main alignment film formed in the secondary heating step and the photocured layers 35 and 36 formed by photocuring constitute an alignment film.

  The fluorescence exposure process described above may be performed according to an embodiment of the present invention.

  The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 manufactured in this manner has the photo-curing layers 35 and 36 having the characteristics of the SC-VA mode described above with reference to FIG. 6B and having a more uniform pretilt angle. That is, compared with the non-polar photocured layer of the prior art, the photocured layers 35 and 36 of the present invention have an advantage of forming the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules uniformly. In addition, when the liquid crystal display device is driven, the photocured layer having negative electrical characteristics is controlled by the electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer, and the controlled photocured layer controls the liquid crystal molecules in order to control the liquid crystal molecules. Speed increases. As a result, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention can reduce the occurrence of texture and improve the moving image characteristics by high-speed driving. In addition, since the reactive mesogen has negative electrical characteristics, the photocured layers 35 and 36 can be formed with a low exposure voltage.

  In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the polymer of the vertical alignment component forming the main alignment film, for example, the alkylated aromatic diamine monomer constituting the diamine monomer may have negative electrical characteristics. A vertically aligned polymer having negative electrical properties facilitates fast movement of liquid crystal molecules controlled by an electric field. As a result, a liquid crystal display device having a vertically aligned polymer can have a fast response speed characteristic.

  In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the monomer for forming the photocured layer or the monomer for the vertical alignment component forming the main alignment layer may have positive electrical characteristics. The alignment film having positive electric characteristics has the same effect as the alignment film having negative electric characteristics described above.

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the monomer for forming the photocuring layer or the monomer for the vertical alignment component forming the main alignment layer may have a characteristic of negative or positive dielectric anisotropy. The characteristic of negative or positive dielectric anisotropy can occur because it includes a material that is polarized by an electric field formed in the liquid crystal layer. An alignment film having negative or positive dielectric anisotropy characteristics has the same effect as the alignment film having negative electrical characteristics described above.

  Hereinafter, characteristics of a liquid crystal display device having an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics manufactured by the above-described method will be described. The alignment film having negative electrical characteristics is formed by the surface alignment reactant 10 having a reactive mesogen to which a fluorine atom (F) is bonded.

  In order to manufacture a liquid crystal display device, the surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics is photoreactive with about 49 mol% of tricyclohexyl dianhydride as an alicyclic dianhydride monomer. About 1 mol% of mono-methacrylic fluorinated benzenediamine as a photo-reactive fluorinated diamine monomer and about 15 as an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer. Mol% mono-alkylated phenylcyclohexy benzenediamine, about 30 mol% terphenyldiamine as an aromatic diamine monomer, and about 4 as an aliphatic ring-substituted aromatic diamine monomer. Mol% cholesterylbenzenediamine and aromatic epoxide Composed of about 1 mole percent of hexamethylene epoxy benzene derivative as mer. The mol% of each component is mol% with respect to the surface alignment reactant 10, and the solvent is not included in the component ratio of the surface alignment reactant 10.

The structure of the pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device is substantially the same as the structure of FIG. The width of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191 is about 3 μm, and the cell interval of the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 3.6 μm. The exposure voltage is about 20 V, and the intensity of ultraviolet rays in the electric field exposure process is about 6.55 J / cm ² . The illuminance of ultraviolet light applied to the fluorescence exposure process is about 0.15 mW / cm ² and the irradiation time is about 40 minutes. The liquid crystal display device operates by driving one gate line and one data line (1G1D) based on charge sharing described above with reference to FIG.

  The liquid crystal display device having an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics according to an embodiment of the present invention has an acceptable level of texture, and exhibits excellent quality without generating texture even at a high-speed drive of 240 hz.

Embodiment 3
The alignment layer of the liquid crystal display according to an embodiment of the present invention has a rigid vertical alignment side chain. The rigid vertical alignment side chain is included in the main alignment films 33 and 34 constituting the alignment films 291 and 292. The main alignment film having rigid vertical alignment side chains prevents liquid crystal molecules from pretilting excessively in the vicinity of the alignment film. When the liquid crystal molecules have an excessive pretilt angle in the vicinity of the alignment film, the liquid crystal display device has a light leakage defect in a black image and reduces the contrast ratio or the image quality definition of the liquid crystal display device. An alignment film having rigid vertical alignment side chains manufactured according to an embodiment of the present invention reduces light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device and improves the image quality of the liquid crystal display device.

  This embodiment is substantially different from the above-described method for producing an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics in the structure of the material constituting the surface alignment reactant 10 and the rigid vertical alignment component linked to the side chain. Further, the intensity of the ultraviolet rays applied to the liquid crystal panel assembly can be further increased by the SC-VA mode method described above with reference to FIG. 6B. Details outside the features of the present embodiment are substantially the same as those of the method for manufacturing an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics described above, and therefore, for the sake of convenience of explanation, a duplicate description will be briefly described or omitted. However, the characteristic details of the present embodiment, such as the material constituting the surface alignment reactant 10, the structure of the vertical alignment component, and the intensity of the ultraviolet rays irradiated to the liquid crystal display panel assembly will be described in detail.

  Hereinafter, a process of forming an alignment film having a rigid vertical alignment component will be described in detail. As described above, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a rigid vertical alignment component is applied on the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having a rigid vertical alignment component has a photocuring agent having a photoreactive monomer and a rigid vertical alignment component, and the substance forming the main alignment film is a chemically bonded compound. The photocuring agent is at least one substance selected from the above-mentioned photoreactive polymer, reactive mesogen, photopolymerization substance, photoisomerization substance, and compounds or mixtures thereof, and is cured to be a photocuring layer. 35 and 36 are formed. In addition, the photocuring agent can be bonded to the side chain of the substance forming the main alignment film. As described above, the material that forms the main alignment film is a vertical alignment material that aligns the liquid crystal molecules 31 in a direction perpendicular to the planes of the substrates 110 and 210 or the pixel electrode 191. According to the present invention, the substance forming the main alignment film may be a compound of an alicyclic dianhydride monomer and an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer described later. The alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer can have a plate-like cyclic ring bonded to benzene with rigid vertical alignment. The material forming the main alignment film may include an aromatic diamine monomer or a crosslinking agent, and may be the surface main alignment material 32a described above.

  Hereinafter, the surface alignment reactant 10 having the side chain of the rigid vertical alignment component will be described in detail. The surface alignment reactant 10 forming the alignment film of the rigid vertical alignment side chain includes a dianhydride monomer such as an alicyclic dianhydride monomer, a photoreactive diamine monomer, and an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer. And a polymer containing a diamine monomer such as an aromatic diamine monomer and a crosslinking agent such as an aromatic epoxide monomer.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having a side chain of a rigid vertical alignment component according to an embodiment of the present invention is a mixture in which a polyimide (PI) -based compound and a crosslinking agent are mixed. The polyimide compound is a compound in which a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded. As described above, the polyimide compound can be produced by an imidation reaction of monomers contained in the dianhydride monomer and the diamine monomer. The monomer constituting the diamine monomer, that is, the photoreactive diamine monomer, the alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, and the aromatic diamine monomer are mixed before the imidization reaction.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 forming the alignment film of the rigid vertical alignment side chain may be about 38 mol% to about 48 mol%, more preferably about 43 mol% of the alicyclic dianhydride monomer, From about 5 mol% to about 11.5 mol%, more desirably from about 8.5 mol% photoreactive diamine-based monomer and from about 3.5 mol% to about 9.5 mol%. More desirably about 6.5 mole percent alkylated aromatic diamine monomer and about 23 mole percent to about 33 mole percent, more desirably about 28 mole percent aromatic diamine monomer; About 11 mol% to about 17 mol%, and more desirably about 14 mol% aromatic epoxide-based monomer. The composition ratio of mol% of the surface alignment reactant 10 is mol% excluding the solvent.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer allows the polymer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 to be well dissolved in the solvent, and increases the electro-optical characteristics of the alignment film, for example, the voltage holding ratio (VHR). Reduce the voltage of DC (RDC). The chemical structure of the alicyclic dianhydride monomer may be a cyclobutyl dianhydride monomer represented by the following structural formula XVI-RCA.

  Structural formula XVI-RCA

  The photoreactive diamine-based monomer contains a reactive mesogen, and constitutes the photocured layers 35 and 36 by being cured by ultraviolet rays. The photo-reactive fluorinated diamine monomer functions to determine the pretilt angle of the photocuring layers 35 and 36 and the pretilt angle of liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the photocuring layers 35 and 36. . In view of chemical structure, the photoreactive diamine-based monomer may be a monomer represented by the following structural formula XVI-RC or XVI-RA, and more specifically, structural formula XVI-RC1, XVI-RC2, It may be a monomer represented by XVI-RC3, XVI-RC4, XVI-RA1, XVI-RA2, XVI-RA3, XVI-RA4, XVI-RA5, or XVI-RA6.

  Structural formula XVI-RC

  In this structural formula, XRC may be any one of alkyl, ether, ester, phenyl, cyclohexyl, and phenyl ester. , YRC can be any one of alkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclohexyl, and phenylcyclohexyl.

  Structural formula XVI-RA

  In this structural formula, ZRA is alkyl, alkyl ether (n-O), alkyl ester, alkyl phenyl ester, alkyl phenyl ether, Alkyl biphenyl ester, alkyl biphenyl ether, phenyl ether, phenyl ether alkyl, biphenyl ether, biphenyl ether alkyl, It can be any one of cyclohexyl alkyl, bicyclohexyl alkyl, cyclohexyl alkyl ester.

  Structural formula XVI-RC1

  Structural formula XVI-RC2

  Structural formula XVI-RC3

  Structural formula XVI-RC4

  Structural formula XVI-RA1

  Structural formula XVI-RA2

  Structural formula XVI-RA3

  Structural formula XVI-RA4

  Structural formula XVI-RA5

  Structural formula XVI-RA6

  The photoreactive diamine-based monomer can be a decylcinnamoylbenzenediamine monomer or a monomethacrylbenzenediamine monomer. Decyl cinnamoyl benzenediamine monomer is produced by mixing a decyl cinnamoyl phenol intermediate and a diamino benzoyl chloride derivative in a polar solvent and esterifying the mixture. be able to. The decylcinnamoyl phenol intermediate can be prepared by mixing hydroxybenzene cinnamoyl chloride and Decyl alcohol in a polar solvent and esterifying the mixture. Mono-methacrylic benzenediamine monomer may be prepared by mixing a hydroxyalkyl benzenediamine derivative and methacrylic chloride in a polar solvent and then esterifying the mixture. it can.

  According to another embodiment, the photoreactive diamine-based monomer may be acryl-cinnamoyl hybird benzenediamine represented by Structural Formula XVI-RD. Acrylic cinnamoyl hybrid benzenediamine monomers have an acrylate reactive group and a cinnamate reactive group. The acrylate reactive groups form crosslinks in the side chains, and the cinnamate reactive groups are linked together to increase the pretilt angle.

  Structural formula XVI-RD

  X can be any one of alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon (C) atoms, ethers, and esters, and Y is alkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclohexyl, And phenylcyclohexyl.

  The alkylated aromatic diamine monomer is a monomer of a vertical alignment component. A cyclic ring attached to benzene makes the vertical orientation rigid. Liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the alkylated aromatic diamine-based molecules are aligned in the vertical direction. The cyclic ring can be a plate molecule. The chemical structure of the alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer is octadecyl cyclohexyl benzenediamine represented by structural formula XVIII-RCA1 or alkylated aliphatic aromatic substituted benzenediamine represented by structural formula XVIII-RCA2. alkyl substituted aliphatic aromatic benzenediamine).

  Structural formula XVIII-RCA1

  Structural formula XVIII-RCA2

  In this formula, XR2 can be an ether or an ester. YR2 can be an ether. n2 can be 10-20. a2 and b2 can be 0-3, not all 0.

  The octadecyl cyclohexyl benzene diamine monomer can be prepared by mixing an octadecyl cyclohexanol intermediate and a diamino benzoyl chloride derivative in a polar solvent and esterifying the mixture. The octadecylcyclohexanol intermediate is prepared by mixing bromooctadecane and cyclohexanediol in a polar solvent, and in this mixture, the hydroxyl group of cyclohexanediol attacks the bromo group of bromooctadecane by nucleophilic attack. It can be manufactured while being detached.

  The aromatic diamine monomer allows the polymer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 to be well dissolved in the solvent. The chemical structure of the aromatic diamine monomer may be diphenyl diamine represented by the structural formula VI-RCA.

  Structural formula VI-RCA

  Here, X may be an aliphatic compound.

  Aromatic epoxide-based monomers improve thermal safety and chemical resistance by forming a crosslinked structure. In the chemical structure, the aromatic epoxide-based monomer may be an epoxy benzene derivative represented by the chemical formula XIII-RCA.

  Chemical formula XIII-RCA

  The photoinitiator described above can be added to the surface alignment reactant 10. Unlike the surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a rigid vertical alignment component may not have a polymer having negative electrical characteristics.

  The applied surface alignment reactant 10 having a rigid vertical alignment component is subjected to primary heating by the method described above. While the primary heating is performed, the alkylated aromatic is composed of the surface alignment reactant 10 and the reactive mesogen component that forms the photoreactive diamine monomer and the vertical alignment component that forms the main alignment film. The diamine monomer is oriented perpendicular to the lower film. During the primary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 may not have the phase separation phenomenon as described above in connection with FIG. 8C.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 subjected to the primary heating is subjected to the secondary heating by the method described above. The solvent of the surface alignment reactant 10 evaporates while being subjected to secondary heating. Reactive mesogen (RM) side chains may be formed on the surface of the surface alignment reactant 10 by secondary heating. After the secondary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 is washed and dried by the method described above.

  After drying, the sealant is formed after drying by the method described above and, as described above, cured with ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm, or cured at a wavelength of about 400 nm or more. it can. Thereafter, an upper plate common voltage application point (not shown) and a liquid crystal layer are formed by the above-described method, and the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled. The sealant is cured by light or heat as described above.

  The assembled display panel is annealed by the above-described method and is supplied with a voltage by a DC voltage or multi-step voltage supply method.

While the liquid crystal molecules and the reactive mesogens are aligned at a specific tilt angle by the supplied voltage, the electric field exposure process is performed on the assembled liquid crystal panel assembly by the above-described method. Unlike the method of forming an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics, reactive mesogens can be aligned at a specific tilt angle through interaction with liquid crystal molecules. The liquid crystal panel assembly having a rigid vertical alignment component according to an embodiment of the present invention may be irradiated with ultraviolet rays having an intensity greater than that of the UV described above. Intensity of ultraviolet rays irradiated to the liquid crystal display panel assembly while the electric field in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention is formed in the liquid crystal layer may be about ^{6J / cm 2 ~17.5J / cm 2} , more preferably About 12 J / cm ² . The reactive mesogen is cured by light to form photocured layers 35 and 36 on the main alignment film. As described above, the photocured layers 35 and 36 have a pretilt angle. However, since the main alignment film according to the present invention has a rigid vertical alignment component, the pretilt angles of the photocured layers 35 and 36 may be small. When the pretilt angles of the photocuring layers 35 and 36 are small, the screen quality and contrast ratio of the liquid crystal display device can be improved by reducing light leakage in the black image.

  Thereafter, the above-described fluorescence exposure process can be performed.

  Through this process, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a rigid vertical alignment component manufactures the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 by forming an alignment film. An alignment layer having a rigid vertical alignment side chain manufactured according to the present invention can reduce black light leakage defects of a liquid crystal display device.

  A liquid crystal display device having alignment films 291 and 292 including main alignment films 33 and 34 having rigid vertical alignment side chains according to an embodiment of the present invention is manufactured. The surface alignment reactant 10 having a rigid vertical alignment side chain comprises about 43 mol% of cyclobutyl dianhydride as an alicyclic dianhydride monomer and about 8.5 mol% of a photoreactive diamine monomer. Monomethacrylbenzenediamine, about 6.5 mol% octadecylcyclohexylbenzenediamine as an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, and about 28 mol% as an aromatic diamine monomer It is composed of diphenyl diamine and about 14 mol% of an epoxy benzene derivative as an aromatic epoxide monomer. The mol% of each component is mol% with respect to the surface alignment reactant 10, and the solvent is not included in the component ratio of the surface alignment reactant 10.

The liquid crystal panel assembly is manufactured according to the method described above. The structure of the pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device is substantially the same as the structure of FIG. The cell interval in the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 3.6 μm, the width of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191 is about 3 μm, and the exposure voltage is about 7.5 V, 10 V, 20 V, 30 V by DC voltage supply. , and a 40V, UV intensity of field exposure process is about ^{7J / cm 2, 9J / cm} 2, 11J / cm 2, 12J / cm 2, and 15 J / cm ^2. The liquid crystal display device manufactured as described above operates by the charge sharing type 1G1D driving described above with reference to FIG.

  The response speed of the liquid crystal display device manufactured in this way is about 0.01 second to about 0.014 second, and the black afterimage is good at a level of about 2.

Embodiment 4
The surface alignment reactant 10 that forms an alignment film according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a compound in which a photocuring agent and a crosslinking agent are combined. Since the surface alignment reactant 10 is formed in a state where the photocuring agent is combined with the crosslinking agent, the uncured photocuring agent generated in the process of manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly is reduced. The uncured photocuring agent increases the residual DC in the liquid crystal display device and causes a residual image. An alignment film manufactured by the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a photocuring agent and a crosslinking agent are bonded according to an embodiment of the present invention reduces afterimages of a liquid crystal display device.

  The embodiment of the present invention is an alignment film having the above-described negative electrical characteristics except for the material constituting the surface alignment reactant 10 and the cross-linking agent bonded to the photocuring agent bonded to the side chain of the main alignment film. This is substantially the same as the method of manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly having 291 and 292. For convenience of explanation, the duplicate explanation will be briefly explained or omitted.

  Hereinafter, the process of forming an alignment film with the compound with which the photocuring agent and the crosslinking agent were combined is demonstrated in detail. By the method described above, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a photocuring agent and a crosslinking agent are bonded is applied to the lower display panel 100 having the pixel electrodes 191 and the upper display panel 200 having the common electrode 270.

  The compound in which the photocuring agent and the crosslinking agent are combined constitutes the surface alignment reactant 10 by being mixed with a substance that forms the main alignment film. The photo-curing agent is chemically combined with the cross-linking agent, thereby reducing the generation of ionic impurities. The photocuring agent can be a photoreactive polymer, a reactive mesogen, a photocuring agent, a photopolymerizable material, or a photoisomerized material as described above, and forms a photocured layer. The material for forming the main alignment layer may be the above-described material, so that the liquid crystal molecules 31 are aligned in a direction perpendicular to the planes of the substrates 110 and 210 or the pixel electrode 191.

  Hereinafter, the material of the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a photocuring agent and a crosslinking agent are bonded will be described in detail. The surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a photo-curing agent and a crosslinking agent are bonded according to an embodiment of the present invention is a mixture in which a polyimide (PI) compound and a crosslinking agent are mixed. The polyimide compound is a compound in which a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer are chemically bonded. As described above, the polyimide compound can be produced by an imidization reaction of monomers contained in a dianhydride monomer and a diamine monomer. The monomer constituting the diamine monomer, that is, the alkylated aromatic diamine monomer and the aromatic diamine monomer are mixed before the imidation reaction.

  The photocuring agent according to one embodiment of the present invention is a reactive mesogen. Accordingly, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a reactive mesogen and a crosslinking agent are combined includes a dianhydride monomer such as an alicyclic dianhydride monomer, an alkylated aromatic diamine monomer, and an aromatic compound. It may be a polymer containing a diamine monomer such as an aromatic diamine monomer and a crosslinking agent such as an aromatic acrylic epoxide monomer. The aromatic acrylic epoxide monomer according to the embodiment of the present invention is a compound in which a reactive mesogen and a crosslinking agent are combined.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a reactive mesogen and a crosslinking agent are combined may be about 31 mol% to about 41 mol%, and more preferably about 36 mol% alicyclic dianhydride system. Monomer, and may be from about 3 mol% to about 9 mol%, more preferably from about 6 mol% alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer and from about 25 mol% to about 35 mol%, more preferably About 30 mol% aromatic diamine-based monomer and about 23 mol% to about 33 mol%, and more desirably about 28 mol% aromatic acrylic epoxide-based monomer. The mol% composition ratio of the surface alignment reactant 10 is mol% excluding the solvent.

  The alicyclic dianhydride monomer allows the polymer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 to be well dissolved in the solvent, and increases the electro-optical characteristics of the alignment film, for example, the voltage holding ratio (VHR). Reduce the voltage. The chemical structure of the alicyclic dianhydride monomer may be a cyclobutyl dianhydride monomer represented by the above-described structural formula XVI-RCA.

  The alkylated aromatic diamine monomer is a monomer of a vertical alignment component. Cyclic rings attached to benzene make the vertical orientation rigid. The cyclic ring can be a plate molecule. The chemical structure of the alkylated aromatic diamine-based monomer is octadecyl cyclohexyl benzenediamine or alkylated aliphatic aromatic substituted benzenediamine represented by the structural formula XVIII-RCA1 or XVIII-RCA2 described above. aromatic benzenediamine).

  The aromatic diamine monomer allows the polymer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 to be well dissolved in the solvent. The chemical structure of the aromatic diamine monomer may be diphenyldiamine represented by the structural formula VI-RCA described above.

  The aromatic acrylic epoxide-based monomer improves the thermal safety and chemical resistance by forming a crosslinked structure, and forms a photocured layer having a pretilt angle by being cured by ultraviolet rays. The aromatic acrylic epoxide-based monomer is a compound in which an epoxy molecule as a cross-linking agent and an acrylate molecule as a photocuring agent are chemically bonded. Since the photo-curing agent is combined with the cross-linking agent, the generation of ionic impurities can be reduced. The chemical structure of the aromatic acrylic epoxide monomer may be an acrylic-epoxy hybrid benzene derivative represented by the structural formula XIII-C.

  Structural Formula XIII-C

  Here, YC may be a phenyl derivative.

  The acrylic epoxy hybrid benzene derivative can be produced by mixing an epoxy-substituted phenol derivative and methacryl chloride in a polar solvent and esterifying the mixture.

  The photoinitiator described above can be added to the surface alignment reactant 10. Unlike the surface alignment reactant 10 having negative electrical characteristics, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a photo-curing agent and a crosslinking agent are bonded may not have a polymer having negative electrical characteristics.

  After the coating, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a reactive mesogen and a crosslinking agent are bonded is subjected to primary heating by the method described above. During the primary heating, the monomer having the reactive mesogenic component and the vertical alignment component forming the main alignment film is aligned perpendicular to the lower layer. During the primary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a reactive mesogen and a crosslinking agent are combined may not have the phase separation phenomenon described above in connection with FIG. 8C.

  After the primary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 is subjected to secondary heating by the method described above. The solvent of the surface alignment reactant 10 is evaporated by the secondary heating. In addition, the crosslinking agent bonded to the reactive mesogen is bonded to the side chain of the polymer forming the main alignment film. Therefore, the side chain of the reactive mesogen is formed on the surface of the surface alignment reactant 10.

  After the secondary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 is dried after washing by the method described above. After drying, the sealant is formed by the method described above. The sealant can be cured with ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm, as described above, or can be cured with a wavelength of about 400 nm or more. Thereafter, an upper plate common voltage application point (not shown) and a liquid crystal layer are formed by the above-described method, and the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled. The sealant is cured by light or heat as described above.

  The assembled display panel is annealed by the above-described method and is supplied with a voltage by a DC voltage or multi-step voltage supply method. The process of forming the electric field on the liquid crystal layer is substantially the same as described above. Unlike the method of forming an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics, the vertically aligned reactive mesogen is aligned so as to be inclined by an electric field through interaction with liquid crystal molecules. While the liquid crystal molecules and the reactive mesogens (RM) are aligned with a certain tilt angle by the supplied voltage, the electric field exposure process is performed on the assembled liquid crystal display panel assembly according to the above-described method. A network is formed between the reactive mesogenic (RM) monomers by curing the acrylate reactive group of the reactive mesogen (RM) with light. The reactive mesogen (RM) formed as a neckwork allows the photocured layers 35 and 36 having a pretilt angle to be formed on the main alignment film. The photo-curing agent, i.e., reactive mesogen (RM), according to an embodiment of the present invention significantly reduces the generation of uncured reactive mesogen (RM) and ionic impurities because it is combined with the cross-linking agent. In addition, the bond between the reactive mesogen and the crosslinking agent can reduce ionic impurities and residual DC, thereby improving the afterimage of the liquid crystal display device.

  Thereafter, a fluorescence exposure process as described above may be performed.

  In this manner, the surface alignment reactant 10 having the compound in which the reactive mesogen (RM) and the crosslinking agent are bonded forms the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 by forming an alignment film. An alignment film manufactured using a compound combined with a crosslinking agent according to an embodiment of the present invention can reduce afterimage defects of a liquid crystal display device.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, alignment films 291 and 292 formed by the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which a reactive mesogen and a crosslinking agent are bonded are manufactured, and a liquid crystal display device including the alignment films 291 and 292 is manufactured. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the surface alignment reactant 10 forming the alignment film has about 36 mol% of cyclobutyl dianhydride as an alicyclic dianhydride monomer and about 6 mol% octadecyl cyclohexyl benzenediamine, about 30 mol% diphenyldiamine as an aromatic diamine monomer, and about 28 mol% acrylic epoxy hybrid benzene derivative as an aromatic acrylic epoxide monomer; including. The mol% of each component is mol% with respect to the surface alignment reactant 10, and the solvent is not included in the component ratio of the surface alignment reactant 10.

The liquid crystal panel assembly is manufactured according to the method described above. The structure of the pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device is substantially the same as the structure of FIG. The cell interval of the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 3.6 μm, the width of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191 is 3 μm, and the exposure voltage is about 30 V, about 40 V, and about 50 V according to the DC voltage supply method. the intensity of the ultraviolet exposure step is about 9J / cm ^2, from about 12 J / cm ^2, and 17 J / cm ^2. The liquid crystal display device manufactured in this way operates by the charge sharing type 1G1D driving described above with reference to FIG.

  The liquid crystal display device thus manufactured operates for about 336 hours, and its black afterimage is good at a level of about 2 or less.

Embodiment 5
According to another embodiment of the present invention, the surface alignment reactant 10 that forms the alignment film includes a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined. That is, the surface alignment reactant 10 composed of an inorganic material combined with a photocuring agent forms an alignment film.

  Unlike organic substances, inorganic substances that form alignment films do not adsorb with ionic impurities in the liquid crystal, have little change in physical properties, and are oxidized at high temperatures or do not generate ionic impurities. An alignment film formed of an inorganic material combined with a photo-curing agent has a small change in physical properties and has a photo-curing layer having a stable pretilt angle. In addition, the unevenness is reduced and the voltage holding ratio is not lowered. In addition, since the inorganic material can form an alignment film even in a low temperature process, various materials for forming the lower layer of the alignment film can be selected. The inorganic material may be an orthosilicate monomer or a siloxane monomer. An alignment film formed of an organic substance reduces the voltage holding ratio because a large amount of carboxy that cannot be imidized is adsorbed with ionic impurities in the liquid crystal layer, and generates afterimages, unevenness, and DC voltage. Here, 'imidization' refers to thermal cyclodehydration of polyamic acid obtained by condensation polymerization of dianhydride system and aromatic diamine. Means to do.

  The embodiment of the present invention is a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display panel assembly having the above-described alignment films 291 and 292 having negative electrical characteristics except for the secondary heating for forming the main alignment film and the material constituting the surface alignment reactant 10. And substantially the same. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the duplicate explanation will be briefly explained or omitted.

  Hereinafter, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined is formed on the lower display panel 100 having the pixel electrode 191 and the upper display panel 200 having the common electrode 270 by the above-described method. Applied. The inorganic material and the photocuring agent can be chemically combined. The surface alignment reactant 10 according to another embodiment of the present invention may be deposited on the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270 by vapor deposition such as chemical vapor deposition (CVD).

  Hereinafter, the material of the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined will be described in detail. The surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined according to an embodiment of the present invention includes an alkyl alcohol monomer and vinyl contained in an orthosilicate monomer and an alkoxide monomer. A compound in which an alcohol monomer is chemically bonded. In the surface alignment reactant 10, an orthosilicate monomer, an alkyl alcohol monomer, and a vinyl alcohol monomer are mixed in a polar solvent, and this mixture is stirred with water H 2 O constituted by an acid or base catalyst. In some cases, the hydroxyl groups of alkyl alcohol monomers and vinyl alcohol monomers perform a nucleophilic attack of the silicon atom of orthosilicate, thereby carrying out hydrolysis and condensation polymerization reactions. Can be manufactured by waking method.

  According to one embodiment of the present invention, the inorganic material is an orthosilicate monomer. Accordingly, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined may be about 30 mol% to about 60 mol%, more preferably about 44 mol% of an orthosilicate monomer and photocuring. It may be a polymer composed of about 40 mol% to about 70 mol%, more desirably about 56 mol% of an alkoxide monomer containing an agent. The orthosilicate monomer may be a tetraalkoxy orthosilicate monomer. The alkoxide-based monomer is about 1 mol% to about 10 mol%, more desirably about 6 mol% alkyl alcohol-based monomer and about 40 mol% to about 60 mol%, more desirably about 50 mol% photocuring. And a monomer containing an agent. This solvent is not included in each mole% composition ratio of the surface alignment reactant 10. The monomer containing the photocuring agent according to the present invention may be at least one substance selected from vinyl alcohol monomers, acrylic monomers, cinnamoyl monomers, and mixtures or compounds thereof.

  The orthosilicate-based monomer forms the main chain of the main alignment film so that the polymer contained in the surface alignment reactant 10 can be well dissolved in the solvent, and the electro-optical characteristics of the alignment film, for example, voltage holding Increase rate (VHR). The orthosilicic acid monomer according to embodiments of the present invention may be a tetraalkoxyorthosilicate monomer. In terms of chemical structure, the tetraalkoxy orthosilicate monomer may be a tetraethyl orthosilicate monomer, an alkyl monomer, or a hydroxyl monomer represented by the following structural formula XIX-T1.

  Structural formula XIX-T1

  The orthosilicic acid monomer according to the present invention may be a polysiloxane polymer produced by polymerizing a silane compound or an alkoxysilane compound.

  The alkyl alcohol monomer is a monomer of a vertical alignment component linked to the side chain of the orthosilicate polymer constituting the main chain. Accordingly, the alkyl alcohol-based monomer can include a long-chain alkyl-based polymer. In the chemical structure, the alkyl alcohol monomer includes a dodecanol monomer represented by the following structural formula XIX-A1, a cholesterol group monomer represented by the structural formula XIX-A2, and a structural formula XIX-A3. The alkylated alicyclic monomer represented by the above formula, the alkylated aromatic monomer represented by the structural formula XIX-4, or the alkyl monomer.

  Structural formula XIX-A1

  Structural formula XIX-A2

  Structural formula XIX-A3

  Structural formula XIX-A4

  A vinyl alcohol monomer forms a photocured layer having a pretilt angle by being cured with ultraviolet rays as a vinyl monomer. The vinyl alcohol monomer is linked to the side chain of the orthosilicate polymer constituting the main chain. The chemical structure of the vinyl alcohol monomer may be a hydroxyalkyl acrylate monomer represented by the structural formula XIX-V1 or an alkylated vinyl monomer represented by the structural formula XIX-V2.

  Structural formula XIX-V1

  Structural formula XIX-V2

  Here, XV can be alkyl, ether, or ester, and YV can be methyl or hydrogen.

  The cinnamoyl monomer is linked to the side chain of the orthosilicate polymer constituting the main chain, and is cured by ultraviolet rays to form a photocured layer having a pretilt angle. The hydroxy alkyl acrylate monomer may be prepared by mixing alkane diol and Acrylic chloride in a polar solvent and esterifying the mixture.

  In view of the chemical structure, the cinnamoyl monomer may be an alkylated cinnamoyl monomer represented by the structural formula XIX-C1.

  Structural formula XIX-C1

  Here, XC may be any one of alkyl, ether, ester, phenyl, cyclohexyl, or phenyl ester. YC can be any one of alkyl, phenyl, biphenyl, cyclohexyl, bicyclohexyl, or phenylcyclohexyl. The photocuring agent can be a photoreactive polymer, a reactive mesogen (RM), a photocuring agent, a photopolymerization material, or a photoisomerization material as described above. The above-mentioned photoinitiator can be added to the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined.

  The surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which the coated inorganic substance and the photocuring agent are bonded is subjected to primary heating by the method described above. During the primary heating, the photo-curing agent that forms the alkyl alcohol-based molecules of the vertical alignment component linked to the side chain of the orthosilicate monomer and the photo-curing layers 35 and 36 is perpendicular to the lower film. Oriented. During the primary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined may not have the phase separation phenomenon as described above with reference to FIG. 8C.

  After the primary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 is subjected to the secondary heating at a temperature lower than the above-described secondary heating temperature, that is, about 150 ° C. to about 200 ° C., more preferably about 180 ° C. The secondary heating can be applied for about 1000 seconds to about 1400 seconds, more desirably about 1200 seconds. Since the secondary heating temperature is low, the material constituting the lower film of the surface alignment reactant 10 can be widely selected. The color filter material formed under the surface alignment reactant 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention may be a dye that can be processed at a low temperature. During the secondary heating, the solvent of the surface alignment reactant 10 evaporates, and the orthosilicic acid monomer constituting the main chain and the alkyl alcohol monomer of the vertical alignment component linked to the side chain form a main alignment film. . The main alignment film formed by the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined does not adsorb ionic impurities and is oxidized at a high temperature or does not generate ionic impurities. Therefore, the afterimage and unevenness of the liquid crystal display device are reduced, and the voltage holding ratio (VHR) is increased.

  After the secondary heating, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined is dried after washing by the method described above. In the surface alignment reactant 10 according to the embodiment of the present invention, the properties of the material are not deteriorated by the cleaning or drying process.

  After drying, the sealant is formed by the method described above. As described above, the sealant can be cured with ultraviolet light having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm, or can be cured with a wavelength of about 400 nm or more. Thereafter, an upper plate common voltage application point (not shown) and a liquid crystal layer are formed by the above-described method, and the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 are assembled. The sealant is cured by light or heat as described above.

The assembled display panel is annealed by the above-described method and is supplied with a voltage by a DC voltage or multi-step voltage supply method. The process of forming the electric field on the liquid crystal layer is substantially the same as described above. Unlike the method of forming an alignment film having negative electrical characteristics, the vertically aligned photocuring agent or reactive mesogen is aligned so as to be inclined by an electric field through interaction with liquid crystal molecules. While the liquid crystal molecules and the reactive mesogens (RM) are aligned with a certain tilt angle by the supplied voltage, the electric field exposure process is performed on the assembled liquid crystal display panel assembly according to the above-described method. UV intensity of field exposure process may be about ^{6J / cm 2 ~20J / cm 2} , and more desirably, about 12 J / cm ^2.

  The acrylate reactive group of the reactive mesogen (RM) is cured by light, thereby forming a network between reactive mesogen (RM) monomers. The reactive mesogen formed as a neckwork constitutes the photocured layers 35 and 36 having a pretilt angle on the main alignment film. The main alignment film and the photocured layer formed in the previous step constitute an alignment film. The photocured layer formed by the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined has excellent reliability and safety because it is combined with the inorganic substance.

  Thereafter, a fluorescence exposure process as described above may be performed.

  In this way, the surface alignment reactant 10 having the compound in which the inorganic substance and the photocuring agent are combined forms an alignment film composed of the main alignment films 33 and 34 and the photocuring layers 35 and 36. Thus, the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 having the alignment film is manufactured.

  An alignment film formed by the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic material and a photocuring agent are bonded according to an embodiment of the present invention has a photocuring layer having a stable pretilt angle, Excellent heat resistance, long-term reliability, chemical resistance, and uniformity. In addition, the surface alignment reactant 10 having a compound in which an inorganic substance and a photocuring agent are combined has good electrostatic elimination, and therefore no additional process is required. Therefore, the time for manufacturing the liquid crystal display device can be shortened.

  The alignment films 291 and 292 formed by the surface alignment reactant 10 having the compound in which the inorganic substance and the photocuring agent are bonded according to the embodiment of the present invention are manufactured, and the liquid crystal display device including the alignment films 291 and 292 is manufactured. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the surface alignment reactant 10 forming the alignment film comprises about 44 mol% tetraalkoxy orthosilicate monomer as a tetraalkoxy orthosilicate monomer and about 6 mol% dodecanol as an alkyl alcohol-based monomer. And about 50 mol% of a hydroxyalkyl acrylate monomer as a vinyl alcohol monomer. The mol% of each component is mol% with respect to the surface alignment reactant 10, and the solvent is not included in the component ratio of the surface alignment reactant 10.

The liquid crystal panel assembly is manufactured according to the method described above. The structure of the pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device is substantially the same as the structure of FIG. The cell interval of the liquid crystal layer 3 is about 3.6 μm, the width of the fine branch 197 of the pixel electrode 191 is 3 μm, and the exposure voltage is about 20 V or about 24 V depending on the DC voltage supply method. The intensity of the ultraviolet rays is about 5 J / cm ² , about 10 J / cm ² , and about 20 J / cm ² . The liquid crystal display device manufactured in this way operates by the charge sharing type 1G1D driving described above with reference to FIG.

The liquid crystal display device thus manufactured has a voltage holding ratio of about 90.5% or more, an ion density of about 5 pC / cm ² or less, and a black afterimage for 168 hours. Good to about 2.5 levels in operation.

  The sealant according to an embodiment of the present invention is cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more. Since the photo-curing agent present in the inner region of the lower or upper display panel is not cured, the edge unevenness generated around the sealing agent is reduced. Since the sealing agent cured with ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of about 300 nm to about 400 nm is cured by light curing the photocuring agent contained in the alignment film or the substance forming the liquid crystal, the photocuring agent around the sealing agent Since the liquid crystal display device is cured during the curing of the sealant, the liquid crystal display device may have a defect in edge unevenness. In order to improve this, the sealing agent and the photocuring agent need to be cured with light having different wavelengths.

  The sealant cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more according to an embodiment of the present invention is applied in substantially the same manner as described above, except for the sealant material and the method of curing the sealant. Therefore, the detailed description overlapping with the above-described sealing agent process is omitted for convenience of description, and the features of this embodiment will be described in detail.

  The sealant cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more according to an embodiment of the present invention is a liquid crystal panel assembly manufacturing method described above or below in connection with FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 6C, ie, SVA. It can be applied to the lower display panel or the upper display panel according to the mode, SC-VA mode, and polarized UV-VA mode. The applied sealant is cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more. The light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more according to the present invention may be visible ray.

  Since the sealing agent according to the present invention is cured at a wavelength of about 400 nm or more, an alignment film is formed or included in the liquid crystal layer even if the light irradiated to the sealing agent is out of the periphery of the sealing agent. The photocuring agent is not cured. Therefore, a shielding mask for shielding the light applied to the sealant from coming off to the periphery of the sealant may not be necessary, thereby simplifying the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal panel assembly, The defect of edge unevenness generated around the sealing agent in the liquid crystal display device is prevented.

  Hereinafter, the material of the sealing agent cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more will be described in detail. A sealant that is cured by light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more includes a resin composed of an acrylic-epoxy hybrid resin, an acrylic resin, and an epoxy resin, and a diamine. A curing agent composed of silane, a coupling agent composed of silane, a photoinitiator composed of oxime ester, and a filler composed of silica and acryl particles (silica particles) filler). The sealant cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more according to an embodiment of the present invention may have an oxime ester photoinitiator.

  The acrylic epoxy hybrid resin, the acrylic resin, and the epoxy resin constitute a main chain of the sealing agent and function as a prepolymer. The acrylic epoxy hybrid resin is a diphenyl propyl acryl-epoxy hybrid resin represented by the following structural formula SI, and the acrylic resin is represented by the following structural formula S-II. The epoxy resin can be a diphenyl propyl epoxy hybrid resin represented by the following structural formula S-III.

  Chemical formula S-I

  Chemical formula S-II

  Chemical formula S-III

  The diamine cures by reacting with the epoxy resin and reduces the contamination of the sealant. The diamine may be octane dihydrazide and may be represented by the following chemical formula S-IV.

  Chemical formula S-IV

  Silane improves the adhesion of fillers, organic substances, or inorganic substances. The silane may be trimethoxy [3- (oxiranylmethoxy) propyl] silane, and may be represented by the following chemical formula SV.

  Chemical formula SV

  The oxime ester is a photopolymerization initiator that cures the prepolymer. The oxime ester may be 4-acetyl diphenyl sulfide oxime ester (Ciba, IRGACURE OXE01, OXE02), and may be represented by the following chemical formula S-VI. The oxime ester may be cured at a wavelength of about 400 nm or more, and may be cured by visible light.

  Chemical formula S-VI

  The oxime ester according to another embodiment of the present invention may be represented by the following chemical formula S-VII.

  Chemical formula S-VII

  Here, X is 4-acetyl diphenyl sulfide, N-ethyl carbazole, and 2'-methyl phenonyl n-ethyl. carbazole), which can be represented by the following chemical formulas S-VII-X1, S-VII-X2, and S-VII-X3, respectively. Y and Z may each be an alkyl group (CnH2n + 1). n may be any one integer from 1 to 12. Z can also be phenyl.

  Chemical formula S-VII-X1

  Chemical formula S-VII-X2

  Chemical formula S-VII-X3

  Acrylic particles reduce the internal stress of the sealant, increase the adhesive strength, and prevent the liquid crystal from elution of the resin. The acrylic particles may be an acrylic resin and may be represented by the following chemical formula S-VIII.

  Chemical formula S-VIII

  Silica reduces the thermal expansion coefficient and absorbency of the sealant and increases the strength of the sealant. The silica can be silica dioxide (SiO2).

  According to one embodiment of the present invention, the light-cured sealant having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more can be from about 13 wt% to about 19 wt%, and more desirably about 16 wt% diphenylpropylacrylic. The epoxy hybrid resin can be about 39% to about 49% by weight, more preferably about 44% by weight diphenylpropyl acrylic resin and about 2% to about 7% by weight, more preferably About 4.5 wt.% Diphenylpropyl epoxy hybrid resin and about 2 wt.% To about 6 wt.%, More preferably about 4 wt.% K octane dihydrazide, about 0.75 wt.% To about 1 .75% by weight, more desirably about 1.25% by weight of trimethoxy [3- (oxiranylmethoxy) propyl] silane (trimethoxy [3- (oxiranylmethoxy) propy l] silane), and may be from about 0.75% to about 1.75% by weight, more preferably about 1.25% by weight of 4-acetyldiphenyl sulfide oxime ester (Ciba, IRGACURE OXE01, OXE02) About 13 wt% to about 19 wt%, more desirably about 16 wt% silica dioxide (SiO 2) and about 10 wt% to about 16 wt%, more desirably about 13 wt%. % By weight acrylic resin.

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the manufacturing process of a liquid crystal panel assembly including a sealant that is cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more is simplified. In addition, the liquid crystal display device may not have a defect of edge unevenness that occurs around the sealant. Further, in order to reduce edge unevenness, it is not necessary to form the sealing agent separately from the inner region of the display plates 100 and 200, and the sealing agent can be formed in the inner region of the display plates 100 and 200 or in the vicinity of the inner region. Therefore, the width of the outer region of the liquid crystal display device can be formed to be narrower by about 0.3 mm to about 1.5 mm than before.

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the sealant cured with light having a wavelength of about 400 nm or more is a liquid crystal panel assembly manufacturing method described above or below in connection with FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 6C. It can be applied to SVA mode, SC-VA mode, and polarized UV-VA mode.

  A liquid crystal display panel assembly manufactured with lower and upper mother glass (not shown) display panels according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. In order to stably supply an exposure voltage to a mother glass assembly including a plurality of liquid crystal panel assemblies according to the present invention, the manufacturing time of the liquid crystal panel assembly is reduced and mass production is possible.

  The lower mother glass display panel according to the embodiment of the present invention includes a plurality of lower display panels 100, and the upper mother glass display panel includes a plurality of upper display panels 200. It will be readily understood by those skilled in the art that the lower or upper mother glass display panel may have different numbers of display panels according to the size of the lower or upper display panel, respectively. Except for the case where one assembled mother glass display panel has a plurality of liquid crystal display panel assemblies, a method for manufacturing one liquid crystal display panel assembly is the SVA mode or SC− described above with reference to FIGS. 6A and 6B. This is substantially the same as the VA mode manufacturing method. Accordingly, in the description of the method for manufacturing the liquid crystal display panel assembly using the mother glass display panel, the description overlapping with the manufacturing method based on the SVA mode or the SC-VA mode is omitted or simplified for the sake of description. The manufacturing method having the features of the invention will be described in detail.

  An upper mother glass display panel having a lower mother glass display panel having a plurality of lower display panels 100 and a plurality of upper display panels 200 is substantially the same as the method of manufacturing the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 described above. Manufactured. The mother glass display panel manufactured and assembled by the SVA mode or SC-VA mode manufacturing method described above with reference to FIGS. 6A and 6B is annealed as described above. The assembled mother glass display panel is composed of a lower mother glass display panel and an upper mother glass display panel, and includes a plurality of assembled liquid crystal display panels.

  After annealing, the lower mother glass display panel in the mother glass display panel assembled to apply the exposure voltage to the pixel electrodes and the common electrode of the assembled liquid crystal display panels is partially formed by one or more sides. Disconnected. That is, the size of the lower mother glass display plate is about 10 mm smaller than the size of the upper mother glass display plate, and the horizontal or vertical sides of the lower mother glass display plate are cut. Accordingly, since the upper mother glass display panel is approximately 10 mm larger than the lower mother glass display panel, the common electrode layer formed on the upper mother glass display panel is exposed. The exposed common electrode layer has a common voltage application trimming pattern and a pixel voltage application trimming pattern. The common voltage application trimming pattern and the pixel voltage application trimming pattern may be formed by a method such as laser trimming in the previous process. The common voltage application trimming pattern is connected to each common electrode of the assembled liquid crystal display panel. The pixel voltage application trimming pattern is connected to each pixel electrode of the assembled liquid crystal display panel.

  The exposure voltage is applied to the exposed trimming pattern of the common electrode layer. That is, the common electrode voltage is applied to the common voltage application trimming pattern, and the pixel voltage is applied to the pixel voltage application trimming pattern. The exposure voltage is supplied by the DC voltage or multi-step voltage supply method described above with reference to FIG. 6A. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the common voltage application trimming pattern and the pixel voltage application trimming pattern may be alternately supplied with about 0V voltage and about 9V-25V voltage. That is, any one voltage within the range of about 0 V voltage and about 9 V to 25 V voltage is applied to the common voltage application trimming pattern and the pixel voltage application trimming pattern while swinging to about 0.05 Hz to 5 Hz. More desirably, the approximately 0V voltage and approximately 10V voltage swing to any one value within a range of approximately 0.05 Hz to 1 Hz, and approximately 0 V voltage and approximately 20 V voltage are within a range of approximately 0.05 Hz to 5 Hz. It can swing to any one value. The time during one cycle can be any one value in the range of about 0 ms to 5 ms. The applied exposure voltage is simultaneously supplied to the pixel electrode and the common electrode constituting the plurality of liquid crystal display panels. Accordingly, in order to apply the exposure voltage to the trimming pattern of the mother glass display panel connected to the pixel electrode and the common electrode of the plurality of liquid crystal display panel assemblies, the process is simple and the uniform exposure voltage is applied to the plurality of liquid crystal display panels. Can be applied to the assembly. Thereafter, a method of forming the photocured layers 35 and 36 having a pretilt angle by irradiating the liquid crystal panel assembly with ultraviolet rays is performed, and this method is performed in the SVA mode described above with reference to FIGS. 6A and 6B. This is substantially the same as the SC-VA mode manufacturing method. The completed liquid crystal panel assembly is separated by a mother glass panel.

  By supplying the exposure voltage to the mother glass display panel according to the embodiment of the present invention, the image quality characteristics of the liquid crystal display panel assembly become uniform, and the liquid crystal display panel assembly can be mass-produced in a short time.

  In order to reduce the deviation and signal delay between voltages applied to the pixel electrode and the common electrode of a liquid crystal display panel assembly formed on the mother glass display panel and then assembled according to one embodiment of the present invention, the lower mother The cut portion of the glass display panel may be two or more sides facing each other. For example, when two cut portions are arranged symmetrically with respect to the center line of the display panel, the voltage can be supplied from both sides, and the signal delay is reduced as compared with the case where the voltage is supplied from one side. Because of the symmetry, the deviation of the voltages on both sides can be reduced.

  According to one embodiment of the present invention, the pixel voltage application trimming pattern is electrically connected to the pixel electrode simultaneously with the step of forming the upper plate common voltage application point by the conductor applied when forming the upper plate common voltage application point. Can be connected to.

Polarized UV-VA mode (Polarized Ultra-Violet Vertical-Alignment Mode)
Embodiment 1
Hereinafter, with reference to FIG. 6C, a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 having the polarization UV-VA mode will be described. FIG. 6C schematically illustrates a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 based on a polarized UV-VA mode using the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 manufactured with reference to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B. It is a typical flowchart. A method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 based on the polarized UV-VA mode is a method of manufacturing the liquid crystal display panel assembly 300 based on the SVA mode and the SC-VA mode described above except for the method of forming the alignment films 291 and 292. It is the same. Therefore, the redundant description of the manufacturing method excluding the method of forming the alignment films 291 and 292 is omitted for convenience of description, and the difference between the polarized UV-VA mode and other modes will be described in detail. Further, since the process of forming the lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 is substantially the same, the formation process of the lower plate alignment film 291 will be described in detail in order to avoid redundant description.

  The manufacture of the lower display panel 100 having the pixel electrode 191 and the upper display panel 200 having the common electrode 270 in the first step, that is, the steps S310 and S320 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 5A and 5B. Is substantially the same as The pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270 may not have the fine branch or the fine slit described above.

  In the next step S331 and step S332, a polarization alignment reactant (not shown) is applied to each of the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270, and then thermally applied to the vertical photo alignment material layer (not shown) and the polarization main layer. Micro phase separation (hereinafter referred to as “MPS”) occurs in the alignment material layer (not shown). After the polarized ultraviolet light is irradiated to the polarized alignment reactant that has undergone microphase separation, a directional lower plate alignment film 291 and an upper plate alignment film 292 are formed. Hereinafter, the process of forming the lower plate alignment film 291 will be described in detail.

  The polarization alignment reactant is made of a vertical photo alignment material and a polarization main alignment material. After the polarization alignment reactant is applied on the electrodes 191 and 270 by ink jet or roll printing, microphase separation (MPS) is caused by curing described later. Curing for microphase separation can proceed in two steps. First, a pre-bake step is performed, for example, at about 60-90 ° C., more preferably at about 80 ° C. for about 1-5 minutes, more preferably about 2-3 minutes. Then, after the solvent of the polarization alignment reactant is removed, it is followed by post-heating, for example, about 200 ° C. to 240 ° C. More preferably, a post-bake process is performed at about 220 ° C. for about 10 to 60 minutes, more preferably about 10 to 20 minutes to form a micro phase separation (MPS) structure. After the micro-phase separation of the polarization alignment reactant occurs, the vertical photo alignment material mainly forms a vertical photo alignment material layer (not shown) in the vicinity of the liquid crystal layer 3, and the polarization main alignment material is mainly a pixel. A polarized main alignment material layer (not shown) is formed in the vicinity of the electrode 191. The polarized main alignment material layer that has undergone microphase separation by curing becomes the main alignment films 33 and 34. The lower plate main alignment film 33 may have a thickness of about 1000 mm. Therefore, the closer to the liquid crystal layer 3, the higher the molar concentration of the vertical photo-alignment material is compared with the molar concentration of the polarization main alignment material.

  The mixing weight% ratio of the vertical photo alignment material and the polarization main alignment material constituting the polarization alignment reactant may be about 5:95 to 50:50, more preferably about 10:90 to 30:70. . The solvent is not included in the component ratio of the polarization alignment reactant. The smaller the vertical photo alignment material mixed with the polarization alignment reactant, the fewer uncured photoreactive groups, so that not only the afterimage of the liquid crystal display device is reduced, but also the reaction efficiency of the photoreactive groups is improved. Therefore, it is desirable that the vertical photo alignment material is mixed to about 50% by weight or less. Further, when the vertical photo alignment material is mixed to about 5% by weight or more, the uniformity of the pretilt angle is improved, so that the unevenness of the liquid crystal display device is reduced. The surface tension of the vertical photo alignment material and the polarization main alignment material is about 25-65 dyne / cm, respectively. In order for the microphase separation to be formed more clearly, the surface tension of the vertical photo-alignment material must be the same or less than the surface tension of the polarized main alignment material.

  A vertical photo-alignment material, which is a polymer material having a weight average molecular weight of about 1,000-1,000,000, includes a flexible functional group, a thermoplastic functional group, a photoreactive group. ), And at least one side chain containing a vertical functional group is a compound linked to the main chain.

  A flexible or thermoplastic functional group is a functional group that allows the side chain linked to the polymer backbone to be easily oriented, substituted or unsubstituted having a carbon number of about 3-20. Can be composed of an alkyl group or an alkoxy group.

  A photoreactive group is a functional group that undergoes a direct photopolymerization reaction or photoisomerization reaction upon irradiation with light such as ultraviolet rays. For example, the photoreactive group is composed of at least one substance selected from an azo compound, a cinnamate compound, a chalcone compound, a coumarin compound, a maleimide compound, and a mixture thereof.

  The vertical expression group is a functional group that moves the entire side chain in a direction perpendicular to the main chain located parallel to the substrates 110 and 210, and is replaced by an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having about 3 to 10 carbon atoms. Or a cyclohexyl group substituted with an alkyl group or alkoxy group having about 3 to 10 carbon atoms.

  A monomer such as a diamine to which a flexible group, a photoreactive group, and a vertical functional group are bonded can be polymerized with an acid anhydride to produce a vertical photo-alignment material. For example, at least one side chain containing fluorine F, an aryl group, and cinnamate forms a vertical photo-alignment material by polymerizing diamine and acid dianhydride. Fluorine F is an indicator for detecting a vertical photo alignment material.

  The vertical photo-alignment material according to another embodiment may be prepared by adding a compound having a thermoplastic functional group, a photoreactive group, and a vertical expression group to polyimide, polyamic acid, or the like. In this case, the thermoplastic functional group is directly linked to the polymer main chain, so that the side chain includes a thermoplastic functional group, a photoreactive group, a vertical expression group, and the like.

  Meanwhile, the polarization main alignment material may include a polymer main chain, and the weight average molecular weight is about 10,000-1,000,000. When the polarized main alignment material contains an imide group having a concentration of about 50 to 80 mol%, unevenness and afterimage of the liquid crystal display device are reduced. In order that the micro phase separation is more clearly formed and the afterimage of the liquid crystal display device is reduced, the polarization main alignment material may include about 5 mol% or less of vertically expressing groups linked to the polymer main chain.

  The main chain may be made of at least one material selected from polyimide, polyamic acid, polyamide, polyamicimide, polyester, polyethylene, polyurethane, polystyrene, and mixtures thereof. The more the main chain contains the ring structure of the imide group, the higher the rigidity of the main chain, for example, desirably when the imide group contains about 50 mol% or more. Therefore, unevenness generated when the liquid crystal display device is driven for a long time is reduced, and the alignment safety of the liquid crystal molecules is improved.

  The polarized main alignment material may be the SC-VA mode surface main alignment material described above. In addition, it is easily understood by those skilled in the art that the polarization main alignment material may be a material generally used for the VA mode or the TN mode.

  When the vertical photo-alignment material layer having undergone microphase separation is irradiated with ultraviolet rays, the photoreactive group is photocured to form the photocured layer 35. The main alignment film 33 formed by heat curing and the photocured layer 35 formed by ultraviolet rays constitute a lower plate alignment film 291.

  The light applied to the vertical photo alignment material layer may be polarized UV light, collimated UV light, or tilted light. The polarized ultraviolet light can be linearly polarized ultra-violet (LPUV) or partially polarized ultra-violet (PPUV). The irradiation wavelength can be about 270 nm to 360 nm, and the irradiation energy can be about 10 to 5,000 mJ. After a mask having an opening that transmits light and a light blocking portion that blocks light is disposed so as to correspond to the light-curing region or the non-light-curing region of the lower display panel 100 or the upper display panel 200, light is irradiated. The In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the LPUV is irradiated to the substrates 110 and 210 of the display panel at a predetermined inclination angle, for example, about 20 ° to 70 °. The vertical photo alignment material layer undergoes a dimerization reaction, a cis-trans isomerization reaction, or a light-decomposition reaction due to light passing through the opening of the mask. Therefore, the polymer of the photocured layer 35 that has been photocured according to the LPUV direction and the polarization direction has a direction that is slightly inclined with respect to the direction perpendicular to the substrate 110.

  This has the same effect as that in which the surfaces of the alignment films 291 and 292 are rubbed in a certain direction, and the liquid crystal molecules 31 adjacent to the photocured layer 35 are tilted similarly to the polymer of the photocured layer 35. To have a constant pretilt angle. Therefore, the direction of the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules 31 is determined based on the tilt angle of the polarized ultraviolet light, and a domain having liquid crystal molecules having a certain pretilt angle direction is formed. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the photocuring layers 35 and 36 having two pretilt angle directions are formed on the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200, respectively, and the liquid crystal layer 3 of the liquid crystal display device is photocured. The layers 35 and 36 have four domains having different azimuth angles by vector sum in the direction of the pretilt angle. On the other hand, the four photo-curing layers 35 and 36 having different directions are formed on any one of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200, so that the liquid crystal layer 3 includes four liquid crystal layers 3. You can have a domain. The azimuth angles of the four domains can be tilted about 45 ° with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer.

  In the next step S340, the sealant is formed between the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 on which the lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 are formed, and the two display panels 100 and 200 are sealed. As a result, the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 is manufactured. The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 manufactured in this way has a polarization UV-VA mode characteristic. When the liquid crystal display device is manufactured based on the polarized UV-VA mode, an afterimage of the liquid crystal display device is reduced due to a decrease in uncured photoreactive groups. Also, the processability of the liquid crystal display device is improved by forming the domains based on the direction of polarized ultraviolet rays. In other words, in the SVA mode or the SC-VA mode, the liquid crystal molecules 31 have a pretilt angle according to the direction of the electric field and fine branch 197 formed in the liquid crystal layer 3 by the exposure voltage, but in the polarized UV-VA mode, photocuring The layer 35 is formed before the sealing of the two display panels 100 and 200 to improve workability regardless of whether the micro branch 197 exists or not and the direction of the micro branch 197.

Embodiment 2
The alignment film of the liquid crystal display according to another embodiment of the present invention is formed of a polarization alignment reactant having a mixed photo alignment material 48. The mixed photo alignment material 48 contained in the polarization alignment reactant according to the present invention easily moves to the surface of the polarization alignment reactant in the phase separation process, thereby reducing the uncured photoreactive polymer and the liquid crystal display. Equipment production costs, residual DC voltage or afterimage are reduced. The mixed photo alignment material 48 according to an embodiment of the present invention may include a thermal reaction part 48a, a light reaction part 48b, and a vertical expression part 48c, and may be a compound composed of these.

  The embodiment of the present invention is substantially the same as the liquid crystal panel assembly manufactured by the polarized UV-VA mode described above except for the material constituting the polarization alignment reactant and the micro-phase separation (MPS) process in the thermosetting process. It is. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, the duplicate explanation will be briefly explained or omitted. Since the formation of the upper plate alignment film 292 and the lower plate alignment film 291 is substantially the same, the upper plate alignment film 292 and the lower plate alignment film 291 are not distinguished, and the alignment film according to the embodiment of the present invention is formed. The process will be described in detail.

  Hereinafter, with reference to FIGS. 15A to 15G, a process of forming an alignment film formed by the polarization alignment reactant 47 having the mixed photo alignment material 48 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail. 15A to 15G are cross-sectional views sequentially illustrating a process of forming an alignment film of the liquid crystal panel assembly according to the second UV-VA mode embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 15A, the polarization alignment reactant 47 having the mixed photo alignment material 48 is applied on the pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270 as described above. The polarization alignment reactant 47 having the mixed light alignment material 48 may be formed in the inner region of the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200, or may be applied so as to partially overlap the outer region. The polarization alignment reactant 47 having the mixed photo alignment material 48 may be a mixture of a polarization main alignment material 37, a photo alignment vertical material 49, a mixed photo alignment material 48, and a solvent. The pixel electrode 191 and the common electrode 270 may not have the fine branch or the fine slit described above.

  Hereinafter, the composition ratio of the polarization main alignment material 37, the photo alignment vertical material 49, the mixed photo alignment material 48, and the solvent constituting the polarization alignment reactant 47 having the mixed photo alignment material 48 will be described in detail.

  The solid contents produced by including the photo alignment vertical material 49, the polarization main alignment material 37, and the mixed photo alignment material 48 are dissolved in a solvent to thereby have the polarization alignment reaction having the mixed photo alignment material 48. An object 47 is formed. In the polarization alignment reactant 47, the solvent may be about 85 wt% to about 98 wt%, more preferably about 93.5 wt%, and the solid content excluding the solvent, that is, the polarization main alignment material 37. The mixture of the photo alignment vertical material 49 and the mixed photo alignment material 48 may be about 2 wt% to about 15 wt% in the polarization alignment reactant 47, more preferably about 6.5 wt%. . The solid content having a content of about 2% by weight or more can improve the printability of the polarization alignment reactant 47 when applied to the lower or upper display panel. The solid content having a content of about 15% by weight or less can prevent the formation of precipitates formed because the solid content does not dissolve in the solvent, and improves the printability of the polarization alignment reactant 47. be able to.

  The polarization main alignment material 37 may be about 34 wt% to about 89.55 wt% in the solid content, more preferably about 70 wt%, and the photo alignment vertical material 49 is in the solid content. From about 8.5 wt% to about 59.7 wt%, more desirably about 30 wt%, and the mixed photoalignment material 48 is about 0.5 wt% to about 15 wt% in solids. %, More desirably about 5% by weight. The solid content is obtained by removing the solvent from the polarization alignment reactant 47. The mixed photo-alignment material 48 having a content of about 0.5% by weight or more of the total weight of the solid content can provide the photo-alignment vertical material 49 with minimum photoreactivity by reacting with the photo-alignment vertical material 49. it can. In addition, the mixed photo alignment material 48 having a content of about 15% by weight or less of the total weight of the solid content can minimize the decrease in the alignment characteristics of the alignment film formed by the polarization alignment reactant 47.

  The weight ratio of the photo alignment vertical material 49 and the polarization main alignment material 37 may be about 1: 9 to about 6: 4, and more preferably about 1: 9 to about 5: 5. The polarization alignment reactant 47 having such a weight ratio can easily undergo microphase separation by the above-described pre-heating or post-heating, and the mixed photo-alignment material 48 is formed on the surface of the polarization alignment reactant 47 in contact with air. Can be easily moved. The photo alignment vertical material 49 and the polarization main alignment material 37 may have a weight average molecular weight of about 10,000 to about 900,000, respectively, for the storage property and printability of the material. The weight average molecular weight is a monodispersed polystyrene-reduced value measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

  Hereinafter, the polarization main alignment material 37, the photo alignment vertical material 49, the mixed photo alignment material 48, and the solvent that constitute the polarization alignment reactant 47 having the mixed photo alignment material 48 will be described in detail.

  The polarization main alignment material 37 is a compound composed of about 95 mol% to about 100 mol% monomer having no side chain and about 0 mol% to about 5 mol% monomer having a side chain. The polarization main alignment material 37 having the composition has horizontal alignment. The monomer having no side chain is preferably about 100 mol% in the polarization main alignment material 37, but may have a composition range that does not reduce horizontal alignment, that is, about 95 mol% to about 100 mol%. . Further, the monomer having a side chain may be in a composition range that does not reduce the horizontal alignment, that is, about 0 mol% to about 5 mol% in the polarization main alignment material 37. The side chain of the monomer constituting the polarization main alignment material 37 can include all functional groups except -H. Although the side chain of the monomer constituting the surface main alignment material 37 may be substantially the same as the side chain of the monomer constituting the photo alignment vertical material 49, the composition ratio of the monomer having the side chain is small, so that the polarization main alignment The material 37 may have a horizontal orientation.

  The polarization main alignment material 37 is at least one material selected from a polyimide compound, a polyamic acid compound, a polysiloxane compound, a polyvinyl cinnamate compound, a polyacrylate compound, a polymethyl methacrylate compound, and a mixture thereof. possible.

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, when the polarization main alignment material 37 is a polyimide compound, the main chain may be a monomer having an imide bond.

  The photo-alignment vertical material 49 is a compound composed of a monomer having a terminal linked to a side chain having a hydrophobic group and a monomer having no side chain. The monomer having a side chain constituting the photo-alignment vertical material 49 may be 10 mol% (mol%) to 70 mol%, and more desirably about 20 mol% to about 60 mol%. The monomer that does not have can be from 30 mole% to 90 mole%, and more desirably from about 40 mole% to about 80 mole%. The photo-alignment vertical material 49 having these compositions has vertical alignment.

  The monomer having a side chain and the monomer having no side chain constituting the photo-alignment vertical substance 49 are respectively an imide bond monomer constituting a polyimide compound, an amic acid monomer constituting a polyamic acid compound, and a polysiloxane Siloxane monomer constituting compound, vinyl cinnamate monomer constituting polyvinyl cinnamate compound, acrylate monomer constituting polyacrylic acid compound, methyl methacrylic acid monomer constituting polymethyl methacrylate compound, and these It may be at least one substance selected from a mixture.

  The main chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 may be a polyimide compound or a polyamic acid compound. The photo-alignment vertical material 49 composed of imide bond monomers according to an embodiment of the present invention has a structure in which a polyimide-based compound is included as a main chain and side chains are linked to the main chain. The photo-alignment vertical material 49 composed of an imide bond monomer can be produced by imidizing a part of a polyamic acid compound. The main chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 is defined as the connecting portion of the monomer excluding the side chain. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the photo-alignment vertical material 49 including a polyamic acid compound as a main chain can be manufactured by a reaction of a diamine compound and an acid anhydride. The diamine-based compound may be a diamine having substantially the same functional group as the side chain.

  The side chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 is connected to the first functional group, the first functional group, the second functional group including a plurality of carbon rings, and the vertical expression connected to the second functional group. Group 49c. The first functional group can include an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having about 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The second functional group is linked to the main chain by the first functional group and is linked to the vertical expression group 49c. The second functional group can include cyclohexane, benzene, chroman, naphthalene, tetrahydropyran, dioxane, or a steroid derivative. The vertical expression group 49c shown in FIG. 15C is a hydrophobic group linked to the end of the side chain. The vertical expression group 49c may include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having a side chain linked to the linear alkyl, or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. In the vertically expressed group 49c, the hydrogen atom can be replaced with F or Cl, respectively.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the side chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 may be a monomer represented by the following chemical formulas X-UV1 to X-UV4.

  Chemical formula X-UV1

  Chemical formula X-UV2

  Chemical formula X-UV3

  Chemical formula X-UV4

  According to an embodiment of the present invention, the side chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 may include a photoreactive portion having a photoreactive group. The photoreactive group linked to the side chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 can be cured by light to form a photocured layer having a pretilt angle. The photoreaction unit 48b can be replaced with the second functional group, that is, interposed between the first functional group and the vertical expression group 49c and linked to the first functional group and the vertical expression group 49c. On the other hand, the photoreactive portion 48b can be linked to the first and second working groups by interposing between the first working group and the second working group. The photoreactive portion linked to the side chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 may be a monomer represented by the following chemical formulas X-UV5 to X-UV9.

  Chemical formula X-UV5

  Chemical formula X-UV6

  Chemical formula X-UV7

  Chemical formula X-UV8

  Chemical formula X-UV9

  The photoreactive portion linked to the side chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 was selected from the photoreactive polymer, reactive mesogen (RM), photopolymerization material, photoisomerization material, and compounds or mixtures thereof. It can be at least one substance.

  The mixed photo alignment material 48 according to the present invention includes a compound represented by the following chemical formula X-UP1. The mixed photo-alignment material 48 includes a thermal reaction part 48a, a light reaction part 48b, a connection part, and a vertical expression part 48c. In the thermal reaction part 48a, the bond between carbons is cut by heat, and the bond between the photo alignment vertical material 49 and the mixed photo alignment material 48 becomes easy. The light reaction part 48b is coupled to another light reaction part by light. The connection part connects the light reaction part 48b, the heat reaction part 48a, and the vertical expression part 48c. The vertical manifestation part 48 c improves the vertical alignment property of the mixed light alignment material 48.

  Chemical formula X-UP1

(Chemical Formula 129)
B ₁ -X ₁ -A ₁ -Y ₁ -D
In the chemical formula described above, A ₁ is the photoreaction portion 48b of the mixed photo-alignment material 48 shown in FIG. 15C. The photoreaction unit 48b can be polymerized or cured with the adjacent photoreaction unit 48b by receiving the irradiated light. A ₁ can be cinnamate, coumarin, or chalcone.

X ₁ and Y ₁ are connection parts, and connect the photoreaction part A ₁ , the thermal reaction part B ₁ , and the vertical expression part D. X ₁ and Y ₁ may each be a single bond or —C _n H _2n — (n is an integer of 1 to 6). When X ₁ and / or Y ₁ is —C _n H _2n —, X ₁ and / or Y ₁ can have a linear type or branched type hydrocarbon.

One or more —CH ₂ — constituting X ₁ and Y ₁ can be replaced by —O— or —Si—. According to an embodiment of the present invention, X ₁ and / or Y ₁ is —CH ₂ —, —CH ₂ —CH ₂ —, —O—CH ₂ —, —CH ₂ —Si—, or —O—Si—O. -Can be

B ₁ represents a heat-reactive part 48a shown in FIG. 15C. B ₁ is composed of a bond between carbons or a bond between carbon and oxygen that can be easily cut by heat, and can be easily bonded to the photo-alignment vertical material 49. B ₁ is

Or

It can be.

D is the vertical expression part 48c of the mixed photo-alignment material 48 having the vertical alignment shown in FIG. 15C, and is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms. The vertical expression part 48c of the mixed photo-alignment material 48 improves the vertical alignment. That is, in addition to the vertical expression group 49 c linked to the side chain of the photo-alignment vertical material 49, the mixed photo-alignment material 48 has the vertical expression part 48 c, thereby increasing the number of vertical action groups constituting the polarization alignment reactant 47. . Accordingly, the mixed photo-alignment material 48 having the vertical development part 48c and the photo-alignment vertical material 49 having the vertical development group 49c are combined in the thermosetting process to increase the density of the vertical alignment functional groups, thereby increasing the vertical alignment layer. The orientation can be improved. In the chemical formula X-UP1, hydrogen atoms other than B ₁ can be replaced with F or Cl, respectively.

In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, the mixed photo alignment material 48 expressed by Formula X-UP1, the configuration of the -O-Si-O-, _{B 1} constituting cinnamate constituting the _{A 1, X 1} and _{Y 1} each Do

, And D

Can have.

  According to another embodiment of the present invention, the mixed photo alignment material 48 may include a compound represented by the following chemical formula X-UP2.

  Chemical formula X-UP2

(Chemical 136)
B ₂ -X ₂ -A ₂
In the chemical formula described above, A ₂ may be a material constituting the photoreaction portion 48 b of the mixed photo-alignment material 48. X ₂ may be a material constituting the connection portion of the mixed photo-alignment material 48. B ₂ may be a material constituting a thermal reaction of the mixed photo alignment material 48. The substances B ₂ , X ₂ and A ₂ may be the same as B ₁ , X ₁ and A ₁ , respectively. In the chemical formula X-UP2, hydrogen atoms excluding B ₂ can be replaced with F or Cl, respectively.

  Compared with the mixed photo-alignment material 48 expressed by the chemical formula X-UP1, the mixed photo-alignment material 48 expressed by the chemical formula X-UP2 does not have the vertical expression part 48c. Even if the mixed photo-alignment material 48 expressed by the chemical formula X-UP2 does not have the vertical expression portion 48c, the large-size photoreaction portion 48b enables stable arrangement of the side chains of the photo-alignment vertical material 49. .

  The solvent may be a compound that can dissolve or mix the photo-alignment vertical material 49, the polarization main alignment material 37, and the mixed photo-alignment material 48, or a compound that can improve printability. The solvent can be an organic solvent and can be the material described above.

  In order to improve the photocuring reaction, the polarization alignment reactant 47 may further include the above-described photoinitiator.

  Referring to FIGS. 15B to 15E, after being applied, the polarization alignment reactant 47 is thermally cured by preheating (FIG. 15A) or post-heating (FIG. 15D) heat treatment, as described above. The polarization alignment reactant 47 undergoes microphase separation by thermosetting. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the polarization alignment reactant 47 undergoes phase separation in the preheating step and phase separation is completed in the post-heating step. Hereinafter, the phase separation process of the polarization alignment reactant 47 will be described in detail.

  Referring to FIG. 15B, the polarization alignment reactant 47 is preheated. The pre-heated polarization alignment reactant 47 undergoes microphase separation in the polarization main alignment material layer 37a and the vertical photo alignment material layer 46a, and the solvent of the polarization alignment reaction material 47 is vaporized. The polarization main alignment material layer 37 a is formed in the vicinity of the pixel electrode or the common electrode, and mainly includes the polarization main alignment material 37. The polarization main alignment material layer 37 a may include a photo alignment vertical material 49 and a mixed photo alignment material 48. The vertical photo alignment material layer 46a is formed in the vicinity of the surface in contact with air, and mainly includes the polarization main alignment material 37 and the mixed photo alignment material 48. The vertical photo alignment material layer 46 a may include a polarization main alignment material 37. The light alignment vertical material 49 and the polarization main alignment material 37 may be substantially mixed at the interface between the polarization main alignment material layer 37a and the vertical photo alignment material layer 46a.

  Referring to FIG. 15C, the process in which the phase separation of the polarization alignment reactant 47 occurs is as follows. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the photo-alignment vertical material 49 constituting the polarization alignment reactant 47 has a relatively non-polarity compared to the polarization main alignment material 37, and the polarization main alignment material 37 includes , Which is relatively polar compared to the photo-alignment vertical material 49. Air has a non-polarity compared to the material constituting the pixel or common electrode, and the material constituting the pixel or common electrode has a polarity compared to air. Accordingly, in the preheating process, the photo-alignment vertical material 49 constituting the polarization alignment reactant 47 has a greater affinity with air than the polarization main alignment material 37, and is thus moved mainly in the direction of the surface in contact with air. The Further, since the polarized main alignment material 37 having polarity pushes out the mixed photo alignment material 48, the mixed photo alignment material 48 is mixed with the photo alignment vertical material 49 by moving like the photo alignment vertical material 49. Accordingly, the mixed photo alignment material 48 and the photo alignment vertical material 49 moved in the direction of the surface in the preheating step form a vertical photo alignment material layer 46a. As a result, the mixed photo-alignment material 48 can be easily moved to the surface in contact with air by the phase separation process of the polarization main alignment material 37 and the photo-alignment vertical material 49, and thus included in the polarization alignment reactant 47. The content of the mixed photo-alignment material 48 can be reduced.

  On the other hand, the polarization main alignment material 37 constituting the polarization alignment reactant 47 has a higher affinity with the material formed below the polarization alignment reactant 47 than the photo alignment vertical material 49, that is, the pixel electrode or the common electrode. Move in the direction of the electrode layer. The polarized main alignment material 37 and a part of the photo alignment vertical material 49 moved in the direction of the electrode layer form a polarized main alignment material layer 37a. The vertical expression group 49c of the photo-alignment vertical material 49 may have a vertical alignment by primary heating. The mixed photo-alignment material 48 may include a thermal reaction part 48a, a light reaction part 48b, and a vertical expression part 48c.

  Referring to FIGS. 15D to 15E, the polarization alignment reactants 46a and 37a in which phase separation has occurred are post-heated as described above. The post-heated polarized alignment reactants 46 a and 37 a form a vertical alignment with the main alignment film 33. The main alignment film 33 is mainly formed by curing the polarization main alignment material 37. Further, in the post-heating step, the chemical reaction of the thermal reaction unit 48 a constituting the mixed photo alignment material 48 is easily broken, and the broken thermal reaction unit 48 a performs chemical bonding with the photo alignment vertical material 49. Therefore, the photoreactive vertical material 49 and the thermal reaction part 48a of the mixed photoalignment material 48 constituting the vertical photoalignment material layer 46a are chemically combined, and the photoreaction part 48b and the vertical expression part 48c are A vertical alignment is formed on the surface of the layer 46a, so that even if the photo-alignment vertical material 49 does not have photoreactivity, the photo-alignment vertical material is bonded to the thermal reaction part 48a of the mixed photo-alignment material 48. 49 can have photoreactivity. Since the photo alignment vertical material 49 or the polarization main alignment material 37 combined with the mixed photo alignment material 48 may have photoreactivity, the mixed photo alignment material 48 included in the polarization alignment reactant 47 may be further reduced. Can do. In the post-heating step, the solvent of the polarization alignment reactant 47 can be additionally vaporized. In the post-heating process, the vertical expression group 49c included in the photo-alignment vertical material 49 may be vertically aligned.

  After the post-heating step, the polarization alignment reactant 47 can be washed with pure water (DIW) and additionally washed with isopropyl alcohol (IPA). After washing, the polarization alignment reactant 47 is dried.

  Next, referring to FIGS. 15F to 15G, when the vertical photo-alignment material layer 46a is irradiated with light, the photoreaction portion 48b of the mixed photo-alignment material 48 is cured, as shown in FIG. 15G. A photocuring layer 35 is formed on the main alignment film. The main alignment film 33 formed by heat curing and the photocured layer 35 formed by ultraviolet rays constitute a lower plate alignment film 291. The light applied to the vertical photo-alignment material layer 46a shown in FIG. 15F and the photocuring process are the same as those described above in connection with the polarized UV-VA mode. The photocuring layer has a pretilt angle by a non-contact type photocuring step. The pretilt angle of the photocured layer may be about 80 ° to about 90 ° with respect to the substrates of the display panels 100 and 200, and more preferably about 87.5 ° to about 89.5 °. Even if the pixel electrode does not have a fine slit or a fine branch by the light irradiation method described above, the liquid crystal display device according to the embodiment of the present invention can have a plurality of domains dividing the liquid crystal layer into a plurality of domains.

  Thereafter, as described above with reference to step S340, the liquid crystal layer 3 and the sealant are formed between the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 on which the lower plate alignment film 291 and the upper plate alignment film 292 are formed. Is done. The display board assembled with the sealant is annealed. The material of the sealant, the step of curing the sealant, and the annealing can be the same as described above for the main alignment films 33 and 34 of the rigid vertical alignment side chain. The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 manufactured in this way has a polarization UV-VA mode characteristic.

  In accordance with the present invention, the mixed photo alignment material 48 included in the polarization alignment reactant 47 can be easily moved to the surface irradiated with light in the step of forming the alignment film. The content of the mixed photo-alignment material 48 included can be reduced. Therefore, the production cost of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced.

  In addition, since the photo-alignment vertical material 49 or the polarization main alignment material 37 can have photoreactivity by being combined with the mixed photo-alignment material 48, the content of the mixed photo-alignment material 48 contained in the polarization alignment reactant 47. Can be further reduced.

  Furthermore, since the amount of the mixed photo alignment material 48 remaining in the alignment film without reacting can be minimized, the residual DC voltage or afterimage of the liquid crystal display device can be reduced.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the main alignment films 33 and 34 are formed by the polarization alignment reactant 47 having the mixed photo alignment material 48, and the liquid crystal display device having the same is manufactured.

  The polarization alignment reactant 47 applied to the experiment of the present invention includes a solid and a solvent having a polarization main alignment material 37, a photo alignment vertical material 49, and a mixed photo alignment material 48. The solid content constituting the polarization alignment reactant 47 is about 6.5% by weight, and the solvent is about 93.5% by weight. Further, the photo-alignment vertical material 49 constituting the solid content is about 30% by weight in the solid content, the polarization main alignment material 37 is about 70% by weight in the solid content, and the mixed photo-alignment material 48 is. Is about 5% by weight in the solids.

  The photo-alignment vertical material 49 is

as well as

Are compounds of diacid anhydride and diamine (JSR, PI-37) each having a ratio of about 1: 0.4: 0.6. Where W ₂ is

And W ₃ is

It is.

  The polarized main alignment material 37 is

as well as

Are compounds (JSR, PA-4) of dianhydride acid and diamine, each constituted in a ratio of about 1: 1.

 Where W1 is

It is.

  The mixed photo-alignment material 48 is a compound (JSR, P_A (std.)) Represented by the following chemical formula X-UP3.

  Chemical formula X-UP3

  The solvent is a mixture of about 45% by weight N-methylpyrrolidone and about 55% by weight butyl cellosolve.

  The polarization alignment reactant 47 having the above-described component ratio applied to a 17-inch liquid crystal display panel is preheated at about 80 ° C. and then post-heated at about 220 ° C. for about 20 minutes. . Thereafter, the linearly polarized ultraviolet rays are opposite to the polarization alignment reactant 47 formed on the common electrode constituting the upper display panel while having an inclination angle of about 50 ° with respect to the substrate surface of the display panel ( Irradiated in a direction that is anti-parallel). Further, as described above, linearly polarized ultraviolet rays are also irradiated to the polarization alignment reactant 47 formed on the pixel electrode constituting the lower display panel.

The lower plate photocuring layer 35 and the upper plate photocuring layer 36 have a pretilt angle that is antiparallel to the irradiated ultraviolet rays. In other words, the photocuring layers 35 and 36 have four different pretilt angles, and the liquid crystal layer 3 of the liquid crystal display device has different azimuth angles by the photocuring layers 35 and 36 having four different pretilt angles. It has 4 domains formed. The azimuth angles of the four domains are defined by the vector sum of four different pretilt angles. The intensity of linearly polarized ultraviolet light is about 20 mJ / cm ² . The liquid crystal panel assembly thus manufactured operates by the charge sharing type 1G1D driving described above with reference to FIG.

  In the liquid crystal display device thus manufactured, the liquid crystal molecules adjacent to the photocured layer have a pretilt angle of about 88.2 ° with respect to the substrate surface of the liquid crystal display panel. The surface afterimage of a liquid crystal display operated in a high temperature chamber of about 50 ° C. for 24 hours with a check flicker pattern image is good at a level of about 3.

Driving of Liquid Crystal Display Device Hereinafter, the structure and operation of an equivalent circuit for one pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 11 is an equivalent circuit diagram of a charge sharing (CS) charging method 1G1D (1 Gate line 1 Data line) for one pixel X shown in FIG. 3 according to an embodiment of the present invention. An equivalent circuit for one pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device includes a signal line including a gate line 121, a storage electrode line 125, a step-down gate line 123, and a data line 171, and a pixel PX connected thereto.

  One pixel PX includes a first thin film transistor Qh, a second thin film transistor Ql, a third thin film transistor Qc, a first liquid crystal capacitor Clch, a second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl, a first holding capacitor Csth, and a second Of the storage capacitor Cstl and the step-down capacitor Cstd.

  The first thin film transistor Qh and the second thin film transistor Ql formed on the lower display panel 100 are three-terminal devices, that is, the gate electrodes of the first thin film transistor Qh and the second thin film transistor Ql, ie, The control terminal is connected to the gate line 121, these source electrodes, ie, the input terminal, are connected to the data line 171, and these drain electrodes, ie, the output terminal, are the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and the second liquid crystal capacitor Clch. The liquid crystal capacitor Clcl is connected to the first holding capacitor Csth and the second holding capacitor Cstl, respectively.

  The third thin film transistor Qc is a three-terminal element, the gate electrode of the third thin film transistor Qc, that is, the control terminal is connected to the step-down gate line 123, and the source electrode, that is, the input terminal, is the second liquid crystal. The drain electrode, that is, the output terminal of the capacitor Clcl or the second thin film transistor Ql is connected to the step-down capacitor Cstd.

  The first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l constituting the pixel electrode 191 are connected to the drain electrodes, that is, the output terminals of the first thin film transistor Qh and the second thin film transistor Ql. The electrodes of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl are connected to the first subpixel electrode 191 h and the second subpixel electrode 191 l, and the other electrodes are common electrodes of the upper display panel 200. 270, respectively. The electrodes of the first holding capacitor Csth and the second holding capacitor Cstl are connected to the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l, respectively, and the other electrodes are used for holding the lower display panel 100. The electrode lines 125 or the portions 126, 127, and 128 connected to the holding electrode lines are connected. One electrode of the step-down capacitor Cstd is connected to the output terminal of the third thin film transistor Qc, and the other electrode is connected to the holding electrode line 125. The first holding capacitor Csth and the second holding capacitor Cstl enhance the voltage holding capability of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl, respectively. The electrodes of the capacitors Clch, Clcl, Csth, Cstl, Cstd overlap with the insulators 3, 140, 181, and 182 in between.

  Hereinafter, the charging principle of the pixel PX will be described in detail. When the gate-on voltage Von is supplied to the nth gate line Gn, the first thin film transistor Qh and the second thin film transistor Ql connected thereto are turned on, and the gate-off voltage Voff is applied to the nth step-down gate line An. Supplied. Accordingly, the data voltage of the nth data line Dn is supplied to the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l through the first thin film transistor Qh and the second thin film transistor Ql which are turned on. . At this time, the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl are charged by the difference between the common voltage Vcom of the common electrode 270 and the voltages of the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l. In addition, the charging voltage value of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and the charging voltage value of the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl are the same.

  Thereafter, the gate-off voltage Voff is supplied to the nth gate line Gn, and the gate-on voltage Von is supplied to the nth step-down gate line An. That is, the first thin film transistor Qh and the second thin film transistor Ql are turned off, and the third thin film transistor Qc is turned on. Accordingly, the charge of the second subpixel electrode 191l connected to the output terminal of the second thin film transistor Ql flows to the step-down capacitor Cstd, and the voltage of the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl drops. As a result, the same data voltage is supplied to the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l, respectively, but the charging voltage of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch is higher than the charging voltage of the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl. growing. The ratio of the voltage of the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl to the voltage of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch can be about 0.6 to 0.9: 1, more preferably about 0.77: 1. In this way, the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are supplied with the same data voltage, and the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl and the step-down capacitor Cstd of the second subpixel electrode 191l are charged. By sharing, the capacitance values of the first liquid crystal capacitor Clch and the second liquid crystal capacitor Clcl are made different from each other. This is called charge sharing (CS) charging.

  As a result, since the liquid crystal molecules 31 of the first subpixel electrode 191h receive a larger electric field strength than the liquid crystal molecules 31 of the second subpixel electrode 191l, the liquid crystal molecules 31 of the first subpixel electrode 191h are further inclined. . In order to compensate for the phase delay of light when the liquid crystal molecules 31 of the first sub-pixel 190h and the second sub-pixel 190l charged by the charge sharing (CS) method have different tilt angles, the present invention The liquid crystal display device has good side visibility and a large reference viewing angle. The reference viewing angle means a limit angle at which a side contrast ratio to a front contrast ratio is about 1/10 or a luminance inversion limit angle between gradations. The larger the reference viewing angle, the better the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device. In addition, when one gate line 121 and one data line 171 are connected to one pixel PX, the first sub-pixel 190h and the second sub-pixel 190l constituting one pixel PX operate. Therefore, the aperture ratio of the liquid crystal display device is increased. In this way, one gate line 121 and one data line 171 are connected to one pixel PX, and this is referred to as one gate line 1 data line (1G1D).

  In one embodiment of the present invention, when the gate-on voltage Von supplied to the nth gate line Gn and the gate-on voltage Von supplied to the nth step-down gate line An overlap due to a signal delay of the gate-on voltage, Poor charging can occur at the electrodes. In order to solve such a problem, the n-th step-down gate line An is connected to the (n + m) -th (here, m ≧ 1) gate line 121, more preferably the (n + 4) -th gate line 121. As a result, the gate-on voltage Von can be received.

  One pixel PX circuit according to another embodiment of the present invention includes a two-TFT (2T) charging type one gate line and two data lines (1G2D) in which two thin film transistors and two data lines are connected to one pixel PX. ). That is, the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are respectively connected to the output terminals of the first and second thin film transistors having gate electrodes connected to the same gate line, and are different from each other. The data lines are connected to the input terminals of the first and second thin film transistors, respectively. Different data voltages supplied to the first sub-electrode 191h and the second sub-electrode 191l through two different data lines are divided voltages of voltages corresponding to one video. In the 1G2D driving of the 2T charging method, an arbitrary data voltage can be applied to each of the sub-pixel electrodes 191h and 191l, and thus the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device can be further improved.

  Another embodiment of the present invention is a swing voltage electrode line driving system. Each pixel of this driving method has two thin film transistors, one gate line, one data line, and two swing voltage electrode lines. The gate electrodes of the first and second thin film transistors are connected to the gate lines, their source electrodes are connected to the data lines, and these drain electrodes are connected to the first and second subpixel electrodes and the first and second sub-pixel electrodes. And 2 holding capacitors. The electrodes of the first and second liquid crystal capacitors are connected to the first and second subpixel electrodes, respectively, and the other electrodes are connected to the common electrode formed on the upper display panel, respectively. The electrodes of the first and second storage capacitors are connected to the first and second subpixel electrodes, respectively, and the other electrodes are connected to the swing voltage electrode lines, respectively. During the pixel operation, a pulse train having a voltage level with a constant period is applied to the swing voltage electrode line, and the opposite phase voltage is applied to the swing voltage electrode line of the first subpixel and the second subpixel voltage. Simultaneously applied to the swing voltage electrode line of the pixel. The pulse train supplied to the swing voltage electrode line can have two different voltages. Therefore, the level of the voltage charged in the first sub-pixel liquid crystal capacitor and the voltage charged in the second sub-pixel liquid crystal capacitor are different from each other, so that the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device is improved.

  Another embodiment of the present invention is a storage electrode line charge sharing drive system. Each pixel of this driving method has three thin film transistors, one gate line, one data line, and one storage electrode line. The gate electrodes of the first and second thin film transistors are connected to the gate lines, their source electrodes are connected to the data lines, and each of these drain electrodes is connected to the first and second subpixel liquid crystal capacitors. Is done. The other ends of the first and second subpixel liquid crystal capacitors are respectively connected to the upper plate common electrode. The gate electrode of the third thin film transistor is connected to the holding electrode line, the source electrode is connected to the electrode of the second liquid crystal capacitor connected to the drain electrode of the second thin film transistor, and the drain electrode is connected to the holding electrode. Connected to the line's opposite electrode or the drain electrode extension of the third thin film transistor. The charge voltage of the second sub-pixel liquid crystal capacitor shares the charge with the drain electrode extension of the third thin film transistor by the voltage of the holding electrode line, so that the charge voltage of the second sub-pixel is the first sub-pixel Lower than the charging voltage. The voltage supplied to the storage electrode line may be substantially the same as the voltage of the common electrode.

  Hereinafter, the operation of the liquid crystal display device manufactured by the above-described method will be described in detail. The liquid crystal display device has the structure of the pixel PX shown in FIG. 3, and operates by the method described in relation to FIG. The modes for manufacturing the liquid crystal panel assembly 300, that is, the SVA, SC-VA, and polarized UV-VA modes are distinguished based on the method of forming the alignment films 291 and 292, respectively. However, after the liquid crystal panel assembly 300 is manufactured, the liquid crystal display device operates substantially the same regardless of each mode. Therefore, the operation of the liquid crystal display device described later will be described regardless of the mode in which the alignment film is formed.

  The liquid crystal panel assembly 300 is assembled based on the SVA, SC-VA, or polarized UV-VA mode using the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200 having the pixels PX of FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, the liquid crystal display device is manufactured by connecting the driving units 400 and 500, the signal control unit 600, and the gray voltage generator 800 to the liquid crystal panel assembly 300. In a state in which no voltage is supplied to the pixel PX of the liquid crystal display device, the liquid crystal molecules 31 adjacent to the alignment films 291 and 292 are constant and slightly inclined with respect to the direction perpendicular to the lower display panel 100 and the upper display panel 200. The pretilt angle is as follows. When the data voltage is supplied to the pixel electrode 191, the liquid crystal molecules 31 in the same domain move in the same tilt direction. The directions of the fine branches 197 of the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are different from each other with respect to the transmission axis or the polarization axis of the polarizer, and the strength of the fringe electric field is smaller than that of the fine slit. The luminance of the subpixel electrodes 190h and 190l is different because the voltage varies depending on the width and the voltage of the liquid crystal capacitor is different. Thus, the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device can be improved by adjusting the liquid crystal tilt angle of the sub-pixel electrode. In addition, the second subpixel electrode 191l has the above-described MA region, and the texture generated when the liquid crystal molecules 31 are discontinuously aligned is reduced by continuously changing the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules 31. To do.

Basic pixel group of LCD
Embodiment 1
Hereinafter, when the above-described parameters are applied to each pixel PX of the basic pixel group PS in consideration of the basic color according to the embodiment of the present invention with reference to FIG. 12, FIG. 14, and FIGS. The quality characteristics will be described in detail. The basic pixel group PS improves the visibility of the liquid crystal display device and reduces rainbow unevenness or yellowish phenomenon. Therefore, the quality of the liquid crystal display device having the basic pixel group can be improved. 12, FIG. 14, and FIGS. 28 to 32 are plan views showing the pixel electrodes 191 of the basic pixel group PS constituting the liquid crystal display device according to the embodiment of the present invention. 12, 14, and 28 to 32 are plan views illustrating pixel electrodes of the basic pixel group PS formed on the lower display panel 100. Since other plan views excluding the plan view of the pixel electrode 191 are the same as those described above, the duplicated explanation is omitted for convenience of explanation.

  As shown in FIG. 12, the basic pixel group PS includes pixel electrodes 191R, 191G, and 191B corresponding to red, green, and blue basic colors. The structure of the pixel electrodes 191R and 191G of the red and green pixels PX is the same, but the structure of the pixel electrode 191B of the blue pixel PX is partially different from the structure of the pixel electrodes 191R and 191G. The basic pixel group PS is made up of three basic colors, namely, red, green, and blue pixels PX corresponding to red (R), green (G), and blue (B). The red, green, and blue pixels PX include a red pixel electrode 191R, a green pixel electrode 191G, and a blue pixel electrode 191B, respectively. A basic color filter indicating a basic color may be formed on the lower display panel or the upper display panel.

  Each pixel electrode 191R, 191G, 191B is divided into two subpixel electrodes 191h, 191l formed in two subpixel regions. The red pixel electrode 191R includes a first red subpixel electrode 191Rh formed in the first subpixel area of the red pixel, and a second red subpixel electrode 191Rl formed in the second subpixel area of the red pixel. Have The green pixel electrode 191G includes a first green subpixel electrode 191Gh formed in the first subpixel area of the green pixel and a second green subpixel electrode 191Gl formed in the second subpixel area of the green pixel. Have The blue pixel electrode 191B includes a first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh formed in the first subpixel area of the blue pixel and a second blue subpixel electrode 191Bl formed in the second subpixel area of the blue pixel. Have

  The fine branch width and fine slit width of the first red subpixel electrode 191Rh and the first green subpixel electrode 191Gh are about 3 μm and about 3 μm, respectively, and the fine branch width and fineness of the first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh The slit width is about 3 μm and about 4 μm. The fine branch width and fine slit width of the second red subpixel electrode 191Rl, the second green subpixel electrode 191G, and the second blue subpixel electrode 191Bl are about 3 μm and about 3 μm, respectively. According to the feature of the present invention, the width of the fine slit of the first subpixel electrode 191Bh in the blue pixel is set to the first subpixel electrode 191Rh, 191Gh and the second subpixel electrode 191Rl, 191Gl, 191Bl in the other pixel. Therefore, the luminance of the first subpixel of the blue pixel is decreased.

  Each fine branch direction of the first red subpixel electrode 191Rh, the first green subpixel electrode 191Gh, and the first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh is θ3. θ3 is about 40 °. Each fine branch direction of the second red subpixel electrode 191Rl, the second green subpixel electrode 191Gl, and the second blue subpixel electrode 191Bl is θ4. θ4 is about 45 °. θ3 and θ4 are angles with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer, respectively. As described above, the first red subpixel electrode 191Rh, the first green subpixel electrode 191Gh, the first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh, the second red subpixel electrode 191Rl, the second green subpixel electrode 191Gl, When the fine branch direction is different from that of the second blue subpixel electrode 191Bl, the luminance of the first subpixel and the luminance of the second subpixel are adjusted. In each pixel constituting the basic pixel group, the area of the second subpixel is about 1.75 times the area of the first subpixel.

  Hereinafter, the optical characteristics and effects of the liquid crystal display device having the pixel electrode 191 of the basic pixel group PS of FIG. 12 will be described. FIG. 13A is a graph showing a gradation level-luminance ratio measured by a conventional liquid crystal display device in which all the pixel electrodes constituting the basic pixel group PS have the same structure, and FIG. 13B shows the implementation of the present invention. 13 is a graph showing a gradation level-luminance ratio measured by a liquid crystal display device having the pixel electrode 191 of the basic pixel group PS shown in FIG. 12 according to the embodiment. In addition, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is manufactured by the SVA mode method and operates in the 1G1D method of charge sharing charging. Further, the voltage charged in the second subpixel electrode of the present invention is about 0.77 times the voltage charged in the first subpixel electrode, and the cell spacing of the liquid crystal layer is about 3.55 μm. It is.

  The horizontal axis of the gradation level-luminance ratio graph indicates the gradation level corresponding to the voltage supplied to the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l, and the vertical axis thereof is a liquid crystal display measured by a spectroscope on the right side at about 60 °. The brightness ratio of the device is shown. The luminance ratio on the vertical axis is the luminance of the gradation level with respect to the maximum luminance of each color measured at the right side of about 60 °. For example, referring to the blue luminance curve B1 shown in FIG. 13A, the blue pixel luminance at the highest gradation, that is, 250 gradations is 100 candela (cd), and the blue pixel luminance at 150 gradations is 50 cd. , The luminance ratio of the blue luminance curve B1 is about 0.5. Graphs R1, G1, B1, and W1 shown in FIG. 13A are luminance ratio curves of red light, green light, blue light, and white light, respectively, measured by a conventional liquid crystal display device, and the curves shown in FIG. 13B. R2, G2, B2, and W2 are brightness ratio curves of red light, green light, blue light, and white light, respectively, measured by the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. The white light luminances W1 and W2 are the sum of the red light luminances R1 and R2, the green light luminances G1 and G2, and the blue light luminances B1 and B2, and the red light luminance, the green light luminance, and the blue light with respect to the white light luminance. The ratio of light luminance is about 55% to 65%, about 20% to 30%, and about 10% to 20%, respectively.

  As can be seen from the graph of FIG. 13A, the red light luminance ratio curve R1 of the prior art intersects with the blue light luminance ratio curve B1 due to a sharp increase in slope at the halftone level portion A8 displayed as an ellipse. . After passing through the point where the red light luminance ratio curve G1 and the blue light luminance ratio curve B1 intersect, the red light luminance ratio becomes higher than the blue light luminance ratio. Thus, in the gradation level portion A8 where the blue light luminance ratio is lower than the red light luminance ratio, a yellowish color appears on the side surface of the liquid crystal display device. When a yellowish color is visually recognized, the quality of the image quality is degraded, and the original video color is in an abnormal state, thereby degrading the display quality of the liquid crystal display device. Therefore, it is required to prevent the yellowish color from being visually recognized. Although the luminance ratio of the basic color light intersects even at a specific gradation at a high gradation level, a yellowish color is not often observed at a high gradation because of a large luminance difference between gradation levels.

  However, as shown in FIG. 13B, the liquid crystal display device having the pixel electrodes of the basic pixel group PS proposed in the present invention has a red light luminance ratio curve G1 and a blue light luminance ratio curve B1 observed in the conventional liquid crystal display device. Does not have a crossing point. In the middle gradation level portion A8 indicated by an ellipse in FIG. 13B, the slope of the red light luminance ratio curve R2 and the slope of the blue light luminance ratio curve B2 are the same, so that the red light luminance ratio and the blue light luminance ratio are mutually different. There is no part that intersects. Therefore, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention has solved the problem that a yellowish color is generated.

  Also, when the luminance ratio between the basic colors changes while the luminance ratios of different basic colors intersect each other at a specific gradation level, the liquid crystal display device may generate a color error or other problem of color coordinate movement. . In order to solve this problem, the luminance ratio between the basic color pixels constituting the basic pixel group needs to be designed to be balanced.

Embodiment 2
FIG. 14 is a plan view showing a pixel electrode 191 of a basic pixel group PS constituting a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 14 is a plan view showing only the pixel electrodes 191 of the basic pixel group PS formed on the lower display panel 100. The other plan views excluding the plan view of the pixel electrode 191 are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 12, so the description thereof will be omitted, other overlapping descriptions will be omitted, and only the differences will be described in detail. The basic pixel group PS includes three basic colors, that is, red, green, and blue pixels PX corresponding to red (R), green (G), and blue (B). A pixel electrode is formed in each pixel, and each pixel electrode is composed of first and second subpixel electrodes.

  The fine branch width and fine slit width of the first red subpixel electrode 191Rh and the first green subpixel electrode 191Gh are about 3 μm and about 3 μm, respectively, and the fine branch width and fineness of the first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh The slit width is about 3 μm and about 3 μm in the HA region, about 3 μm and about 4 μm in the LA region, and about 3 μm and about 3 μm to 4 μm in the MA region. The fine branch 197 formed in each domain is symmetric with respect to the cross-shaped horizontal and vertical branches 195. Thus, when the first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh is formed, the first blue subpixel has a lower luminance than the first subpixel luminance of other color pixels.

  The fine branch width and fine slit width of the second red subpixel electrode 191Rl, the second green subpixel electrode 191Gl, and the second blue subpixel electrode 191Bl are about 3 μm and about 3 μm in the HA region, and LA In the region, it is about 3 μm and about 4 μm, and in the MA region, it is about 3 μm and about 3 μm to 4 μm. In the MA region included in each of the first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh, the second blue subpixel electrode 191Bl, the second red subpixel electrode 191Rl, and the second green subpixel electrode 191Gl, the fine branch width is It is constant at about 3 μm, and the fine slit width is a region that gradually changes from about 3 μm to about 4 μm. In each domain, the area of the HA region is about 61% of the total area, that is, the total area of the HA region, the LA region, and the MA region. In each domain, the area of the MA region is about 30 to 35% with respect to the area of the HA region. The fine branch 197 formed in each domain in each subpixel is symmetric with respect to the cross-shaped horizontal and vertical branches 195. In this manner, the luminance of the second subpixel relative to the first subpixel can be adjusted by forming the pixel electrode of the second subpixel. In addition, since the MA region is formed on the second subpixel electrode, the occurrence of texture decreases and the luminance of the second subpixel increases.

  The directions of the fine branches of the first red subpixel electrode 191Rh, the first green subpixel electrode 191Gh, and the first blue subpixel electrode 191Bh are the same as θ5. θ5 is about 40 °. The fine branch directions of the second red subpixel electrode 191Rl, the second green subpixel electrode 191Gl, and the second blue subpixel electrode 191Bl are the same as θ6. θ6 is about 45 °. Each of θ5 and θ6 is an angle with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer. Since the angles of θ5 and θ6 are formed differently, the side visibility of the liquid crystal display device is improved by adjusting the luminance of the first subpixel and the second subpixel. As shown in FIG. 14, the yellowish phenomenon of the liquid crystal display device is prevented by making the fine slit width of the first subpixel electrode 191Bh of the blue pixel electrode 191B different from the first subpixel electrode of other pixels. can do.

  Unlike the embodiments shown in FIGS. 12 and 14, the structure of one pixel electrode excluding the blue pixel electrode can be formed differently from the structure of the other pixel electrodes.

  In other embodiments of the present invention, the micro branches 197 formed in each domain may be symmetric with respect to any one of the cross-shaped horizontal and vertical branches 195, and more preferably, the cross-shaped It can be symmetric with respect to the lateral branch 195.

  In another embodiment of the present invention, the basic pixel group PS includes yellow and may be configured with four or more colors. In order to improve the color quality of the liquid crystal display device, the structure of two or more basic color pixel electrodes 191 in the basic pixel group PS composed of four or more basic colors is the same as the other basic color pixel electrode 191. It can be formed differently from the structure.

Embodiment 3
Hereinafter, the structure of the pixel electrodes of the basic pixel group PS will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. The fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 shown in FIGS. 28 to 32 have a zigzag shape. The area ratio of the first subpixel electrode 191h28 to the second subpixel electrode 191128 may be a value in the range of about 1: 2 to about 1: 1.5. For convenience of explanation, duplicate explanation is omitted.

  In accordance with a feature of the present invention, the basic pixel group PS shown in FIG. 28 includes different structures of pixel electrodes corresponding to pixels having different basic colors. The basic colors include red (R), green (G), and blue (B), which constitute red, green, and blue pixels PX, respectively. The red pixel electrode 191R28 is formed on the red pixel PX, and includes a first subpixel electrode 191Rh28 and a second subpixel electrode 191Rl28. The green pixel electrode 191G28 is formed on the green pixel PX and includes a first subpixel electrode 191Gh28 and a second subpixel electrode 191Gl28. The blue pixel electrode 191B28 is formed on the blue pixel PX, and includes a first subpixel electrode 191Bh28 and a second subpixel electrode 191Bl28. The pixel electrodes of the basic pixel group, that is, the red pixel electrode 191R28, the green pixel electrode 191G28, and the first subpixel electrode 191Bh28, 191Gh28, and 191Rh28 of the blue pixel electrode 191B28 each have four domain regions Dh1, Dh2, Each of the second subpixel electrodes 191Bl28, 191Gl28, and 191Rl28 has four domain regions Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4.

  The width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 constituting the basic color pixel electrode may be different for each basic color pixel electrode. For example, in the eight domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, Dh4, Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 formed in the first subpixel electrode 191Rh28 and the second subpixel electrode 191Rl28 of the red pixel electrode 191R28, a fine branch The width S of 197 and the width W of the fine slit 199 gradually increase in the direction of the arrow shown in the drawing from about 3.4 μm to about 4.2 μm by any one value within the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm. To do. In the eight domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, Dh4, Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 formed in the first subpixel electrode 191Gh28 and the second subpixel electrode 191Gl28 of the green pixel electrode 191G28, the fine branch 197 The width S and the width W of the fine slit 199 gradually increase from about 3 μm to about 3.8 μm in any direction within the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm in the arrow direction shown in the drawing. In the eight domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, Dh4, Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 formed in the first subpixel electrode 191Bh28 and the second subpixel electrode 191Bl28 of the blue pixel electrode 191B28, the fine branch 197 The width S and the width W of the fine slit 199 are gradually increased by any one value in the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm from about 2.5 μm to about 4 μm in the arrow direction shown in the drawing. According to the embodiment of the present invention, each of the domains Dh1 to Dh4 and D11 to D14 is divided into a plurality of groups, each of which has the same width W as the fine branch having the same width S in the same group. The width of the micro branches and the micro slits in each group can be increased along the group in the arrow direction.

  The main direction, zigzag angle, and zigzag unit length of the fine branch 197 with respect to the zigzag fine branch 197 will be described below. In the domains Dh1 and Dh2 formed in the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh28, 191Gh28, 191Bh28 of the pixel electrodes 191R28, 191G28, 191B28 of the basic pixel group, the zigzag unit length is about 20 μm, and the main branch 197 The direction angle is about 40 °, and the zigzag angle is gradually increased from about ± 0 to about ± 12 by any one value in the range of about 0.5 ° to 1 ° in the arrow direction shown in the drawing. .

  In the domains Dh3 and Dh4 formed in the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh28, 191Gh28, 191Bh28 of the pixel electrodes 191R28, 191G28, 191B28 of the basic pixel group, the zigzag unit length is about 7 μm, and the main branch 197 The direction angle is about 40 ° and the zigzag angle is about ± 15.

  In the domains Dl1 and Dl2 formed on the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl28, 191Gl28, and 191Bl28 of the red pixel electrode 191R28, the green pixel electrode 191G28, and the blue pixel electrode 191B28, the length of the zigzag unit is about 20 μm, and the minute branch The main direction angle of 197 is about 45 ° and the zigzag angle is about ± 15.

  In the domains Dl3 and Dl4 formed on the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl28, 191Gl28, 191Bl28 of the pixel electrodes 191R28, 191G28, 191B28 of the basic pixel group, the length of the zigzag unit is about 14 μm, and the main branch 197 The direction angle is about 45 °, and the zigzag angle gradually increases by any one value within a range of about 0.5 ° to 1 ° from about ± 0 to about ± 15 in the arrow direction shown in the drawing. .

  The main direction, zigzag angle, and zigzag unit length of the micro branches 197 formed in each of the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, Dh4, Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 constituting the green pixel electrode 191G28 are red pixels. The main branch, zigzag angle, and zigzag unit length of the micro branches 197 formed in the domains constituting the electrode 191R28 and the blue pixel electrode 191B28 are the same.

  In the pixel electrodes 191R28, 191G28, 191B28 of the basic pixel group according to the embodiment of the present invention, the structure of the pixel electrodes of the domains Dh1, Dh4, D11, D14 formed on the left side of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch is The pixel electrode structure of the domains Dh2, Dh3, Dl2, and Dl3 formed on the right side of the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch with respect to 195v may be symmetric. The basic pixel group composed of such pixel electrodes improves the visibility of the liquid crystal display device, prevents the yellowish color from being visually recognized, and disperses the diffraction points of the light diffracted by the liquid crystal display device. As a result, rainbow unevenness can be significantly reduced.

  The pixel electrode contact connection portion formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh28, 191Gh28, 191Bh28 has a pixel electrode vertical connection portion 715h connecting the first pixel electrode contact portion 192h and the vertical portion 195v of the cross-shaped branch. . The pixel electrode contact connection portion formed on the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl28, 191Gl28, 191Bl28 is cross-shaped with the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l and the pixel electrode horizontal connection portion 713l connected to the second pixel electrode contact portion 192l. It has a pixel electrode oblique line connecting portion 714l connected to the vertical portion 195v of the branch. Such a pixel electrode contact connection portion reduces unrestoration of liquid crystal molecules and poor light leakage.

Embodiment 4
The domains formed in the pixel electrodes constituting the basic pixel group PS shown in FIG. 29 have different main directions and the same zigzag angle according to the characteristics of the present invention. The width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 shown in FIG. 29 are the same in the domains formed on the same subpixel.

  That is, in the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the first subpixel, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 are equally distributed for each domain and formed in the second subpixel. In the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4, the width of the fine branch 197 and the width of the fine slit 199 are equally distributed for each domain. However, the width of the micro branch 197 formed in the domain of the first subpixel or the width of the micro slit 199 is different from that formed in the domain of the second subpixel.

  For example, in the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh29, 191Gh29, and 191Bh29 of the pixel electrodes 191R29, 191G29, and 191B29 of the basic pixel group, the width S of the fine branch 197 and the fine slit 199 The width W gradually increases from about 2.5 μm to about 3.2 μm by any one value within the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm in the direction of the arrow shown in the drawing. The width S of the minute branch 197 and the width of the minute slit 199 in the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 formed in the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl29, 191Gl29, 191Bl29 of the pixel electrodes 191R29, 191G29, 191B29 of the basic pixel group W gradually increases by any one value in the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm from about 2.5 μm to about 3.5 μm in the direction of the arrow shown in the drawing. According to an embodiment of the present invention, each of the domains Dh1 to Dh4, D11 to D14 is divided into a plurality of groups, each of which has a fine branch having the same width and the same width in the same group. With fine slits, the width of the fine branches and fine slits in each group can increase along the group in the direction of the arrow.

  Hereinafter, the main direction of the fine branch 197 with respect to the zigzag fine branch 197, the zigzag angle, and the length of the zigzag unit will be described. In the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh29, 191Gh29, and 191Bh29 of the pixel electrodes 191R29, 191G29, and 191B29 of the basic pixel group, the zigzag unit length is about 14 μm. In the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 formed in the two subpixel electrodes 191Rl29, 191Gl29, and 191Bl29, the zigzag unit length is about 10 μm. Each of the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh29 and 191Gh29 of the red pixel electrode 191R29 and the green pixel electrode 191G29 and the second subpixel electrode 191B129 of the blue pixel electrode 191B29 is formed. In each of the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, Dl4, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is about 50 °, about 48 °, about 40 °, about 41.3 °, and the zigzag angle is about ±± for each domain. 15. Each domain Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, Dl4 formed on the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl29, 191Gl29 of the red pixel electrode 191R29 and the green pixel electrode 191G29 and each of the domains formed on the first subpixel electrode 191Bh29 of the blue pixel electrode 191B29 In the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, Dh4, the main direction angles of the micro branches 197 are about 42 °, about 40.8 °, about 48 °, about 49.2 °, and the zigzag angle is about ±± in each domain. 15 °.

  Each pixel electrode 191R29, 191G29, 191B29, domain region Dh1, Dh2, Dh3 including the basic pixel group PS having the basic color, the first subpixel electrode 191Rh29, 191Gh29, 191Bh29 and the second subpixel electrode 191Rl29, 191Gl29, 191Bl29 , Dh4, Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4, the zigzag fine branch 197, and the area ratio of the first subpixel electrode to the second subpixel electrode is as described above or FIG. Is substantially the same as the explanation made in connection with The basic pixel group constituted by such pixel electrodes has the effect described in relation to FIG. The pixel electrode contact connection portions formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh29, 191Gh29, 191Bh29 and the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl29, 191Gl29, 191Bl29 are the same as those described with reference to FIGS. 23C and 24C. is there.

Embodiment 5
In the pixel electrode constituting the basic pixel group PS shown in FIG. 30 according to the feature of the present invention, each of the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 of the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl30, 191Gl30, 191Bl30 includes a plurality of subdomains. The width of the fine branch and the width of the fine slit in each subdomain have the same width, and the width between adjacent subdomains is the width of the fine branch or fine slit in each subdomain. Even bigger.

  However, in each of the domains Dh1 to Dh4 of the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh30, 191Gh30, and 191Bh30, the width of the fine branch and the width of the fine slit gradually increase from the arrow direction. For example, in the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh30 and 191Gh30 of the red pixel electrode 191R30 and the green pixel electrode 191G30, the width S of the micro branch 197 and the width of the micro slit 199 are as follows. In the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 4, the value gradually increases from about 2.8 μm to about 3.3 μm by any one value within the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm. In the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the first subpixel electrode 191Bh30 of the blue pixel electrode 191B30, the width S of the micro branch 197 is about 2.8 μm to about 3.mu.m in the arrow direction shown in the drawing. The width W of the fine slit 199 increases from about 3.8 μm to about 4.0 μm, gradually increasing by any one value within a range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm up to 3 μm. According to the embodiment of the present invention, each of the domains Dh1 to Dh4, D11 to D14 is divided into a plurality of groups, and each of the groups includes a micro branch having the same width and a micro having the same width in the same group. Has a slit.

  The width S of the minute branch 197 and the width of the minute slit 199 in the subdomains of the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 of the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl30, 191Gl30, 191Bl30 of the pixel electrodes 191R30, 191G30, 191B30 of the basic pixel group Each W is about 3.0 μm, the width of each subdomain in each domain is about 27 μm, and the spacing between adjacent subdomains in each domain is about 4.5 μm. In the domains Dl3 and Dl4 formed in the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl30, 191Gl30, and 191Bl30, the width S of most of the fine branches 197 and the width W of the fine slits 199 are about 3.0 μm, respectively. At a distance of about 27 μm, the micro slit 199 may have a sub-domain including a width S different from the width S of the adjacent micro slit 199, for example, a width S of about 4.5 μm. According to another embodiment of the present invention, a micro branch 197 or micro slit 199 having a certain distance, that is, a width larger than the width of the micro branches 197 or micro slits 199 that are periodically adjacent to each other is the first sub-pixel electrode or It can be formed in domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, Dh4, Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 that constitute two subpixel electrodes. In the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh30, 191Gh30, and 191Bh30 of the pixel electrodes 191R30, 191G30, and 191B30 of the basic pixel group, the length in zigzag units is about 10 μm, In the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 formed in the two subpixel electrodes 191Rl30, 191Gl30, and 191Bl30, the zigzag unit length is about 7 μm. The main direction and zigzag angle of the fine branch 197 formed in the domain of each basic pixel group are the same as those described with reference to FIG.

  Each pixel electrode 191R30, 191G30, 191B30, domain region Dh1, Dh2, Dh3 including the basic pixel group PS having the basic color, the first subpixel electrode 191Rh30, 191Gh30, 191Bh30 and the second subpixel electrode 191Rl30, 191Gl30, 191Bl30 , Dh4, Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4, the zigzag fine branch 197, and the area ratio of the first subpixel electrode to the second subpixel electrode is as described above or FIG. Is substantially the same as the explanation made in connection with The basic pixel group constituted by such pixel electrodes has the effect described in relation to FIG. Pixel electrode contact connection portions formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh30, 191Gh30, 191Bh30 and the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl30, 191Gl30, 191Bl30 are the same as those described with reference to FIGS. 23F and 24C. is there.

Embodiment 6
In the basic pixel group PS shown in FIG. 31, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is determined from the second subpixel electrode 191Rl31, from the domain formed in the first subpixel electrode 191Rh31, 191Gh31, 191Bh31, The domains formed in 191Gl31 and 191Bl31 are even larger.

  In the domains Dh1 and Dh2 of the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh31, 191Gh31, 191Bh31 of the pixel electrodes 191R31, 191G31, 191B31 of the basic pixel group, the zigzag unit length is about 14 μm, and the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is , About 40.8 °, and the zigzag angle is about 10 °. In these domains Dh3 and Dh4, the length of the zigzag unit is about 14 μm, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is about 39.2 °, and the zigzag angle is about 10 °. In the domains Dl1 and Dl2 of the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl31, 191Gl31, 191Bl31 of the pixel electrodes 191R31, 191G31, 191B31 of the basic pixel group, the length in zigzag units is about 10 μm, and the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is , About 42 °, and the zigzag angle is about 15 °. In these domains D13 and D14, the length of the zigzag unit is about 10 μm, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is about 41.3 °, and the zigzag angle is about 15 °. The main direction angle of the fine branch 197 may be an angle with respect to D1.

  In the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh31 and 191Gh31 of the red pixel electrode 191R31 and the green pixel electrode 191G31, the width S of the micro branch 197 and the width W of the micro slit 199 are shown in the drawing. In the direction indicated by the arrow, the value gradually increases from about 2.8 μm to about 3.3 μm by any one value within the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm. Further, in the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the first sub-pixel electrode 191Bh31 of the blue pixel electrode 191B31, the width S of the micro branch 197 and the width W of the micro slit 199 are approximately in the arrow direction shown in the drawing. Gradually increase from 3.3 μm to about 3.7 μm by any one value within the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm.

  In the domains Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4 of the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl31, 191Gl31, and 191Bl31 of the pixel electrodes 191R31, 191G31, and 191B31, the width S of the micro branch 197 and the width W of the micro slit 199 are indicated by arrows in the drawing. In the direction, it gradually increases from about 2.8 μm to about 3.9 μm by any one value within the range of about 0.2 μm to 0.5 μm.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, each of the domains Dh1 to Dh4 and D11 to D14 is divided into a plurality of groups, and each of the groups has a fine branch having the same width and the same width in the same group. The width of the fine branch and fine slit in each group can be increased along the group in the direction of the arrow. The other components are the same as those described in relation to FIG. 28, and thus detailed description thereof is omitted. The pixel electrode contact connection portions formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh31, 191Gh31, 191Bh31 and the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl31, 191Gl31, 191Bl31 are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 20C.

Embodiment 7
According to another embodiment of the present invention, the number of pixels PX constituting the basic pixel group PS shown in FIG. 32 is four. These pixels PX have the structure described in connection with FIGS. 25 to 27B, that is, the structure in which the long side of the pixel electrode is formed in a direction parallel to the gate line 121.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the four pixels PX shown in FIG. 32 are configured with four different basic colors, namely red (R), green (G), blue (B), and white (W). A red pixel electrode 191R32, a green pixel electrode 191G32, a blue pixel electrode 191B32, and a white pixel electrode 191W32 are provided. Each of the pixel electrodes 191R32, 191G32, 191B32, 191W32 includes a first subpixel electrode 191Rh32, 191Gh32, 191Bh32, 191Wh32 and a second subpixel electrode 191Rl32, 191Gl32, 191Bl32, 191Wl32. Each of the first subpixel electrodes has four domain regions Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4, and each of the second subpixel electrodes has four domain regions Dl1, Dl2, Dl3, and Dl4. .

  The first subpixel electrode of the red pixel electrode 191R32, the green pixel electrode 191G32, and the white pixel electrode 191W32 has the same structure, and the first subpixel electrode of the blue pixel electrode 191B32 is a pixel electrode having another color. Different from the first subpixel electrode. The width S of the minute branch 197 and the width W of the minute slit 199 formed in the domains of the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh32, 191Gh32, and 191Wh32 are any one of the values in the range of about 5 μm to 5.6 μm. Each width can have a different size in one domain.

  According to the embodiment of the present invention, the width S of the minute branch 197 and the width W of the minute slit 199 formed in the domains of the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh32, 191Gh32, and 191Wh32 are gradually increased in the direction of the arrow shown in the drawing. be able to. The width S of the micro branch 197 and the width W of the micro slit 199 formed in the domain of the first subpixel electrode 191Bh32 may be any one value within a range of about 6 μm to 6.8 μm, Can have different sizes. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the width S of the fine branch 197 and the width W of the fine slit 199 formed in the domain of the first subpixel electrode 191Bh32 can be gradually increased in the arrow direction shown in the drawing. According to the embodiment of the present invention, the width S of the fine branch 197 formed in the domain of the first subpixel electrode 191Bh32 is equal to the width S of the fine branch 197 formed in the domain of the first subpixel electrode 191Rh32, 191Gh32, and 191Wh32. Greater than width S. The width W of the fine slit 199 formed in the domain of the first subpixel electrode 191Bh32 is larger than the width W of the fine slit 199 formed in the domain of the first subpixel electrode 191Rh32, 191Gh32, and 191Wh32.

  The second subpixel electrodes of the red pixel electrode 191R32, the green pixel electrode 191G32, and the white pixel electrode 191W32 have the same structure. The width S of the minute branch 197 and the width W of the minute slit 199 formed in the domains of the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl32, 191Gl32, 191Bl32, and 191Wl32 are any one in the range of about 5 μm to 6.8 μm. Each width can have a different size in one domain. The width S of the fine branch 197 and the width W of the fine slit 199 can be gradually increased in the direction of the arrow shown in the drawing.

  Hereinafter, the main direction, zigzag angle, and zigzag length of the zigzag fine branch 197 will be described. In the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh32, 191Gh32, 191Bh32, and 191Wh32 of the pixel electrodes 191R32, 191G32, 191B32, and 191W32 in the basic pixel group, the length of the zigzag unit is It is about 14 μm, the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 can be about 40.8 ° or about 39.2 °, and the zigzag angle can be about ± 7 °. In the domains Dh1, Dh2, Dh3, and Dh4 formed in the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl32, 191Gl32, 191Bl32, and 191Wl32, the zigzag unit length is about 10 μm, and the main direction angle of the fine branch 197 is about 42. Or zigzag angle can be about ± 5 °.

  The basic pixel group configured with such pixel electrodes not only has the effect described with reference to FIG. 28, but also can improve the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device. The pixel electrode contact connection portions formed on the first subpixel electrodes 191Rh32, 191Gh32, 191Bh32, and 191Wh32 are the same as those described with reference to FIG. 23B. The pixel electrode contact connection formed on the second subpixel electrodes 191Rl32, 191Gl32, 191Bl32, 191Wl32 is connected to the pixel electrode contact part extending in the gate line direction, and the description made in connection with FIG. It is the same. In accordance with other embodiments of the present invention, the basic colors may include red, green, blue, and yellow.

  Hereinafter, the shape of the pixel electrode, the division of the pixel electrode, the division of the domain, and the structure of the basic pixel group will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 33A to 33I. For convenience of description, the shape of the pixel electrode shown in FIGS. 33A to 33I can be displayed by the outline of the pixel electrode or the division of the pixel electrode. Other factors constituting the pixel electrode, for example, the pixel electrode contact portion, the fine branch 197, and the fine slit 199 will be described with reference to FIGS. 33A to 33I. Accordingly, the structure and method described with reference to FIGS. 3, 5, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18, 18, 20, 23, 24, 25, and 28-32. Can be applied to the pixel electrodes shown in FIGS. 33A to 33I.

  First, the shape and division of the pixel electrode will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 33A to 33F. 33A to 33F include a first subpixel electrode 191h and a second subpixel electrode 191l. Each of the subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l can be applied with a data voltage by the above-described method, and the first subpixel electrode 191h can have a higher charging voltage than the second subpixel electrode 191l. Referring to FIG. 33A, the first subpixel electrode 191h has four domains, and the second subpixel electrodes 191h and 191l have eight domains. That is, the first subpixel electrode 191h has domains Dha, Dhb, Dhc, and Dhd, and the second subpixel electrode 191l has domains Dla, Dlb, Dlc, Dld, Dle, Dlf, Dlg, and Dlh. Have. The structure of the second subpixel electrode 191l formed in this manner can improve the visibility of the liquid crystal display device. The area of the second subpixel electrode 191l may be larger than the area of the first subpixel electrode 191h. Each domain can have the pixel electrode structure described above.

  Referring to FIGS. 33B to 33F, the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l each include four domains. That is, the first subpixel electrode 191h has domains Dha, Dhb, Dhc, and Dhd, and the second subpixel electrode 191l has domains Dla, Dlb, Dlc, and Dld.

  The sides of the first subpixel electrode 191 h and the second subpixel electrode 191 l shown in FIG. 33B may be an oblique line extending in the direction of the data line 171. The diagonal line can be substantially parallel to the transmission axis of the polarizer. The domains constituting the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l may have a parallelogram shape. The pixel electrode formed in this manner can improve the visibility and transmittance of the liquid crystal display device.

  The first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIGS. 33C to 33F are adjacent to each other on the side of the subpixel electrode formed in the oblique line direction. The diagonal direction can be substantially parallel to the transmission axis of the polarizer. The structure of the pixel electrode formed in this way can improve the visibility and transmittance of the liquid crystal display device.

  In the pixel electrode structure shown in FIGS. 33D to 33F, any one of the first subpixel electrode 191 h and the second subpixel electrode 191 l is disposed so as to substantially accommodate the other one. . In this way, when the subpixel electrode is maximally adjacent to the side of another subpixel, or when the first subpixel electrode 191h and the second subpixel electrode 191l are uniformly distributed, the liquid crystal display device The visibility of can be improved. The first subpixel electrode 191h shown in FIG. 33D is separated into two while being adjacent to the second subpixel electrode 191l. The second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. 33E substantially surrounds the first subpixel electrode 191h, and the first subpixel electrode 191h shown in FIG. 33F substantially covers the second subpixel electrode 191l. surround. The second subpixel electrode 191l shown in FIG. 33F has a rhombus shape, and the domain constituting the second subpixel electrode 191l has a triangular shape.

  Hereinafter, the structure of the basic pixel group PS will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 33G to 33I. The basic pixel group PS shown in FIGS. 33G to 33I includes four pixels PXa, PXb, PXc, and PXd each having four different basic colors. The four basic colors can include red, green, blue, and yellow or white. The pixel PXa may have a red color, the pixel PXb may have a green color, the pixel PXc may have a blue color, and the pixel PXd may have a yellow or white color. The basic pixel group PS thus formed can improve the color reproducibility, transmittance, and visibility of the liquid crystal display device. According to other embodiments of the present invention, the basic colors can include various colors, as described above.

  The pixels PXa, PXb, PXc, and PXd shown in FIG. 33G have red, green, blue, and white, respectively, in order, thereby improving the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device. Each of the pixels PXa, PXb, PXc, and PXd shown in FIG. 33H sequentially has red, green, blue, and yellow, so that the color reproducibility and display quality of the liquid crystal display device can be significantly improved. In order to greatly improve the color reproducibility and display quality of the liquid crystal display device, the area ratio of the pixels corresponding to each of red, green, blue, and yellow is about 1.4 to 1.8: 1. 0 to 1.3: 1.4 to 1.8: 1, more desirably about 1.6: 1.1: 1.6: 1. The basic pixel group PS including the pixels PXa, PXb, PXc, and PXd shown in FIG. 33I is the same as that described with reference to FIG. The area ratio of the pixels can be substantially the same.

  Although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications can be made without departing from the scope and spirit of the invention. The scope of the present invention should not be limited to the above-described embodiments, but should be defined within the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents.

PX pixel 3 liquid crystal layer 31 liquid crystal molecule 33 main alignment film 35 photocured layer 100 lower display panel 110 lower substrate 121 gate line
123 Step-down gate line 125 Storage electrode line
126 Storage electrode line extension 140 Gate insulating film 154 Linear semiconductor 165 Linear resistive contact member 171 Data line 173 Source electrode 175 Drain electrode 181 First protective film 182 Second protective film 185 Contact hole 191 Pixel electrode 195 Cross-shaped branch 197 Micro branch 198 Zigzag micro branch 199 Micro slit 200 Upper display panel 210 Upper substrate 220 Light shielding member 225 Cover film 230 Color filter 270 Common electrode 291 Upper plate alignment film 292 Lower plate alignment film 300 Liquid crystal display panel assembly 400 Gate driver 500 Data driver 600 Signal controller 800 Grayscale voltage generator

Claims (26)

An upper display panel including a common electrode formed on the upper substrate;
A lower display panel including a lower substrate facing the upper substrate, and a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix on the lower substrate and facing the common electrode;
First and second regions included in each of the pixels and spaced apart from each other;
First and second subpixels formed in the first and second regions, respectively;
A first thin film transistor provided corresponding to the first sub-pixel and having a first gate electrode, a first source electrode and a first drain electrode; and provided corresponding to the second sub-pixel; A second thin film transistor having a second gate electrode connected to the same gate line as the gate electrode, a second source electrode connected to the same or different data line as the first source electrode, and a second drain electrode;
The first subpixel is arranged in a first angular direction with respect to a polarization axis of a polarizer attached to the upper display panel or the lower display panel, and substantially in the first angular direction. A first subpixel electrode including a plurality of first fine branches spaced apart in the vertical direction and electrically connected to the first drain electrode;
The second sub-pixel is arranged in a second angular direction with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer, and the second angular direction is substantially within 20 ° with the first angular direction. The second sub-pixel electrode including a plurality of second micro branches spaced substantially perpendicular to the second angular direction and electrically connected to the second drain electrode;
A liquid crystal layer interposed between the upper display panel and the lower display panel;
Have
The first subpixel electrode or the second subpixel electrode includes a microbranch connection unit that connects the plurality of microbranches, and the microbranch connection unit includes the first subpixel electrode or the second subpixel electrode. Formed at the center or outside of the subpixel electrode,
The fine branch connection portion formed at the center of the first subpixel electrode or the second subpixel electrode has a cross shape,
The liquid crystal display panel assembly, wherein the cross-shaped fine branch connection part includes a concave or convex notch.   2. The liquid crystal display panel according to claim 1, wherein a ratio of an area of the second subpixel electrode to an area of the first subpixel electrode is substantially in a range of 1.5 to 2. 3. assembly.   3. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 2, wherein the area of the second subpixel is substantially 1.75 times the area of the first subpixel.   The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 2, wherein the first angle is smaller than the second angle.   5. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 4, wherein the first angle is substantially 40 degrees, and the second angle is substantially 45 degrees.   5. The liquid crystal display panel assembly of claim 4, wherein each of the first angle and the second angle is substantially within a range of 30 [deg.] To 60 [deg.].   2. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 1, wherein the plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of second micro branches are symmetrical with respect to the cross-shaped micro branch connection part.   The plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of second micro branches are asymmetric with respect to any one of straight lines constituting the cross-shaped micro branch connection part. Item 2. The liquid crystal display panel assembly according to Item 1.   9. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 8, wherein the plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of second micro branches are asymmetric with respect to each other in shape, width, or extension direction.   9. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 8, wherein the plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of second micro branches are asymmetric with respect to the cross-shaped micro branch connection portion.   2. The liquid crystal display panel according to claim 1, wherein the fine branch connection portion formed on the outer side of the first subpixel electrode or the second subpixel electrode is substantially striped. assembly.   The fine branch connection portion formed outside the first subpixel electrode or the second subpixel electrode extends in the same direction and has two or more stripes formed discontinuously. 12. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 11, further comprising: A plurality of first micro branches located between the plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of second micro branches and alternately arranged with the plurality of first micro branches or the plurality of second micro branches. It further has a fine slit or a plurality of second fine slits,
The portion where the striped micro branch connection part is discontinuous includes the first or second micro slit connection part to which the plurality of first micro slits or the plurality of second micro slits are connected. The liquid crystal display panel assembly according to claim 12. At least one of the first subpixel electrode and the second subpixel electrode includes a plurality of domains, and at least one of the plurality of domains includes the plurality of micro branches. Or a first subdomain in which the width of the plurality of micro slits corresponds to a first distance, and a second subdomain in which the width of the plurality of micro branches or the plurality of micro slits corresponds to a second distance; , Located between the first subdomain and the second subdomain,
14. The liquid crystal display panel assembly of claim 13, further comprising a third sub-domain in which widths of the plurality of micro branches or the plurality of micro slits gradually change depending on positions.   The plurality of micro branches or the plurality of micro slits included in the third sub-domain have a width that gradually widens by a value substantially within a range of 0.15 μm to 0.5 μm. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 14.   The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 15, wherein the plurality of minute branch widths included in the first subdomain and the second subdomain are constant.   The plurality of fine branch widths included in the first subdomain and the second subdomain are substantially in a range of 3 μm to 4 μm, and the plurality of fine branchings included in the third subdomain. 17. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 16, wherein the branch width is substantially within a range of 3 [mu] m to 4 [mu] m.   The area of the first subdomain is substantially in a range of 50% to 80% of the area of the first subpixel electrode or the second subpixel electrode. A liquid crystal display panel assembly as described.   The areas of the second subdomain and the third subdomain are substantially in the range of 20% to 50% of the area of the first subpixel electrode or the second subpixel electrode. 19. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 18, wherein   The at least one of the first subdomain, the second subdomain, and the third subdomain has a plurality of fine subdomains formed periodically. Item 16. The liquid crystal display panel assembly according to Item 15. An upper display panel including a common electrode formed on the upper substrate;
A lower display panel including a lower substrate facing the upper substrate, and a plurality of pixels arranged in a matrix on the lower substrate and facing the common electrode;
First and second regions included in each of the pixels and spaced apart from each other;
First and second subpixels formed in the first and second regions, respectively;
A first thin film transistor provided corresponding to the first sub-pixel and having a first gate electrode, a first source electrode and a first drain electrode; and provided corresponding to the second sub-pixel; A second thin film transistor having a second gate electrode connected to the same gate line as the gate electrode, a second source electrode connected to the same or different data line as the first source electrode, and a second drain electrode;
The first subpixel is arranged in a first angular direction with respect to a polarization axis of a polarizer attached to the upper display panel or the lower display panel, and substantially in the first angular direction. A first subpixel electrode including a plurality of first fine branches spaced apart in the vertical direction and electrically connected to the first drain electrode;
The second sub-pixel is arranged in a second angular direction with respect to the polarization axis of the polarizer, and the second angular direction is substantially within 20 ° with the first angular direction. The second sub-pixel electrode including a plurality of second micro branches spaced substantially perpendicular to the second angular direction and electrically connected to the second drain electrode;
A liquid crystal layer interposed between the upper display panel and the lower display panel;
The plurality of first micro branches that are located in a portion where the conductive substance is removed between the plurality of first micro branches made of the conductive substance and are alternately arranged with respect to the plurality of first micro branches. A plurality of micro slits or a plurality of second micro branches that are made of the conductive material are located in a portion where the conductive material is removed between the plurality of second micro branches and are alternately arranged with respect to the plurality of second micro branches. second and micro slits have a,
At least one of the plurality of first micro branches, the plurality of second micro branches, the plurality of first micro slits, and the plurality of second micro slits is repetitive and periodic. A liquid crystal display panel assembly having a zigzag shape having a valley and a mountain.   The widths of the plurality of first micro branches, the plurality of second micro branches, the plurality of first micro slits, and the plurality of second micro slits are substantially in the range of 1.5 μm to 5 μm. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 21, wherein the liquid crystal panel assembly is inside.   The liquid crystal display panel assembly according to claim 21, wherein a unit length connecting the zigzag valley and the mountain is substantially within a range of 3 m to 25 m.   The plurality of micro branches or the plurality of micro slits in the zigzag shape have a main direction corresponding to a direction in which a line connecting the valleys or the peaks extends, and the main direction is a polarization axis of the polarizer. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 21, wherein the liquid crystal panel assembly is substantially within a range of 30 ° to 60 °. Zigzag angle the zigzag unit length corresponds to the direction of stretching, according to claim 24, characterized in that in the range of substantially ± 7 ° ~ ± 20 ° with respect to the main direction LCD panel assembly. The liquid crystal panel assembly according to claim 25 , wherein the zigzag angles of the adjacent micro branches or the micro slits are substantially different by a value in the range of 0.5 ° to 5 °.